Choose the experimental features you want to try

This document is an excerpt from the EUR-Lex website

Document 52026DC0288

COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

COM/2026/288 final

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


State of the Digital Decade 2026:

Closing structural gaps and

mobilising investments for

2030 and beyond

1.Introduction

In 2026, the EU is facing a combination of longstanding and emerging challenges to its economic and societal prosperity, competitiveness and strategic independence. Rapid technological change, intensifying global competition, geopolitical tensions and rising security risks are increasing the strategic importance of digital policy. Digital transformation is no longer only a matter of innovation and productivity; it is also increasingly tied to resilience, security and democratic stability in line with EU values. Meeting these challenges will largely depend on the success of a whole-of-society digital transformation, underpinning competitiveness, resilience and security while reducing excessive dependencies and strengthening the EU’s technological sovereignty. This requires action across the full digital chain: from education, foundational research and innovation to industrial scale-up, infrastructure deployment, adoption across the economy, effective public sector digitalisation and development of the skills and safeguards needed to ensure that digital transformation works for people.

The 2026 State of the Digital Decade Communication goes beyond stocktaking and identifies structural factors at the root of EU’s digital performance, priority reforms and investments. It concludes that, while tangible progress has been achieved since 2022, it remains insufficient to meet the EU’s objectives and address the above-mentioned challenges. The EU has advanced in a number of areas, including basic connectivity, business digitalisation and the deployment of common digital infrastructures. However, significant gaps persist in foundational technologies, computing capacity, cybersecurity, advanced digital uptake, digital skills and scale-up capacity, as well as inclusiveness and accessibility of digital technologies. These gaps point to four main aspects necessary to increase the EU’s digital leadership: consolidating the strategic technology base; strengthening the security and resilience of digital ecosystems; accelerating the diffusion and adoption of digital technologies across society and the economy; and ensuring that digital transformation works for people by increasing democratic resilience, digital skills levels and social inclusion.

A central message of this report is that delivery depends as much on investment and implementation as on strategy. Closing existing structural gaps will require a change in both the scale and coordination of investment and reforms. The coming period will therefore require a more coherent framework linking reforms, national delivery, EU funding instruments and private investment. This, in turn, will require, the EU, industry, Member States, industry and investors to join forces.

Since its adoption in 2022, the Digital Decade Policy Programme (DDPP) 1  has emerged as a strategic anchor for identifying gaps and priorities and as an operational framework for delivering on Europe’s digital ambitions through a robust governance mechanism that drives recommendations, initiatives and coordinated action across the digital policy landscape (Figure 1). The DDPP combines common objectives and targets with a continuous monitoring cycle, Member States’ involvement, notably through National Digital Decade Strategic Roadmaps (national roadmaps) and EU-level coordination with Member States through the Digital Decade Board. The proposed framework for the next Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF) 2  has further recognised the role of the Digital Decade in supporting Europe’s sustainable prosperity, competitiveness and technological sovereignty by providing that measures financed through the National and Regional Partnership Plans (NRPPs) should contribute to the implementation of recommendations issued under the Digital Decade Policy Programme, while digital investments supported by the forthcoming European Competitiveness Fund (ECF) should address the gaps and priorities identified in the State of the Digital Decade reports.

Figure 1: The Digital Decade objectives and targets and how they translate into EU policies and actions

Further detailed analyses are presented in the annexes and in the supporting documents of this Communication, which together constitute the 2026 State of the Digital Decade Report. This Communication is accompanied by Annex 1 with horizontal recommendations and Annex 2 including the country-specific recommendations, which present a focused and evidence-based set of substantiated priorities for action for the next programming period 3 . Together, they are intended to support a more coordinated, sustained and operational digital policy response capable of strengthening Europe’s competitiveness, technological sovereignty, resilience and capacity to act.

Finally, this report also lays the groundwork for the review of the DDPP later in 2026, with possible proposals for changes to targets, objectives and governance in light of recent technological and EU policy developments.

2.Tracking the overall progress of the EU’s Digital Decade

The strategic context: technology rivalry, AI acceleration and the competitiveness imperative

In 2025, three developments raised the strategic stakes of the EU’s digital transformation.

First, intensifying technological rivalry 4 , the continued consequences of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, the de-risking of relations with China, and renewed transatlantic tensions exposed a core vulnerability: Europe’s dependence on external actors for critical digital infrastructure, technologies, and services. Semiconductor supply chains, cloud capacity, AI ecosystems, and connectivity have become matters of economic and national security for Member States. At the same time, the cybersecurity threat landscape has worsened in both scale and sophistication, with AI amplifying adversarial capabilities and increasing systemic vulnerabilities. Digital technologies have also become key force multipliers in defence, with civilian innovation, notably AI, advanced connectivity, cloud, and autonomous systems increasingly enabling security and defence capabilities.

Second, 2025 marked a further step-change in AI, both in deployment and impact, and the EU is now better equipped than at any point since 2022 to play a leading role in this transformation. AI is shifting from experimentation to widespread adoption across the economy and society, with investment surging to unprecedented levels and AI capturing a very large share of global venture capital in 2025 5 . There has been an historic increase in IT global investments, up 13.5% from 2025 and reaching some USD 6.31 trillion in 2026 6 , notably related to AI with focus on data centres and software (model development). This has led to unprecedented pressure on primary resources, notably chips, storage and high-bandwidth memory. Disruptive advances, including highly autonomous agentic systems capable of tasks such as vulnerability discovery and cyber operations, carry systemic economic, security and strategic implications. Against this backdrop, the EU has substantially strengthened its readiness to compete: the AI Continent action plan, the Apply AI Strategy, the rollout of AI factories and the planned AI Gigafactories, the Cloud and AI Development Act, and the trust framework set by the AI Act together provide a coherent foundation that few other jurisdictions can match in scope. This readiness is matched by societal demand: more than half of EU citizens already use AI tools (59% in their personal lives; more than one third in their work 7 ), while around four out of five Europeans support the development of EU-owned AI tools and believe that AI should be carefully regulated for safety, even if this slows down developers 8 .

Third, the competitiveness and resilience imperative has acquired new urgency. The EU’s labour productivity gap relative to the United States remains close to 20%, driven primarily by gaps in the production and adoption of digital technologies 9 , while structural pressures on energy systems, capital markets and industrial supply chains are reshaping the conditions in which European firms compete globally. Recent assessments by the European Investment Bank (EIB), the Centre for Economic Policy Research (CEPR) and the Annual Single Market and Competitiveness Report converge on the need for a transformative shift in the scale and coordination of investment in digital and complementary technologies. Without such a shift, the EU risks missing the productivity dividend that digital transformation could unlock and deepening its structural dependencies in critical inputs and infrastructures.

The above developments are reflected in the results of the Digital Decade Eurobarometer 2026 10 :

-    82% of European citizens think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital technologies from non-EU countries; 85% of respondents think the EU should prioritise investments in digital services that are developed and controlled in Europe. 58% of Europeans would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

-     79% of Europeans consider that digital policy should be a priority for the EU’s future and 80% think it is important to make the EU a global leader in technological infrastructures.

-     87% of citizens agree that online manipulation, including disinformation, foreign interference, AI-generated content and deepfakes pose a threat to democratic processes.

-     92% of Europeans think that strengthening the protection of children and young people online should be a priority for the EU.

What the 2025 metrics reveal about the EU’s digital trajectory

Against this background, the 2025 metrics show a mixed picture. The EU has performed strongly in 2025 in business digitalisation and the deployment of basic connectivity infrastructures. Overall technology adoption (cloud/AI/data) accelerated, with AI recording a 48% increase between 2024 and 2025. The digital intensity of SMEs also continued to improve. Basic 5G coverage has nearly been achieved and fibre to the home (FTTH) deployment has maintained a steady, albeit insufficient, expansion. Moreover, Europe continues to lag behind in terms of take-up of gigabit connectivity, mid-band and 5G standalone (SA). In digital public services, services for both citizens and businesses are projected to reach only around 90% of the target by 2030. Progress in basic digital skills has been strong, bringing the 80% target within close reach by 2037. However, the ICT specialists target has stagnated.

Figure 2: Taking stock of KPIs' progress towards 2030  11   12

At the same time, significant structural gaps persist, notably in human capital, advanced technologies, and scale-up capacity. The shortage of ICT specialists remains severe, as policy efforts made at EU and Member-State level have not yet materialised, and is compounded by persistent gender imbalances. Several weaknesses also persist in the deployment of sovereign critical infrastructures, notably in semiconductors, cloud and AI.

Figure 3: Progress over 4 years by KPI at EU level

KPI

DESI2022 
(year 2021)

DESI2026 
(year 2025)

4-year progress (%)

VHCN

69.7%

85.5%

22.7

Fibre to the premises (FTTP)

49.7%

74.1%

49.3

Basic 5G

65.8%

96.8%

47.1

Semiconductors

8.6%

8.8%

2.3

SMEs basic digitalisation

54.8%

71.4%

30.2

Cloud take-up

34.0%

46.7%

37.3

AI take-up

7.7%

20.0%

160.8

Unicorns

223

324

45.3

Basic digital skills

53.9%

60.4%

12.0

ICT specialists

4.5%

5.0%

11.1

Digital public services citizens

74.6

84.6

13.4

Digital public services businesses

81.7

88.6

8.4

The EU holds only 9% of the global semiconductor market, far from the 20% target, and it continues to underperform globally when it comes to unicorn-sized companies, both in absolute terms and relative to the size of its economy.

Figure 3 shows how the key Digital Decade indicators at EU level have developed between 2021 and 2025, putting the current situation into a four-year perspective. To see current progress towards the 2030 targets, Figure 4 below tracks the progress of KPIs toward the corresponding EU targets, benchmarking achievement levels against projected timelines.

Figure 4: Tracking KPIs progress and expected timeline based on trajectory projections (European Commission’s calculation)

2.3. From data to implementation

Over the past year, cooperation between Member States has translated into more tangible progress, with concrete joint investments and operational initiatives accelerating the deployment of shared digital infrastructures and capabilities across the EU. Through multi-country projects, Member States and the Commission are scaling joint investment in shared digital infrastructures. Two new European Digital Infrastructure Consortia (EDICs) have been set up this year, a further pipeline of new EDICs is advancing, and the Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI) programme is being implemented in microelectronics, cloud and healthcare (including AI-enabled solutions). By operationalising a robust public-private partnership, the AI Gigafactories initiative developed under the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking demonstrates how coordinated action of EU, industry, and Member State efforts can help the EU bridge the gap between digital targets and the necessary scale of implementation. Together, these mechanisms are helping to build strategic capacities that no single Member State could deploy alone.

Snapshot of the tangible benefits of digitalisation:

In healthcare for example, AI can support faster and more accurate diagnosis by helping clinicians detect early signs of disease in medical images. It can also automate routine administrative tasks, freeing up medical staff time to focus more directly on patient care.

However, the development of trustworthy AI solutions depends on access to high-quality and representative datasets. In this respect, EUCAIM (the European Federation for Cancer Images) funded under the Digital Europe Programme (DIGITAL) illustrates the value of building a pan-European infrastructure for cancer imaging and associated clinical data. As of September 2025, EUCAIM connects 83 imaging datasets across nine cancer types (around 107 000 subjects) and provides 50 AI tools to users (researchers, innovators and healthcare professionals) in 16 countries. By the end of 2026, it is expected to exceed 60 million images and to bring together at least 30 distributed data holders from 15 countries, enabling secure and privacy-preserving collaboration for the development of innovative imaging-based AI solutions.

Progress has also been supported by stronger action and closer collaboration with and between Member States. The Digital Decade Board (DDB) has played a key role in catalysing action. The Board advanced the alignment of the DDPP with the future MFF, prepared the ground for the DDPP review, coordinated updates to national roadmaps, and followed up on the 2025 recommendations. More broadly, the DDB is increasingly functioning as the main national experts’ forum for structured exchange on implementation challenges, coordination needs and simplification.

National roadmaps remain the main vehicle through which this collective effort is translated into national commitments. Through them, Member States are collectively committing to a total of 1 934 measures, representing an overall investment of EUR 289.3 billion, including EUR 205.9 billion from public budgets (equivalent to 1.09% of EU GDP). Member States are also demonstrating their commitment to collective action through the implementation of annual Digital Decade recommendations. In 2025, Member States addressed 64% of the 186 country-specific recommendations issued by the Commission, either through significant policy changes (11%) or making some changes (53%) through new measures. 19 Member States addressed at least half of their recommendations. At EU level, approximately 55% of recommendations show notable (52.2%) or significant progress (2.4%), with particularly strong advances in areas such as uptake of advanced technologies and ICT specialists. However, 45% of recommendations have seen only limited progress.

While momentum is building in several areas, further structured and more ambitious policy efforts remain necessary to accelerate progress. As Annex 1 shows, the gaps in achieving the 2030 targets do not stem from isolated policy shortcomings or short-term cyclical factors. Rather, they point to deeper structural challenges that are closely linked to the EU’s capacity to strengthen its digital leadership. In many cases, these challenges arise in areas where the scale, complexity or cross-border nature of the issues has exceeded the capacity of existing instruments to deliver the necessary coordination and an adequate level of investment. The following section summarises these challenges and their underlying causes. They are also analysed in light of the EU’s strategic priority of establishing Europe as a true AI continent, requiring a comprehensive set of assets, capabilities, and infrastructures, from advanced skills to robust ethical frameworks.

3.Shaping EU’s Digital leadership and technological sovereignty in the AI continent era

In this report, ‘digital leadership’ refers to Europe’s capacity to remain at the technological frontier, shape the development and uptake of digital technologies and infrastructures, and influence the direction of the global digital transformation. It reflects the EU’s ability to leverage the Single Market, innovation, investment and regulation to foster the development, deployment and governance of critical digital capabilities, while promoting international standards and approaches that are aligned with European values and interests.

Achieving this requires coordinated action across several fronts:

·boosting homegrown industrial capacity and autonomy at key steps of the supply chain of digital technologies, progressing towards a full European technology stack while increasing the choice for consumers in the Digital Single Market; 

·securing the supply of digital technologies underpinning Europe’s competitiveness by mitigating dependencies on a single or a limited number of non-EU suppliers;

·gaining control over data infrastructures and critical data while developing the capacity to leverage them effectively;

·setting the standards for key strategic technologies, addressing jurisdictional risks for data and digital service provision, and safeguarding the EU’s capacity to regulate in line with its values and standards; and 

·strengthening the talent pipeline. The structural gaps identified in this section concern precisely those domains where this capacity is most at risk.

3.1Technological sovereignty: closing the R&I and infrastructure gap

The EU still faces the critical challenge of securing control over the full digital innovation chain, from foundational research to large-scale industrial deployment. As part of the Tech Sovereignty Package, the Communication on European Tech Sovereignty  13  outlines the EU’s approach and defines technological sovereignty as Europe’s ability to develop, control and scale the critical technologies, infrastructure, services and data, including digital ecosystems, that underpin its economy, security and society, while de-risking and diversifying supply chains and technological exposure to reduce strategic dependencies and resist foreign interference. 14

3.1.1.Accelerating innovation in digital technologies

European companies continue to lag in digital R&D, particularly in AI. This gap is clearly visible in research and investment trends 15 . EU corporate R&D grew by only 2.9% in 2024, the lowest rate since the pandemic 16 . A persistent sectoral imbalance further disadvantages digital technologies: recent R&D investment increases have been concentrated in energy (+19.8% one year growth rate) and health (+13%), while ICT-related sectors remain comparatively underdeveloped. This situation is exacerbated by the limited number of large ICT firms in Europe, which constrains private R&D, weakens innovation ecosystems and slows the commercialisation of digital technologies.

Global R&D investment is becoming increasingly concentrated among a small number of US technology giants 17  - Amazon, Alphabet, Meta, Microsoft and Apple - particularly in AI, cloud and advanced computing. Over the past decade, these five companies have nearly doubled their share of global R&D spending among the world’s top 2 000 firms, now accounting for around 15% of the total. Without a decisive step-change in investment, coordination and support for scaling European firms, the EU risks further deepening its dependence on external technology providers, with severe consequences for European competitiveness, sovereignty, and security and falling even further behind in the global digital race.

Addressing the scale-up gap requires not only financing instruments but a structural reform of the legal environment in which European digital companies operate. The fragmentation of company law across twenty-seven national jurisdictions creates compliance costs, investor friction and governance complexity that may disadvantage EU-incorporated companies relative to their third country counterparts.

The proposal for a Regulation establishing the 28th regime corporate legal framework (‘EU Inc.’) 18 , adopted by the Commission on 18 March 2026, directly addresses this structural barrier by introducing a harmonised, digital-first and cost-effective set of corporate rules and procedures to facilitate the creation and scaling-up of companies across the single market. A new EU central interface will enable founders and companies to complete incorporation and filing procedures without having to navigate 27 different national systems. The framework will build on existing national business registers and their EU-level interconnection through the Business Registers Interconnection System (BRIS). Realising these benefits will depend not only on the formal adoption of the 28th regime, but also on its consistent operational implementation across Member States, including through clear company formation rules, well-functioning national registries and predictable cross-border enforcement, so that it provides genuine simplification and practical usability for the scale-ups it is intended to serve. 

Open-source software constitutes a further under-exploited sovereignty instrument. Estimated to contribute between EUR 65 and EUR 95 billion to EU GDP and underpinning at least 70% of all code 19 , it reduces dependency on proprietary non-EU systems, lowers barriers for SMEs and start-ups, and can be embedded in public procurement and funding at marginal cost. As its source code is publicly available, it can be freely used, modified, redistributed, and audited. Aligning a greater share of public digital spending with EU open-source development would represent a high-return, low-risk sovereignty dividend. In this regard, the EU Open Source Strategy 20 , published on 3rd June, will review the current state of play and put forward a set of actions to be rolled out in the coming years by the public sector at European and Member-State level, as well as by the private sector and the open-source communities themselves.

3.1.2.Mastering the digital stack: from semiconductors and connectivity to AI infrastructure

Europe’s competitiveness, resilience, and security increasingly depend on its ability to develop and integrate the most advanced layers of the digital technology stack. At the core of this sovereign stack are semiconductors, high-performance computing, cloud and edge computing, AI, quantum technologies, secure connectivity networks, backbone infrastructures, trusted data ecosystems and security-by-design infrastructures. These technologies no longer evolve in isolation. They are tightly integrated and interact closely, shaped by technological progress and the evolving needs of science, industry, public services and defence, including energy efficiency.

In semiconductors, the EUs share of global value chain revenues stands at about 9%, against a Digital Decade target of 20% to be reached in 2030, in a market where the US, China, South Korea and Taiwan are investing on a scale that risks further entrenching existing asymmetries. This puts the EU in a situation of extreme dependency, as past crises have demonstrated. The Chips Act 21 has so far catalysed thirteen major investment announcements for a total of EUR 32 billion, and, building on its experience, the proposal for a Chips Act 2.0 22  has been adopted to further boost the chips industry, reduce strategic dependencies and support advanced chip production in the EU.

In computing, the EU accounts for only 20% of global data centre capacity, while demand for colocation space is outstripping supply for the third consecutive year, pushing up costs for businesses. The Cloud and AI Development Act proposal 23  aims to triple EU data centre capacity within five to seven years. However, achieving this objective depends on resolving the EU’s persistently higher electricity costs relative to the United States and China, which constitute a structural barrier to data centre investment that the Act alone cannot address.

Quantum technologies are transitioning from research and pilot activities to integration in strategic infrastructures and industrial deployment. The EU is already deploying quantum computers and simulators-integrated with supercomputing centres-through the European High-Performance Computing (EuroHPC) Joint Undertaking. It is also advancing the EuroQCI as a secure quantum communication infrastructure spanning the entire EU, including its overseas territories, and preparing quantum chip pilot lines, design facilities, and quantum internet testbeds. The short-term challenge is to accelerate the move from research excellence to operational capabilities across quantum computing and simulation, communication, sensing, and metrology. This requires support in industrialisation, standards, testing and certification, trusted supply chains, skills development, and demand-side instruments such as public procurement and first-user deployment.

Connectivity remains one of the most critical enabling layers of Europe’s sovereign digital stack and a persistent structural challenge for competitiveness, resilience and security. Despite continued progress in basic 5G and fibre rollout, the EU still lags behind global frontrunners in deploying high-capacity infrastructures, notably full-fibre networks, 5G standalone (SA) and resilient backbone connectivity. The slow transition to 5G SA is a structural constraint, limiting the EU’s capacity to deliver the low-latency, high-reliability services that advanced industrial and AI applications require.

Strategic dependencies in backbone, satellite and submarine cable infrastructures further increase Europe’s exposure in critical data routes, while digital service delivery as a large share of capacity remains under the control of a handful of non-EU operators. Combined with the risk of satellite sabotage or deactivation, this threatens the EU’s economic and security interests. Without accelerated investment, deployment and greater regulatory convergence, these bottlenecks risk undermining the EU’s capacity to scale the next generation of digital, AI and quantum-enabled services on European terms.

The AI dimension adds urgency and acts as the overarching driver of Europe’s digital strategy. While the adoption of AI by businesses has accelerated sharply, reaching 20% in 2025, the EU remains heavily dependent on a handful of non-EU providers for foundational model infrastructure, cloud execution environments and the semiconductor architectures on which AI systems run. Building an AI continent therefore requires simultaneous and tightly coordinated progress across all layers of the digital stack.

The AI Continent action plan 24 provides the strategic framework for this capacity-building effort. In this context, AI Gigafactories - large-scale, shared computing facilities accessible to European researchers, start-ups, and SMEs - are designed to tackle a key bottleneck: the shortage of high-performance compute infrastructure at the scale, the affordability, and security needed for cutting-edge AI development within the EU. Beyond simply providing raw computing power, these facilities are expected to integrate advanced data storage, energy-efficient supercomputing, and secure cloud environments, enabling users to train and deploy large AI models while keeping sensitive data within European jurisdiction. By pooling resources and lowering entry barriers, AI Gigafactories aim to accelerate innovation, support industrial applications and strengthen Europe’s technological leadership in the global AI race. The timely delivery of such ultra-scale sovereign AI compute infrastructure in Europe is a prerequisite for the credibility of the EU’s broader AI strategy, including the sectoral focus of Apply AI Strategy 25 . The EU is also pursuing a comprehensive strategy to strengthen its technological stack: the core objective of the Tech Sovereignty Package 26  adopted on 3 June is meant to strengthen the EU’s capabilities across the entire value chain, moving towards a fully integrated European technology stack.

Five structural factors cut across these technology domains. First, fragmentation: twenty-seven national regulatory and investment frameworks prevent the EU from pooling resources and deploying technology infrastructure at the scale required to compete globally. Spectrum policy, semiconductor R&I funding, and AI compute investment all suffer from the same underlying problem of insufficient coordination. Second, investment asymmetry: in each of these sectors, the EU’s existing instruments, while significant, have not yet been organised around a coherent technology investment logic tied to sovereignty objectives, leaving European support less unified and targeted than what competitor regions have. Third, private-sector underinvestment and more generally the lack of mobilisation of private finance to support the development of the European digital ecosystem, reflecting structural conditions including fragmented capital markets, a weak scale-up ecosystem, and insufficient demand-side incentives for innovation. Fourth, overly concentrated supply chain and dependencies: across chips, network equipment, cloud infrastructure and AI systems, the EU remains dependent on a limited number of external suppliers for components and services that are increasingly treated as strategic assets by competitor nations, and control of them is a lever for geopolitical influence. Fifth, administrative bottlenecks underline the need to accelerate and simplify infrastructure development through facilitated permitting.

Addressing those challenges requires simultaneous and coordinated action across technology policy, investment mobilisation and industrial strategy. Together, the proposals for the Chips Act 2.0, the Cloud and AI Development Act, the Digital Networks Act, and the upcoming Quantum Act proposal will provide an appropriate legislative framework once adopted and implemented. The AI Continent action plan provides the strategic architecture for Europe’s AI capacity-building, with the Gigafactories as its operational centrepiece alongside AI factories, Testing and Experimentation Facilities, and the European Digital Innovation Hubs being repositioned as AI Experience Centres.

Dependency risks also extend to the financial sector. International card schemes account for over 64% of electronically initiated card-based transactions in the euro area 27 , while mobile payments are largely dominated by non-European technology firms, particularly as regards digital wallets. These dependencies create both geopolitical and cybersecurity exposure which could have spillover effects on the financial and economic sector. The digital euro, currently in the interinstitutional legislative process 28 , is a strategic response that will strengthen Europe’s monetary sovereignty and increase the resilience of its payment infrastructure.

Concerns about technological sovereignty also extend to the use of digital technologies in the education sector. European schools and training institutions depend overwhelmingly on non-EU providers for their digital infrastructure - from cloud and operating systems to AI-powered learning tools and learning management systems. The Commission is supporting preparatory work with Member States to set up multi-country projects and collaboration among Member States to strengthen technological sovereignty for schools and training institutions.

Promoting the ethical development and adoption of AI in the cultural and creative sectors is essential to preserving Europe’s cultural sovereignty. AI should be designed and trained in ways that support Europe’s cultural and linguistic diversity, drawing on diverse and representative datasets that reflect the richness of European cultures, while respecting creators’ rights. As announced in the AI Continent action plan, the Apply AI initiative and the Culture Compass 29 , the Commission is preparing a strategy that promotes the development and use of AI in ways that uphold genuine creation, European cultural and linguistic diversity and inclusion.

Legislative and strategic frameworks need to be strengthened by a step-change in investment scale and coordination. The next MFF will play an important role in steering resources towards EU technology priorities, in particular with the proposed European Competitiveness Fund (ECF) and its Digital Leadership window and the new Research and Innovation Framework Programme. The conditions for private R&I at scale must also be improved structurally - through the Savings and Investments Union, the Capital Markets Union, simplified regulatory requirements for R&D-intensive firms, and stronger demand-side incentives including public procurement, as reflected in the Tech Sovereignty Package. The specific investment priorities emerging from this strand are set out in Section 4.

3.1.3 Fostering synergies with defence

The accelerated integration of digital technologies such as AI, advance connectivity or cloud computing into European defence capabilities has emerged as a defining trend of 2025-2026. Technologies originally developed for civilian applications are increasingly dual-use and/or adapted for defence purposes. This ’spin-in’ dynamic means that the EU’s digital industrial capacity and its defence technological capacity are now closely interlinked: both are constrained by weaknesses in semiconductors, computing and cloud infrastructure, AI and secure connectivity.

The EU responded with solid policy and funding architecture in 2025-2026. The Defence Readiness Roadmap 2030, adopted in October 2025, pointed to cyber, AI and electronic warfare as one of nine priority capability areas identified by Member States. The Defence Industry Transformation Roadmap 30  consolidated this direction, framing software-defined warfare, dual-use spin-in and engagement with SMEs and start-ups as cornerstones of Europe’s defence industrial transformation. On the funding side, the European Defence Fund, with a budget of close to EUR 8 billion for the period 2021-2027, is the Commissions flagship programme in support of defence R&D. As part of it, the EU Defence Innovation Scheme (EUDIS) supports defence innovation and non-traditional defence actors. The AGILE programme, proposed on 25 March 2026 31 , will complement these efforts, with a particular focus on the rapid development and delivery of disruptive defence products and technologies. The European Defence Industry Programme (EDIP) adopted at the end of 2025, delivered its first work programme and launch of calls for proposals at the beginning of 2026. The Security Action for Europe (SAFE), adopted in May 2025, which includes AI and electronic warfare among its eligible procurement categories, has approved national investment plans covering EUR 38 billion of the EUR 150 billion available, with the first disbursements expected in 2026.

Moreover, the mid-term review of cohesion policy 32 (October 2025) enabled cohesion funds to be channelled towards defence and civil preparedness projects. By the same token, the Regulation on incentivising defence-related investments in the EU budget (December 2025) broadened the scope of the Digital Europe Programme to dual-use across all objectives, extended the European Innovation Council (EIC) Accelerator scope to support dual-use innovation, and opened the STEP Scale-Up Scheme to defence. The Commission has proposed that these efforts should continue and be further increased as part of the proposed European Competitiveness Fund (ECF) under the next MFF 33 .

Three structural factors continue to shape the EU’s ability to translate civilian digital investment into defence capability. First, the alignment of strategic priorities between civilian and defence programmes could be further improved across the EU: while EU instruments increasingly recognise dual-use, Member States have yet to systematically embed this convergence in their national roadmaps and national investment planning, and the structural separation between civilian digital and defence innovation communities persists at national level. Second, the industrial base remains concentrated and partly dependent on non-EU providers in semiconductors, cloud and AI. This exposes EU systems to supply disruption and limits the scope for a fully sovereign defence digital supply chain. Third, the security culture and reporting standards across the civilian digital sector are not yet sufficiently developed to make full use of the funding pathways opened by recent regulatory changes. Addressing these challenges requires complementary action and approaches on strategic priorities and on funding-level synergies including across future ECF policy windows, so that investments in computing capacity, connectivity resilience, cybersecurity and AI can consistently support both civilian competitiveness and defence preparedness. Member States are also invited to reflect on dual-use considerations in their updated national roadmaps, and to make use of relevant defence instruments and promote them among their national industrial ecosystems, to participate actively in Capability Coalitions, and to make systematic use of SAFE, EDIP, EUDIS, the dual-use scope of the Digital Europe Programme, the EIC Accelerator and the AGILE programme.

Strengthening the security and resilience of digital ecosystems

The resilience of the digital ecosystem is central to EU’s technological sovereignty as cybersecurity threats becomes more complex, large-scale and systemic. Recent EU data highlight the scale and accelerating nature of cyber risk across the EU: nearly 4 900 significant cybersecurity incidents were recorded in a single year (July 2024-June 2025), pointing to a persistent and evolving threat environment. These attacks are increasingly high-impact, with over 80% of cybercrime incidents involving ransomware, often combined with data theft and multi-layered extortion 34 . Cyber operations are now embedded in state strategies, targeting government, defence and critical infrastructure, while the line between state-sponsored actors and cybercriminals continues to blur through shared tools and infrastructure. Attacks are also becoming more targeted: more than half affect essential entities, while public administrations account for over one third, which means the attacks are increasingly focused on critical sectors such as energy, healthcare, transport and telecommunications, as well as core state functions. At the same time, attacks are becoming more sophisticated and harder to detect, increasingly leveraging AI and combining multiple techniques. Supply chain attacks have emerged as a major systemic risk, whereby a single breach can cascade across multiple organisations due to dependencies on third-party providers and widely used software. This risk is particularly acute for public administrations, which rely on interconnected systems to deliver essential services. Together, these trends illustrate not only the rising frequency of cyber incidents, but also their increasing severity and implications for the EU’s economic security and resilience.

The EU has developed a broad and increasingly robust cybersecurity framework, anchored in NIS2, the Cyber Resilience Act and the proposed revision of the Cybersecurity Act (CSA2) 35 . As part of a wider cybersecurity package, these measures aim to strengthen capabilities and resilience, prevent fragmentation in the digital single market and enhance the security of EU ICT supply chains by ensuring - through a simplified certification framework - that products placed on the market are secure by design. They also seek to facilitate compliance with existing EU rules and increase the role of the EU Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA) in supporting Member States and the EU in managing cyber threats. In addition, the Cyber Solidarity Act, in force since February 2025, further strengthens collective detection and response capacities at EU level.

However, five structural factors continue to shape the EU’s vulnerability to the evolving cyber threat landscape and limit the effectiveness of its regulatory response. First, implementation fragmentation: while the NIS2 Directive and the Cyber Resilience Act set common requirements, transposition of the NIS2 Directive and enforcement of rules remain uneven across Member States, creating resilience gaps within the single market. Progress also remains uneven across Member States when it comes to restricting high-risk suppliers and preparing for emerging challenges such as post-quantum cryptography. Second, industrial dependency: continued reliance on non-EU vendors (including persistence exposure to high-risk suppliers in critical areas such as 5G networks) exposes the EU to jurisdictional risks and external strategic decisions. Third, a persistent cybersecurity skills deficit, constrains organisations’ ability to operationalise requirements, particularly as AI-enabled threats accelerate. Fourth, AI asymmetry: adversaries are deploying AI faster than it is being integrated into EU defensive systems, creating a structural imbalance not fully addressed by existing frameworks. Fifth, and linked to AI asymmetry, the fundamental shift in cybersecurity brought by the most advanced general-purpose AI models. As these models show unprecedented cyber capabilities, notably in identifying vulnerabilities, and operate at a speed and level of automation that outpaces traditional defensive cycles, we need to stay ahead and ensure our own capacity to use AI as a first line of defence against the possible misuse of such capabilities.

Addressing these gaps requires sustained investment in implementation support, EU-wide interoperability standards, the cybersecurity skills base, and shared detection and response capabilities at EU level. This must be accompanied by full and consistent transposition and enforcement of the NIS2, the Cyber Solidarity Act and the Cyber Resilience Act, the structured phase-out of high-risk suppliers from critical infrastructure and the establishment by Member States of stable, multiannual national funding mechanisms for cybersecurity aligned with EU strategic priorities.

Making digitalisation work for competitiveness: adoption, simplification and decarbonisation

The third structural challenge for digital leadership is to build wider ecosystems and ensure the diffusion of digital technologies across the economy and society. It means ensuring that the digital capabilities being developed in the EU are effectively deployed where they are needed, across businesses, public authorities and society at large, at the speed and scale required by intensifying global competition. Such efforts are critical: so far, the EU has failed to fully capture the gains of the internet revolution, which has led it to lag both in the development of key technologies and in the uptake of digital solutions by public administrations and businesses.

3.3.1. From access to use: accelerating technology diffusion and adoption

Digitally enabled transformation of private and public activities is a catalyst for EU competitiveness. Digitalisation is a key driver of growth and productivity in the EU, and recent evidence points to strong macroeconomic returns on digital investments. The productivity dividend of digital transformation is substantially larger than what the EU is currently capturing, as can be seen in the estimate that 39% of US growth in 2025 was linked to AI technologies 36 . The limited productivity gains from digital investments compared to the US stem not only from differences in ICT capital, but also insufficient investments in intangible assets, such as skills, organisational capacity and management practices, which are essential for the diffusion of digital technologies: between 2009 and 2020, ICT capital accounted for 11.7% of US productivity growth, compared with 3.3% in Europe; over the same period, total factor productivity (TFP), which captures efficiency gains from organisational change and improved resource allocation, contributed 32% in the United States but was negative in Europe 37 .

Broad-based adoption by the general public, enterprises (especially SMEs) and public authorities therefore remains a central challenge. As the KPI data in Section 2 show, AI adoption stands at 20% of enterprises against a 2030 target of 75%, the cloud gap between large firms and SMEs is 36 percentage points, and on current trends the data analytics gap will not close until 2047, while the adoption of gigabit connectivity fast fixed broadband is still low, representing only 27% of subscriptions in the EU in 2025. The main barrier is not only technological availability but access, simplicity and organisational capacity for change. The digital transformation of public services shows similar patterns: while performance at national level is strong (services for the public: 84.6/100; business services: 88.6/100), persistent structural gaps remain in cross-border availability, AI deployment in public administration and the cybersecurity of public digital infrastructure. More than one third of EU government websites are hosted on servers controlled by operators whose ultimate beneficial ownership lies outside EU jurisdiction, and more than half of governmental email domains rely on non-EU operators, creating systemic security exposure and trust concerns that the digital public service agenda alone cannot resolve.

Adoption at scale continues to be constrained by a set of structural factors. A persistent deficit in skills and intermediation limits the capacity of enterprises, in particular SMEs, to identify relevant use cases, ensure compliance and integrate digital technologies into core operations. This is compounded by the limited availability of trusted intermediaries capable of providing integrated technical, legal and business support. At the same time, the pace of organisational transformation remains insufficient. Digital investment does not translate into productivity gains without accompanying changes in business processes, management practices and workforce skills, and evidence indicates that such transformation remains less developed in the EU. Uneven implementation across Member States - in terms of governance, investment levels and delivery capacity - continues to create disparities in adoption.

Public administrations face comparable barriers. While progress at national level is notable, gaps persist in cross-border service provision, the deployment of AI and the security of digital infrastructure. While digitalisation of public services offers significant benefits and opportunities to increase growth through efficiency gains and cost savings for Member States, businesses and individuals, it also requires considerable investment both from the EU and the Member States at the national level to overcome technical difficulties and delays in the delivery of national and cross-border judicial services, as illustrated in the case of digitalisation of justice. Finally, continued reliance on non-EU providers in critical areas creates vulnerabilities affecting both resilience and sovereignty.

Addressing these challenges requires coordinated action across several dimensions. Strengthening skills and intermediation is essential, including through increased investment in digital and AI training and the repositioning of European Digital Innovation Hubs as integrated AI Experience centres linked to AI factories, testing and experimentation facilities and upcoming sandboxes. Greater emphasis must also be placed on organisational transformation, providing the possibility for public support instruments to combine technology uptake with investments in management practices, process redesign and workforce reskilling. Increasing trust requires the development and uptake of secure and sovereign digital infrastructures, including EU-based cloud solutions for public administrations. The EU, Member States, regions and cities should increasingly and systematically leverage public sector demand as a driver of diffusion, notably through strategic public procurement, the deployment of digital public services, and the use of government as a lead customer to create markets, scale solutions and accelerate adoption across the wider economy. Finally, national delivery frameworks should be strengthened through clear governance, dedicated funding and measurable targets, to ensure consistent implementation across Member States, supported by the DDPP.

3.3.2. Simplification: removing the regulatory and infrastructure barriers to adoption

Simplification is itself a critical enabler of technological uptake. Regulatory complexity - particularly the interaction of regulatory obligations, sector-specific requirements and varying national implementations including the introduction of national requirements exceeding those provided for under EU legislation- has been identified by enterprises as one of the primary barriers to digital deployment, especially for SMEs. The Digital Omnibus initiative, which aims to streamline existing data and digital legislation, addresses this directly and is therefore a legislative precondition for accelerating the uptake of digital technologies by enterprises. Moreover, digital, data-driven and AI-enabled solutions for reporting, monitoring and compliance can help reduce this burden, enabling companies to meet regulatory requirements more efficiently while turning compliance into a source of trust, competitiveness and differentiation in global markets.

The European Digital Identity Wallets and European Business Wallets are a central pillar of this strand. By integrating digital verifiable credentials, trusted data sharing, and enabling AI-driven compliance checks, the forthcoming EU Business Wallets will significantly ease how businesses interact with regulators and their customers. Using them will create the conditions for fully digital cross-border interactions - for individuals authenticating to public services and other use cases, for businesses conducting cross-border transactions including e-invoicing, digital contracts and the secure exchange of verified data - and the reduction of administrative burden. All Member States are required to make the Wallet available to private individuals by end-2026. Six large-scale pilots involving over 550 stakeholders across all Member States together with Norway, Iceland, and Ukraine have demonstrated the technical feasibility of cross-border use cases in multiple sectors. Yet deployment remains uneven and the pace of national implementation risks undermining the Wallet’s potential: the certification schemes based on the Cybersecurity Act have not yet been finalised, blocking national deployment timelines; the obligations of the parties relying on the schemes - particularly in the private sector - are still not sufficiently enforced, limiting incentives for the public to adopt the schemes. Accelerating deployment requires the following parallel actions: finalising the certification scheme without further delay; and enforcing relying party obligations systematically, including through the Digital Omnibus where necessary. 

Simplification is also much needed to accelerate connectivity which remains structurally insufficient to support the AI Continent agenda. Regulatory fragmentation with twenty-seven distinct national frameworks for spectrum assignment, network authorisation and different paces of legacy networks migration creates inconsistent investment conditions, prevents operators from achieving the economies of scale required for advanced network deployment and generates legal uncertainty that delays both private investment and public co-financing decisions. The continued operation of legacy copper networks in the majority of Member States negatively impacts demand for full-fibre services, reducing investment incentives, and delaying the migration of users and services to the infrastructure required for next-generation digital applications. Therefore the absence of binding national copper switch-off timelines in most Member States has become a structural rather than a transitional problem. In addition, the absence of long-term and predictable conditions for investments - in particular on spectrum licence duration and renewal - prevents operators from committing capital at the scale and over the time horizons required for 5G SA and 6G deployment. It also limits the ability of public instruments to leverage private co-investment effectively.

For enterprises, especially SMEs, the main barriers to AI and advanced digital adoption are linked to the difficulty of translating interest into deployment safely, lawfully and at an acceptable cost. Fragmented and poor-quality data, weak interoperability with legacy systems, lack of in-house skills, the complexities of aligning early compliance investments with the shifting implementation details of the AI Act, and the absence of trusted intermediaries capable of providing integrated technical, legal and business transformation support remain the proximate constraints behind the SME adoption gap. The operational priorities are fivefold.

·First, the European Digital Innovation Hubs, repositioned as AI Experience Centres and linked to AI factories and Testing and Experimentation Facilities, need to reach their full potential in providing SMEs with integrated technical, legal and business transformation support.

·Second, the deployment of common European data spaces, linked to AI factories and data labs, must be accelerated: access to high-quality, interoperable data is a prerequisite for SMEs to innovate and scale on a more equal footing with large platforms.

·Third, the Digital Omnibus must move rapidly from proposal to implementation, with Member States ensuring consistent national transposition and the Commission monitoring simplification outcomes against measurable benchmarks.

·Fourth, sustained investment in cross-border digital public service infrastructure - including EU Wallet deployment, the Once-Only Technical System, interoperability frameworks and digital identity building blocks, digital verifiable credentials, data exchange mechanisms, trust services - is required to close the gap between national and cross-border service availability, reducing administrative burden for the public and businesses across the single market. 

·Fifth, the Digital Networks Act, currently under negotiation, should preserve its ambition on indefinite spectrum licences, harmonised authorisation conditions and an investment-friendly regulatory architecture as a structural response to the regulatory fragmentation identified above.

At the same time, the copper switch-off, in other words the planned EU-wide migration from legacy copper to full-fibre infrastructure, must be accelerated across all Member States. Targeted public investment must also complement regulatory reform by addressing market failures in underserved areas, particularly rural and remote regions, where private deployment alone will not deliver the coverage required by 2030.

3.3.3. Responsible digitalisation for competitiveness, resilience and decarbonisation

Digital technologies - including AI, digital twins, smart grids and sensor networks - can deliver decisive gains in industrial productivity, energy efficiency, grid optimisation and resilience and circular business models, lowering input costs for EU firms, easing pressure on imported energy and critical raw materials, while accelerating the transition to a more autonomous and resilient industrial base. In a sector as strategic as energy, preserving the Union’s capacity to develop, control and operate these critical digital technologies and infrastructures is an important component of Europe’s technological sovereignty, economic security and long-term resilience.

These positive contributions need to overcome the major resource constraints associated with the expansion of digital infrastructure. Digital infrastructure is increasingly affecting water availability, land use and energy systems at regional level. By 2030, data centre electricity consumption in Europe is expected to rise towards 115 TWh, an increase by at least 45 TWh compared to 2025, driven primarily by AI demand 38 . The EU currently recovers less than 1% of rare earth elements from end-of-life digital equipment and remains highly dependent on external suppliers for several critical raw materials used in digital technologies.

These developments are taking place against a backdrop of tightening energy constraints. The mainstreaming of AI is driving a rapid rise in electricity demand for computing power and data infrastructure 39 . With rising geopolitical tensions, the EU also faces persistently higher electricity costs than the United States, which benefits from lower-cost domestic energy sources, and China, which relies on state-supported supply. Without swift and sufficient expansion of affordable, low-carbon energy and grid capacity, these energy constraints risk undermining the EU’s ability to deploy advanced AI systems at the scale required to maintain competitiveness in the global digital economy.

The EU has set a policy framework to address the digital-green nexus. The proposed clean digitalisation targets - covering data centre energy consumption, net ICT emissions and the contribution of digital solutions to greenhouse gas reductions - provide a necessary basis for making this nexus measurable and operational. The Strategic Roadmap for Digitalisation and AI in the energy sector 40 plans measures to prepare for the increased complexity of the future energy system, including both challenges and opportunities linked to the integration of data centres in the EU energy system and the large-scale AI deployment across the energy value chain. Complementary instruments - including the Cloud and AI Development Act, the Digital Product Passport 41 and the EU Codes of Conduct on Data Centres 42 and on telecommunications sustainability 43  - further strengthen this framework. However, while the policy framework is largely in place, its translation into coherent investment signals, governance mechanisms and measurement systems remains incomplete.

This gap reflects four structural factors limiting the alignment between digital transformation and decarbonisation. First, a governance lag: digital technologies, especially AI, evolve faster than regulatory and investment cycles, delaying the management of their environmental impacts. Second, a growing tension between compute capacity and energy sustainability, as expanding data centre infrastructure increases electricity demand and requires closer alignment between digital, environment and energy policies, including in rural areas. Third, persistent dependencies on critical raw materials, combined with limited recycling capacity, create structural vulnerabilities not yet fully integrated into investment strategies. Fourth, insufficient measurement frameworks: the lack of harmonised EU methodologies to assess both the footprint of digital infrastructure and its contribution to emissions reduction limits effective investment and progress tracking. Addressing these structural factors requires the adoption of new clean digitalisation targets, the development of harmonised metrics, and stronger coordination between digital, energy and environmental policies, with the aims of enhancing EU competitiveness and reducing dependencies on energy and critical materials.

3.4. Ensuring digital transformation works for people

Ensuring that the digital transformation works for people is a core objective of the Digital Decade. The benefits of digital technologies should be accessible to all, while preventing the emergence of new forms of exclusion and protecting citizens and democratic societies from online harms, including disinformation, manipulation and other forms of abuse of digital technologies.

In this respect, digital skills are both a sovereignty asset and an adoption enabler, and the EU’s shortfall in both dimensions, basic skills and ICT specialists, is acute.

Despite significant national investment commitments, the EU remains off-track to meet the 2030 target for basic digital skills (80% of the population), which is currently projected to be reached in 2037. Basic digital skills stand at 60% in 2025 and are forecast to reach only 68% by 2030. The shortfall is concentrated among older individuals, those with low educational attainment, and people in rural areas, precisely the groups for whom digital exclusion carries the highest economic and social costs. A first structural challenge relates to the limited reach of existing provision systems. Current delivery mechanisms do not adequately reach the groups most at risk of lacking basic digital skills - including older people, persons with disabilities, marginalised groups facing discrimination, individuals with low educational attainment, those in rural areas who may face additional challenges linked to limited broadband access. These are largely centred on formal education and workforce-based training, while those most lacking in digital competence are also the least connected to the institutions capable of providing support at scale. A second challenge concerns the effectiveness and level of ambition of current investments. Member States have collectively committed around EUR 24 billion and 349 measures to basic digital skills. However, progress remains below the pace required to meet the target, indicating that while the current distribution of investment, predominantly focused on formal education and general digital inclusion, remains essential, it does not sufficiently address the specific barriers faced by hard-to-reach groups. A third challenge arises from the rapid development of digital technologies. The current target was defined against a pre-generative AI baseline, while the widespread use of such technologies, around 64% of young people aged 16-24 in 2025, is redefining the skills needed for effective and safe participation in the digital environment, indicating the increasing need for AI literacy. This creates a risk that even achieving the target may not create the level of competence required in practice by 2030.

Under the Union of Skills and the Council Recommendation on Human Capital 44 , Member States are encouraged to strengthen basic skills in education and expand training and lifelong learning. The action plan on basic skills recognises digital skills as crucial in modern society and everyday life, and includes them in the basic skills, alongside literacy, mathematics, science and citizenship. The STEM Education Strategic Plan highlights the importance of increasing the talent pipeline in STEM subjects and proposes a 5% enrolment target in doctoral programmes in ICT by 2030 - including a sub-target for female enrolments. The Commission will propose measures to support digital skills development and the digital readiness of schools in the context of its education package. It will also develop guidance on digital skills assessment to improve the provision of skills in school education. The AI Skills Academy supports the workforce dimension of the AI adoption agenda, while the AI literacy framework for primary and secondary education developed in cooperation with the OECD outlines the main skills young people need to develop at school in order to benefit from the AI transformation in a critical and responsible manner. The Digital Competence Framework was updated in November 2025, particularly to take account of competences required in the face of new emerging technologies such as AI and integrate AI competence across all areas of digital competence.

The ICT specialist gap is even more pronounced, with 10.5 million employed in 2025, just 52% of the 2030 target of 20 million in a context where skills requirements are evolving rapidly, reflecting the pace of technological change and the accelerating diffusion of digital technologies across the economy. The proportion of women among ICT specialists has increased only marginally compared to 2015. Closing this gap requires a response commensurate with its scale: including dedicated investments, as well as national interim targets in the updated national roadmaps.

A number of structural factors continue to constrain the EU’s capacity to expand its ICT workforce at the pace required. First, the supply of new entrants remains insufficient. In 2023, the EU produced only 2.7 tertiary ICT graduates per 1 000 young people, compared to 3.7 in the United States and 4.6 in the United Kingdom. This gap cannot be compensated for through upskilling and reskilling alone and points to the need for sustained, long-term investment in initial education systems at a scale not yet reflected in current national commitments. Second, the rapid development of technological requirements is creating persistent mismatches between labour market needs and available skills. The growing importance of areas such as AI, cloud security and data engineering is outpacing the capacity of education and training systems to adapt curricula and programmes. This is further compounded by the increasing role of vendor-specific certifications, which can limit skills portability and reduce overall labour market flexibility. Third, progress in addressing the gender imbalance in ICT professions remains limited. This reflects structural barriers across the entire education and career pathway, from participation in STEM education to entry into and retention within ICT careers, indicating that more comprehensive and coordinated measures are required. Finally, demand for advanced digital skills is expanding rapidly beyond the ICT sector itself. The diffusion of digital technologies, in particular AI, across sectors such as healthcare, manufacturing, logistics and public administration is generating additional demand that exceeds current workforce projections. Addressing this challenge requires a broader, economy-wide approach to skills development, going beyond sector-specific policies. It also requires making the EU a global magnet for ICT talent. The launch of the European Legal Gateway Office pilot in India - in February 2026 - is a first concrete step in that direction. Furthermore, the launch of the STEM Education Strategic Plan in March 2025 lays the basis for anchoring STEM as a priority in the EU education and skills policies and provides a policy and funding framework for advancing the quality of STEM education and participation in these sectors.

Ensuring that digital transformation works for people also requires protecting them in the online environment and preserving democratic resilience. Exposure to disinformation, hostile content and online harm is increasing across all age groups: In 2025, 2 out of 3 young Europeans reported exposure to untrue or doubtful content online 45 . This trend affects democratic processes and public health, with generative AI amplifying their scale and sophistication. It also brings the responsibility of digital actors - particularly AI providers and online platforms - to the forefront, raising issues of accountability and liability. 46  There is increasing recognition of the role of design choices-such as algorithms, decision systems, default settings, and user interaction mechanisms-in shaping societal outcomes. While often framed as technical or commercial decisions, these choices warrant regulatory attention to ensure safer and more trustworthy digital environments. The EU's response is anchored in the enforcement of the Digital Services Act (DSA), with the first DSA fine issued in December 2025. It is complemented by broader policy initiatives, notably the European Democracy Shield, adopted on 12 November 2025, and the Cyberbullying Action Plan adopted in February 2026. These frameworks provide an important basis for addressing online risks and strengthening democratic resilience. The priority now is to ensure their effective implementation, consistent application where relevant, and adequate resourcing, in particular for the European Democracy Shield, while continuing to assess whether additional measures may be needed to address emerging AI-enabled manipulation techniques. 

4.Bridging the funding and reforms gap

The structural challenges identified in the previous sections are reflected in the horizontal and country-specific recommendations addressed to Member States in Annexes 1 and 2 to accelerate collective progress toward Digital Decade objectives and targets. These recommendations converge around a limited set of priority areas intended to shape the EU’s digital agenda including through the next MFF, up until 2034.

Priorities include the accelerated deployment of strategic digital infrastructures: AI compute capacity, full-fibre coverage, 5G SA networks, backbone infrastructures such as submarine cables and resilient semiconductor value chains; the reduction of the advanced technologies adoption gap in enterprises, particularly for SMEs and in key sectors such as manufacturing, healthcare and public administration; the strengthening of digital skills, both in basic literacy and in the development of ICT specialists; the completion of the Digital Single Market’s interoperability architecture, including the deployment of the European Digital Identity Wallet and the Once-Only Technical System; and the reinforcement of cybersecurity across critical sectors and public administrations.

Those structural challenges require a strengthened and coordinated policy response, combining reforms and investments at EU, national and regional level.

Public digital funding is a powerful driver of economic growth, productivity and resilience across the EU

With around EUR 133 billion allocated to digital measures in the Recovery and Resilience Plans (RRPs) as of early 2026, Member States have significantly scaled up investments in digital infrastructures, skills, public services and business transformation. These investments are not only supporting progress towards the Digital Decade targets but are estimated to generate substantial macroeconomic gains across the EU economy by 2030

By 2030, digital Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) investments are expected to generate a cumulative economic impact of EUR 219 billion within the EU, rising to around EUR 302 billion at global level 47 . This corresponds to a multiplier of 1.5 within the EU and 2.0 globally, significantly higher than the average impact of RRF spending overall. These strong returns reflect the concentration of digital investments in high-productivity sectors and their capacity to enhance innovation, efficiency and competitiveness. In particular, investments in digital skills and in the digitalisation of public services show the highest multiplier effects, underlining their critical role in enabling the effective uptake and diffusion of digital technologies across the economy. 

Figure 5: Macroeconomic impact of digital RRF investments (in EUR bn)

EU27

RRF envelope

Direct Impact

EU

Spillover Impact EU

Total impact EU

EU multiplier

Spillover Impact Non-EU

Total impact Global

Global multiplier

Total

653.4

543.9

139.0

682.9

1.0

205.9

888.8

1.4

Total Digital

148.8

168.3

50.9

219.2

1.5

83.1

302.3

2.0

Digital Infrastructure

29.8

33.1

11.6

44.6

1.5

19.7

64.3

2.2

Digital skills

23.6

33.7

8.9

42.6

1.8

14.2

56.8

2.4

Digitalisation of businesses

45.0

53.7

15.9

69.7

1.5

25.9

95.6

2.1

Digitalisation of Public Serv.

38.1

51.9

13.5

65.4

1.7

22.1

87.5

2.3

Other digital

12.3

22.4

7.5

29.9

2.4

11.4

41.3

3.4

Source: Commission Services. The macroeconomic modelling results are based on RRF data available as of 30 November 2025, corresponding to 
EUR 148.8 billion in digital RRF investments. This differs from the latest monitoring figure of around EUR 133 billion as of early 2026, following 

subsequent revisions of the RRPs
48. 

The economic benefits of digital investment extend well beyond national borders, highlighting the importance of coordinated action at EU level. Of the total EU impact, around EUR 168 billion stems from direct domestic effects, while a further EUR 51 billion arises from cross-border spillovers through trade and value chain linkages. In several Member States, these spillovers significantly amplify national gains, in some cases doubling or tripling the impact of domestic investments. This demonstrates that the single market remains a key transmission channel for digital investment, reinforcing economic convergence and collective resilience.

Digital RRF investments also generate broad-based gains across all sectors of the economy. While the largest impacts are observed in manufacturing, ICT services, professional services, trade and construction, the benefits extend to sectors that do not receive direct funding, through supply-chain linkages, increased demand and productivity improvements. This confirms the role of digital technologies as a general-purpose driver of growth, enabling efficiency gains and innovation across the entire economic system. These estimates capture the effects of digital investments only. Accompanying digital reforms, including in administrative simplification, network deployment and labour market modernisation, are not modelled, although they are likely to strengthen the effectiveness and long-term impact of RRF digital investments. The figures should therefore be understood as estimates of the investment channel rather than of the full macroeconomic impact of the digital dimensions of the RRF. 

The evidence points to four conditions for maximising the impact of digital investment. First, prioritising high-impact areas such as digital skills, advanced digital infrastructures and the digitalisation of public services is essential to unlock productivity gains. Second, investments in infrastructure must be accompanied by measures supporting adoption and diffusion, in particular among businesses and public administrations, so that technological capacity translates into economic value. Third, coordinated planning and implementation across Member States enhances spillover effects and strengthens the overall impact of investment at EU level. Finally, effective governance and timely implementation of funding programmes, building on the experience of the RRF’s performance-based framework, are critical to delivering results.

Importantly, a substantial proportion of the economic benefits generated by digital investments under the RRF accrues to non-EU economies, reflecting both the EU’s openness and its continued dependencies and integration in key segments of global digital value chains. Estimates indicate that around EUR 83 billion of the total impact leaks outside the EU, with China capturing approximately 27% and the United States around 16% of these spillovers. This reflects the EU’s reliance on external suppliers for critical components and services, including semiconductors, cloud infrastructure and advanced ICT equipment. While openness remains a strength of the EU economy, these patterns underline the need to better align the demand generated by public investment with the development of domestic industrial and technological capacities. Strengthening this articulation is essential to ensure that a greater proportion of public funding translates into value creation within the EU, thereby improving Europe’s technological sovereignty, competitiveness and resilience.

Scaling up reforms and investments to accelerate delivery

At the midpoint of its Digital Decade, this report - together with a growing body of recent analysis from the EIB, CEPR, and independent research institutions 48 - confirms that the EU’s digital objectives will not be achieved without a transformative shift in its investment landscape. The scale of the challenge is well-documented and the figures referenced below draw on a range of recent estimates produced by different institutions, with varying scopes, methodologies and time horizons. While they are not directly additive or fully comparable, they point in the same direction: meeting the EU’s digital objectives will require significantly more investment, stronger coordination and improved mobilisation of both public and private capital.

The Draghi report estimated the additional annual investment needed for digital technologies at around EUR 150 billion. More recent assessments, based on a wider set of assumptions-including geopolitical developments and defence spending, suggest that overall EU strategic investment needs could be substantially higher, potentially approaching EUR 1 200 billion annually through 2031. 49  The size of investment required to achieve EU’s ambitions in areas critical to EU technological sovereignty points to a clear need for public and private capital to be mobilised to unprecedented levels. The strengthening the EU’s semiconductor ecosystems alone will require EUR 120 billion. Expanding data centre capacity will require around EUR 200 billion by 2036, plus another EUR 100 billion for the full realisation of the Cloud and AI leadership initiatives, as well as the deployment of AI Factories and Gigafactories. Finally, for all measures under the open-source strategy, an estimated EUR 2 billion will need to be mobilised over the next 7 years. For energy, the annual investment gap is estimated at EUR 400 billion. 50  The 2026 Annual Single Market and Competitiveness Report confirms that the EU’s labour productivity gap relative to the United States remains 20%, driven primarily by gaps in the production and adoption of digital technologies, and estimates that achieving the EU’s digitalisation targets would unlock economic gains equivalent to 1.8% of GDP 51 . According to estimates by the EPRS, advancing high-tech digital innovation alone across Europe will require between EUR 212 and EUR 380 billion annually, more than triple the EU’s current yearly total investment in digital technologies and infrastructure 52 .

The digital transition is a core element of the Commission’s investment strategy to boost competitiveness. Between 2021 and 2025, EUR 229 billion of the overall EU budget (including NextGenerationEU) was dedicated to the digital transition, representing almost 14.5% of the total EU budget for that period 53 . A significant share of the public spending comes from the Recovery and Resilience Facility, which dedicates EUR 133.1 billion to digital measures as of April 2026. Of this, EUR 120.4 billion is estimated to contribute directly to achieving Digital Decade targets 54 .

The most acute near-term risk is the emergence of a significant investment shortfall. It is expected that nearly half of the public budget of the measures included in national roadmaps will be phased out by 2026, with 58% by 2027. This potential gap of one to two years between the expiry of RRF-funded measures and the operational deployment of ECF and NRPPs instruments could substantially reduce investment momentum in key digital priorities. The loss of predictable investment signals in ecosystem building and strategic technology development would carry significant costs for Europe's competitiveness and technological leadership. Building on this report, the Commission will help identify the areas most exposed to such investment gaps and seek to develop a bridging framework thereby enabling Member States to maintain implementation momentum.

Mobilising private investment at scale is a central priority. Closing the investment gap will require stronger synergies between public and private resources, co-investment models and innovative financial instruments, building on successful examples such as EU leadership in high-performance computing (HPC) and the rapid scale-up enabled by AI Gigafactories. The scale of the private financing gap is stark: the EU accounts for only 5% of global venture capital fundraising in innovation, compared to 52% for the United States and 40% for China 55 . European AI start-ups raised approximately EUR 11 billion in venture capital in 2024, one-sixth of what their US counterparts raised 56 . For cybersecurity alone, EU venture capital totalled EUR 814 million compared to EUR 15 billion in the United States 57 . Closing this gap requires the deepening of the Savings and Investments Union, the simplification of Initial Public Offering (IPO) pathways, and the deployment of risk-sharing instruments 58 , particularly for deep-tech investment where traditional bank financing remains structurally insufficient and ensuring that both private and public operators can internalise digital sovereignty as a measurable risk dimension.

However, relying solely on market forces will not be sufficient: all major economies are deploying large-scale public funding, including sovereign investment and equity participation in strategic sectors. Japan’s support for semiconductor initiatives in its first development phase illustrates the scale and strategic nature of such interventions 59 . Europe must respond with a funding strategy that is similarly targeted and sufficiently large to be efficient, focused on addressing market failures, crowding in private investment and fostering cooperation with SMEs and start-ups, while preserving sustainable public debt levels 

Strategic public procurement constitutes one of the most direct and under-exploited demand instruments available to Member States. The forthcoming revision of the Public Procurement Directives, combined with GovTech approaches 60 and the proposed Cloud and AI Development Act 61 , will provide the regulatory basis for public administrations to systematically integrate security of supply, strategic dependency and resilience considerations into the procurement of critical digital solutions, notably for cloud infrastructure, AI systems and cybersecurity.

The next MFF (2028-2034) provides a critical opportunity to support reforms and investment in digital policy and accelerate delivery. Structural reforms were already a central and legally required component of the Recovery and Resilience Plan (RPP) framework 62 . The RRF demonstrated the value of combining investment with reform: of approximately 2 500 digital milestones and targets in recovery plans, around 24% qualify as structural reforms 63 , covering network deployment, cybersecurity frameworks, labour market modernisation, capacity building investments and the once-only principle. National and Regional Partnership Plans will help the EU achieve its policy objectives more efficiently by linking EU funding to reforms, thereby enhancing the EU’s leverage to encourage and assist Member States in overcoming institutional and regulatory obstacles that hinder the fulfilment of EU policy priorities. Reforms can also help to increase the positive impact of investments, hence increasing the value of each euro spent. Such Plans will support the digital transformation towards the Digital Decade targets and objectives set out in the Digital Decade Policy Programme 2030. The ECF will also play a central role in supporting the digital transformation of the Union.

As proposed by the Commission, the link between the DDPP and the investment architecture of the next MFF could not only be strategic but also operational. Through its monitoring and gap analysis, the DDPP can help identify, - in complementarity to the European Semester and other relevant policy analyses, such as the post-2027 Common Agricultural Policy recommendations and National Energy and Climate Plans - investment and reform priorities that should be reflected in both EU-level instruments and national plans.

Figure 6: EU-relevant budget for the Digital Decade targets (2021-2027 MFF, incl. RRF 2020-26, EUR million, cut-off date April 2026 for RRF and March 2025 for all the other instruments)  64

The analysis across Digital Decade KPIs and objectives can help inform the targeting of investment, by identifying areas of structural underperformance where EU-level action offers the greatest added value. Moreover, the Digital Decade recommendations will provide Member States with an evidence-based basis for shaping national programming for digital issues - fostering complementarities and synergies between EU and national level efforts. The Digital Decade tools will also contribute to inform the work of the Competitiveness Coordination Tool (CCT), through which the EU, Member States and industry are already joining forces to strengthen strategic EU-wide value chains within common competitiveness priorities. This new way of working, which is currently being used to deploy AI Gigafactories, should maximise impact through coordinated investments and reforms.

National roadmaps are the key instrument for translating these priorities into concrete commitments. They set out how Member States plan to deliver on Digital Decade targets, ensure continuity of investment beyond the Recovery and Resilience Facility, and contribute to both national and EU-level priorities. Following the DDPP rules, Member States are required to update their national roadmaps by December 2026, explicitly linking adjusted and planned measures to Member State-specific recommendations. Member States will also be encouraged to indicate whether, and to what extent, the planned measures are aligned with ECF priorities and could potentially benefit from the future NRPPs to facilitate and prepare the ground for the future MFF. These updates should take due account of the recommendations set out in Annex 2 and contribute to a more coherent, sustained and impactful implementation across the EU.

The local and regional dimension: a governance gap to close

Cities and regions are central to the delivery of the Digital Decade, as they deploy infrastructure, provide digital public services and translate EU policies into tangible outcomes for people in the EU. However, the current governance framework does not fully reflect this role. Local and regional authorities are not systematically involved in national roadmap design/update processes and territorial data remains insufficiently integrated into monitoring. Meanwhile, limited administrative and digital capacity at local level continues to be a key implementation constraint.

This gap has direct implications for delivery. Evidence from the Commission’s November 2025 workshop on the role of cities and regions, as well as from initiatives such as the LORDIMAS framework and national mapping processes involving thousands of municipalities, indicates that the main barriers to local digital transformation lie in governance arrangements and funding structures, rather than in political commitment or innovation potential. At the same time, initiatives such as the CitiVERSE EDIC demonstrate the benefits of structured cooperation when appropriate frameworks are in place.

Moreover, recent analytical work at subnational level confirms that digital divides are increasingly multidimensional and cannot be fully captured by national averages. Regional disparities persist not only in infrastructure but also in capabilities, usage and socio-economic outcomes 65 .

The forthcoming review of the DDPP and the proposal for the next MFF provide a key opportunity to address these shortcomings. The Commission will work to strengthen the role of local and regional authorities in governance processes, improve the integration of territorial data into monitoring, and ensure that EU and national funding instruments adequately support local and regional digital capacity.

5.Conclusion and next steps

The 2026 State of the Digital Decade report marks a turning point in the EU’s digital governance framework, as the analytical work of previous years is now potentially matched by new, stronger operational tools to act on it, notably in the context of the next MFF

However, acting on it effectively requires three commitments from all involved. First, a commitment to scale: the investment levels required to close the structural gaps identified in this report are of an order of magnitude that neither individual Member States nor EU instruments can deliver alone, and that can only be achieved through genuine coordination and co-financing, including both private and public funding. Second, a commitment to speed: the pace of technological change means that instruments designed for a 2022 context must be recalibrated for a 2026 one, and the forthcoming DDPP review is the vehicle for that recalibration. Third, a commitment to coherence: the three structural challenges identified in this report - building strategic technologies, deploying them widely, and ensuring they work for people - must be addressed simultaneously, not sequentially. The stakes of delivering on these commitments are significant: an ambitious and coordinated digital policy response achieving the set ambitions, could raise EU GDP by up to 1.8%, reflecting gains in productivity, more efficient public service delivery, and a strengthened innovation ecosystem 66 . This would require significantly scaled-up EU-level investment capacity, stronger coordination of public investment and RDI, reduced fragmentation, higher investment efficiency and improved mobilisation of public and private funding.

Delivering on these objectives requires renewed collective commitment from Member States, EU institutions and stakeholders at all levels. Particular attention must be paid to the risk of a severe investment shortfall. Since about half of the public budget of the digital measures currently included in national roadmaps is expected to be phased out by the end of 2026, and about six out of ten by the end of 2027, Member States and the Commission must jointly act to avoid a significant public funding gap and preserve momentum in support of EU’s digital leadership, competitiveness and technological sovereignty. The December 2026 revision of the national roadmaps is the political window to address this issue.

The revision of the National Digital Decade Strategic Roadmaps in December 2026 provides the first opportunity for Member States to translate the priorities set out in the SDD2026 package into concrete national commitments and prepare a pipeline of mature projects for implementation under the next Multiannual Financial Framework. The Commission calls therefore on all Member States to use the December 2026 revision of their national roadmaps as the central political vehicle for closing the gaps to their 2030 targets, ahead of the preparation of, and for synergies with, the next MFF. Each revised roadmap should respond to recommendations of Annexes 1 and 2 with concrete measures detailing reforms or investments, timelines, impacts, and budgets while building on existing strategies, fostering synergies with the ECF, and integrating local and regional dimensions 67 . The Commission stands ready to support Member States throughout this process, notably through the Digital Decade Board, and will report in the 2027 State of the Digital Decade on the collective progress achieved based on the revised national roadmaps.

The evidence gathered in this report should also inform the forthcoming review of the DDPP. This will be a key opportunity to adapt the framework to technological developments, streamline its instruments, and strengthen its governance, notably by strengthening the link between strategic priorities, funding mechanisms and implementation tools.

(1)

European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Decision (EU) 2022/2481 of 14 December 2022 Establishing the 2030 Policy Programme "Path to the Digital Decade" , OJ L 323, 19 December 2022.

(2)

European Commission, A European budget fit for Europe’s ambitions: Multiannual Financial Framework 2028–2034, legislative package adopted on 16 July 2025.

(3)

The Digital Decade Report issues recommendations under Decision (EU) 2022/2481. Article 3 defines its general objectives, including resilience, reducing the digital divide, technological sovereignty, digital capability deployment, digital empowerment, cybersecurity, and sustainability. Article 4 sets specific targets for Member States in areas such as skills, infrastructure, and the digitalisation of businesses and public services. Article 6 mandates the Commission to assess annual progress toward these objectives and targets, and to recommend actions for Member States. Article 7 lays down national Digital Decade strategic roadmaps as the main tool for implementing these recommendations.

(4)

 OECD, Science, Technology and Innovation Outlook 2025 , 28 October 2025.

(5)

 OECD, Venture Capital Investments in Artificial Intelligence through 2025 , OECD Policy Briefs No 50, February 2026.

(6)

 Gartner, Gartner Forecasts Worldwide IT Spending to Grow 13.5% in 2026, Totalling $6.31 Trillion , 22 April 2026.

(7)

GONZALEZ VAZQUEZ, I., FERNANDEZ MACIAS, E., WRIGHT, S. and VILLANI, D., Digital Monitoring, Algorithmic Management and the Platformisation of Work in Europe, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025

(8)

 Special Eurobarometer 572]  https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2759/3200731

(9)

 European Commission, Annual Single Market and Competitiveness Report 2026 , COM(2026) 46 final, 30 January 2026.

(10)

  https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2759/3200731

.

(11)

The current KPI for the 5G target does not reflect the actual quality of service experienced by users. It monitors areas where a 5G signal is available, regardless of the network performance. Therefore, the current stage of 5G deployment can be considered only as ‘basic 5G’.

Regarding quantum, data is based on: Strategic Advisory Board of the European Quantum Flagship , Key Performance Indicators for Quantum Technologies in Europe , March 2025. By the end of 2025, the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking had procured six quantum computers, two of which were inaugurated in 2025, and two additional analogue quantum simulators were inaugurated under the HPCQS project.

(12)

Full details on the KPIs are in the DESI 2026 Methodological note at  https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/news-redirect/938549  

(13)

COM(2026) 503

(14)

  JRC Publications Repository - Open but Not Powerless: Towards a Common Understanding of EU Digital Sovereignty .

(15)

The EU leads in high-impact research in only three of the 74 critical technologies; Australian Strategic Policy Institute (ASPI), Critical Technology Tracker , 2025.

(16)

 European Commission Joint Research Centre, The 2025 EU Industrial R&D Investment Scoreboard , December 2025.

(17)

Ibid.

(18)

Regulation (EU) 2026/74 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the 28th regime corporate legal framework, 'EU INC.'

(19)

Open Forum Europe, cited in: Blind, K. et al., The Impact of Open Source Software and Hardware on Technological Independence, Competitiveness and Innovation in the EU Economy , Final Study Report, European Commission, September 2021. Open-source software is estimated to contribute between EUR 65 and EUR 95 billion to the EUs GDP and underpins approximately 70% of all code.

(20)

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on European Tech Sovereignty, accompanied by an EU Open-Source Strategy, COM/2026/503 final

(21)

Regulation (EU) 2023/1781 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 September 2023 establishing a framework of measures for strengthening Europe’s semiconductor ecosystem and amending Regulation (EU) 2021/694 (Chips Act)

(22)

COM(2026) 504 final

(23)

COM(2026) 502

(24)

European Commission, AI Continent Action Plan , COM(2025) 165 final, 9 April 2025.

(25)

Encompasses the public sector and 10 key industry sectors: healthcare and pharmaceuticals, mobility, transport and automotive, robotics, manufacturing, engineering and construction, climate and environment, energy, agri-food, defence, security and space, electronic communications and cultural, creative and media sectors

(26)

  The Tech Sovereignty package consists of 2 legislative proposals (the Chips Act 2.0 and the Cloud and AI Development Act, the EU Open-Source Strategy and a Strategic Roadmap for Digitalisation and AI in Energy

(27)

Volume share of international card schemes in total electronically initiated card payments with cards issued in the euro area, first half of 2023. Based on data collected under Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 of the European Central Bank on payments statistics (ECB/2013/43), as amended.

(28)

 Lane, P.R., The Digital Euro: Maintaining the Autonomy of the Monetary System , keynote speech at the University College Cork Economics Society Conference, European Central Bank, 20 March 2025; the Commissions legislative proposal on the digital euro was adopted in June 2023 and continued interinstitutional negotiations in 2024; see: European Commission, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the Establishment of the Digital Euro , COM(2023) 369 final, June 2023.

(29)

A Culture Compass for Europe COM(2025) 785 final

(30)

 European Commission, EU Defence Industry Transformation Roadmap , COM(2025) 845 final, 19 November 2025.

(31)

European Commission, Proposal for a Regulation Establishing the Programme for Agile and Rapid Defence Innovation (AGILE) , COM(2026) 135 final, 25 March 2026.

(32)

European Commission, A modernised cohesion policy: The mid-term review , COM(2025) 163 final

(33)

European Commission, Proposal for a Regulation Establishing the European Competitiveness Fund (ECF), Including the Specific Programme for Defence Research and Innovation Activities , COM(2025) 555 final, 2025.

(34)

 European Union Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA), ENISA Threat Landscape 2025 , October 2025.

(35)

 European Commission, Proposal for a Regulation on the European Union Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA), the European Cybersecurity Certification Framework, and ICT Supply Chain Security, and Repealing Regulation (EU) 2019/881 (Cybersecurity Act 2) , COM(2026) 11 final, 2026.

(36)

 Rubinton, H. and Patro, B.A., Tracking AI's Contribution to GDP Growth , On the Economy, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, 12 January 2026.

(37)

JRC Report (upcoming).

(38)

 IEA, Table A.4: Data Centres Electricity Consumption by Region, p. 110, Key Questions on Energy and AI , International Energy Agency, April 2026.

(39)

 IEA, Energy Demand from AI , in Energy and AI, International Energy Agency, April 2025. EU data centre electricity consumption is projected to grow from around 70 TWh in 2024 to approximately 115 TWh by 2030.

(40)

COM(2026) 501 final

(41)

Regulation (EU) 2024/1781 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for sustainable products, amending Directive (EU) 2020/1828 and Regulation (EU) 2023/1542 and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC

(42)

https://joint-research-centre.ec.europa.eu/jrc-news-and-updates/eu-code-conduct-data-centres-towards-more-innovative-sustainable-and-secure-data-centre-facilities-2023-09-05_en  

(43)

  https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC144975  

(44)

https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-6081-2026-REV-1/en/pdf

(45)

 Eurostat, ICT usage in households and by individuals, 2025. Available at: Eurostat, ICT Usage in Households and by Individuals – Evaluating Data, Information and Digital Content, 2025.

(46)

K.G.M. v. Meta Platforms et al., Los Angeles County Superior Court, judgment of 25 March 2026, finding social media platforms liable for harm linked to addictive design features. Liability was based on platform design (addictive features), not just user-generated content

The court held that design features (e.g. infinite scroll, autoplay) were a “substantial factor” in causing harm.

(47)

 Michels, A., Ferreira, V., Annoni, P., Burton, J., Pedauga, L., Rueda-Cantuche, J. M. & Kušen, M., European Economy. Discussion Paper 249:  Digital Measures under the Recovery and Resilience Facility: Economic Impacts at Macro, Sectoral and Country Levels , European Commission, Directorate-General for Economic and Financial Affairs, 2026.

(48)

 See: European Investment Bank, Investment Report 2025/2026: Capitalising on Europe’s Strengths, March 2026; EIB Investment Survey 2025, October 2025; Buti, M. et al., ‘How large is the investment gap in the EU and how to close it?’, CEPR Policy Insight No. 141, 2025; Zettelmeyer, J., ‘Draghi on a shoestring: the European Commission’s Competitiveness Compass’, Bruegel Analysis, March 2026; European Parliamentary Research Service, Cost of Non-Europe in High-Tech Digital Innovation, July 2024; Draghi, M., The Future of European Competitiveness, 2024. For the private investment gap, see McKinsey Global Institute / WEF, Transforming Europe: Bold Moves to Lift a Continent, January 2026.

(49)

 Buti, M. et al., ‘Time to be strategic: how public money could power Europe’s green, digital and defence transitions’, CEPR VoxEU, July 2025.

(50)

COM(2026) 503

(51)

 European Commission, Annual Single Market and Competitiveness Report 2026, COM(2026) 46 final.

(52)

 European Parliamentary Research Service, Cost of Non-Europe in High-Tech Digital Innovation: Investment Needs and Economic Benefits, July 2024, pp. 56-57 and 60-61. This remains the most recent EPRS estimate; an updated analysis is expected in the context of the MFF 2028-2034 debate.

(53)

European Commission, Digital Tracking , accessed 2026.

(54)

Torrecillas, J. (2026). RRF April 2026 Update. JRC146664, European Commission.

(55)

 European Commission, Competitiveness Compass for the EU , COM(2025) 30 final, 29 January 2025.

(56)

Dealroom.co, Opening moves in global AI - AI, startups & venture capital, AI Action Summit, Paris, February 2025.

(57)

2025 SDD report cites: European Commission, European industrial technology roadmap for the next generation cloud-edge offering, 2021 (used for 2024 comparative data). For a more current source, see EIB Investment Report 2024/2025: Innovation, integration and simplification in Europe, 2025, which documents structural cybersecurity financing gaps in comparable terms. Recommend verification before publication.

(58)

European Commission, Savings and Investments Union: A Strategy to Foster Citizens' Wealth and Economic Competitiveness in the EU , COM(2025) 124 final, March 2025.

(59)

 Center for strategic and international studies: Japan Seeks to Revitalize Its Semiconductor Industry , 2023. Also Foreign Policy, Japan Wants Semiconductor ManufacturingBack Home to Frustrate China , 9 January 2023.

(60)

The forthcoming revision of the Public Procurement Directives is listed in the Commission’s work programme for 2025-2026. GovTech refers to public sector engagement with start-ups and SMEs to procure innovative solutions (as defined in the 2025 SDD Communication, footnote 27).

(61)

Cloud and AI Development Act (CADA): Commission proposal to triple EU data centre capacity within 5-7 years, ensuring EU-based, sovereign cloud capacity for critical public sector applications.

(62)

Regulation (EU) 2021/241 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility, Article 18(4), requiring recovery and resilience plans to contribute to addressing challenges identified in country-specific recommendations.

(63)

Recovery and Resilience Facility Scoreboard; see also 2025 SDD Communication, section on public and private investment levels.

(64)

The figures include 5 main funding instruments: Recovery and Resilience Facility, Cohesion Policy, Horizon Europe, Digital Europe Programme and Connecting Europe Facility-Digital. Torrecillas, J. (2026). RRF April 2026 Update. JRC146664, European Commission. See also Torrecillas, J. and Nepelski, D., Update of Mapping of EU funds to Digital Decade targets 2021-2027, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/4123945, JRC141966.

(65)

 ESPON, DigiReg – Territorial Perspectives of Digital Transition in European Regions , 2024.

(66)

 European Parliamentary Research Service (EPRS), Benefit of an EU Strategic Innovation Agenda – Cost of Non-Europe , EPRS Study PE 762.853, February 2025.

(67)

In line with the Commission’s Roadmap guidance: Guidance to the Member States on the preparation of the national Digital Decade strategic roadmaps C(2023) 4025 final.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS

State of the Digital Decade 2026 Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


State of the Digital

Decade 2026:

State of EU digital transformation in 2026 Progress and EU-level recommendations


 

Contents    

1.    Introduction    

2.    Reinforcing technological sovereignty, digital leadership, security and competitiveness    

2.1.    Cutting-edge technological capacities    

2.1.1 Semiconductors    

2.1.2 Quantum    

2.1.3 High-performance computing, AI Factories and AI Gigafactories    

2.1.4 Edge nodes and computing capacity deployment    

2.2.    Supporting innovative companies with digital tools and resilient network    

2.2.1.    Connectivity    

2.2.2.    Digitalisation of SMEs and uptake of digital technologies by EU enterprises: AI, Cloud and data analytics    

2.2.3.    Open Source    

2.2.4.    Unicorns    

2.3.    Ensuring security for competitive growth    

3.    Protecting and empowering people, reducing burdens and harnessing digitalisation for sustainability    

3.1.    Digital skills for smart society and competitive economy    

3.1.1.    Basic digital skills    

3.1.2.    ICT Specialists    

3.1.3.    Protecting people, in particular minors, in the online space    

3.2.    Efficient public services and administrative burden reduction    

3.2.1.    European Digital Identity and business wallets    

3.2.2.    Digital Public Services for Citizens and businesses    

3.2.3.    e-Health    

3.3.    Digital for decarbonisation and sustainable technologies    

3.3.1.    Sustainable digitalisation for competitiveness, resilience and net positive impacts    

3.3.2.    Rising environmental concerns: electricity, water and material demand for digital transition    

3.3.3.    EU actions to unlock the twin green digital transition    

3.3.4.    Member State actions towards the twin green and digital transition    

3.3.5.    Reforms and investments needed to accelerate the green and digital transition    

4.    Funding the Digital Decade    

5.    International    



1.Introduction

This Annex forms an integral part of the State of the Digital Decade 2026 report. It covers in particular technological sovereignty, security and competitiveness; the protection and empowerment of people; the role of digitalisation in the green transition; and a strengthened horizontal dimension on coherence, efficiency and simplification across policies and instruments. It also includes horizontal recommendations.

Recommendations issued under the Digital Decade policy programme may address all dimensions of the Programme: not only the Digital Decade targets, but also the general objectives set out in Article 3 (e.g. sovereignty, resilience, competitiveness, security, fighting digital divides) taking into account the digital principles and rights of the European Declaration. Each recommendation is intended to be operationalised by Member States through the updated National Roadmaps to be submitted by December 2026, in accordance with the coherence framework set out in Section 4 of the Communication.

Member State-specific recommendations complement these horizontal recommendations and are included in Annex 2. The identification of recommendations takes into account the Member States’ performance for these areas (as measured by KPIs or other evidence for areas without KPI) plus a comprehensive policy assessment of the measures taken and/or planned by the Member States for that specific areas informed notably by dedicated bilateral exchanges with administrations, civil society and national regulators taking into account structural factors specific to each Member State, the follow-up to the recommendations issued in 2025 and the measures set out in National Roadmaps with the Programme.

The key objective of the recommendations is to enable collective progress and achievement of DD objectives, requiring two complementary and mutually reinforcing approaches: they address gaps where progress is insufficient, and they leverage strengths identified in a Member State - in line with the cooperative approach of the Programme. Reinforcing and scaling up national strengths can support the European Union as a whole to reach the common Digital Decade targets and objectives (for instance, leadership in technologies which are critical for EU’s sovereignty, e.g. AI, semiconductors or quantum).

The Member State-specific recommendations focus on a limited number of structural priorities - about five per Member States, are designed to be actionable and future-oriented, and are prioritised on a scale according to expected impact and relevance in the MS context. This targeted approach ensures that recommendations concentrate on the areas with the greatest potential impact on the basis of its expected contribution to the collective achievement of the Union's Digital Decade objectives and targets.

The recommendations of the State of the Digital Decade report operate alongside the digital dimension of the Country-Specific Recommendations adopted under the European Semester and other relevant documents, such as the CAP recommendations. These instruments are complementary. On the one hand, the Digital Decade recommendations aim at achieving the EU-level targets and objectives for the digital transformation of the EU On the other hand, the European Semester can identify digital-specific shortcomings with macro-economic, employment or social impact and address recommendations about digital reforms and investment needs in these areas. These elements are also mirrored in the Digital Decade analysis and recommendations, where applicable with additional elements. The Digital decade is also focusing on advanced digital infrastructures deployment linked to EU’s industrial policy and capacities (e.g. semiconductors, quantum) and cybersecurity. The two tracks have been prepared in close coordination to ensure consistency and complementarity.

The 2026 horizontal recommendations also build on the assessment of the implementation of the 2025 EU-level recommendations, carried out under Article 6 of the Digital Decade Policy Programme Decision 1 and presented in the accompanying Staff Working Document. Recommendations assessed as showing limited progress in 2025 are carried over in updated form, while areas showing notable or significant progress give rise to recommendations focused on consolidation, scaling and uptake.

The analysis provides a comprehensive overview of the state of play, identifying key areas of progress and acceleration, as well as persistent gaps, structural weaknesses, and emerging risks. It highlights the Union’s strengths to build on and pinpoints the main bottlenecks requiring reinforced reforms and public and private investment. It also includes updates on the comprehensive monitoring of the Declaration of digital rights and principles undertaken in 2025. The assessment primarily relies on monitoring through the Digital Economy and Society Index (DESI), complemented by relevant studies, expert analysis and the National Digital Decade Strategic Roadmaps submitted by Member States, with a view to informing targeted policy action, improved coordination and stronger collective delivery.

In parallel to investment and capacity-building efforts, the Union has continued to strengthen the regulatory framework underpinning the digital economy, with a view to ensuring fair and contestable markets. In particular, the Digital Markets Act addresses structural imbalances in platform ecosystems by limiting the ability of large digital gatekeepers to act as bottlenecks and by ensuring that digital businesses have opportunities to grow and innovate and together with users can benefit from greater choice, interoperability and access to digital services across the Single Market.

According to the Digital Decade Eurobarometer 2026, three out of four Europeans believe that the digitalisation of public and private services is making their lives easier. Digital health technologies and green digital technologies (e.g. energy-saving tech) are selected by at least half of the respondents when asked which technologies are likely to have a positive impact over the next ten years.



   Box: Approach to the 2026 Recommendations

The following sets out the methodology used to identify Member State-specific and EU-level recommended policies, measures and actions under the Digital Decade Policy Programme.

I.Legal basis

The recommendations set out in the 2026 State of the Digital Decade Report are based on the provisions of Decision (EU) 2022/2481 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the Digital Decade Policy Programme 2030. The relevant provisions are the following:

Article 3 sets out the general objectives of the Programme, covering, in particular, collective resilience, bridging the digital divide, fostering digital sovereignty, the deployment and the use of digital capabilities, the digital empowerment of citizens, cybersecurity, and a sustainable digital transformation.

Article 4 sets out the digital targets to be achieved collectively by Member States by 2030, covering digital skills, digital infrastructure, the digitalisation of businesses, and the digitalisation of public services.

Article 5 requires the Commission to monitor progress towards the general objectives and the digital targets based on Member States’ Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), also compared to Union-level projected trajectories, for each of the digital targets established in close cooperation with Member States.

Article 6 requires the Commission to assess, in its annual Report on the State of the Digital Decade, the progress of the Union’s digital transformation against both the general objectives and the digital targets, and to identify significant gaps and shortages and recommend policies, measures or actions to be taken by Member States in areas where progress was insufficient to achieve the general objectives and digital targets.

Article 7 establishes the national Digital Decade strategic roadmaps as the main implementation mechanism through which Member States respond to the recommendations and set out the measures they intend to take to address identified gaps, also taking into consideration the latest country-specific recommendations issued in the context of the European Semester.

II.Scope and main factors informing recommendations

Recommendations may address digital targets set out in Article 4 and general objectives set out in Article 3, taking into account the digital principles and rights enshrined in the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles.

The identification of recommended policies, measures and actions draws on multiple factors: the performance of each Member State as measured by the relevant KPIs or, where no KPI data is available on Member State level, by other available evidence; a comprehensive policy assessment of the measures taken and planned by the Member State in the relevant area in their national Digital Decade strategic roadmap and beyond; structural factors specific to each Member State; the follow-up to recommendations issued in 2025.

Recommendations can address both gaps where progress is insufficient and suggest leveraging existing strengths at Member State level. In line with the cooperative approach of the Programme, reinforcing and scaling up national strengths can support the Union as a whole in reaching the common Digital Decade targets - for instance, leadership in technologies critical for EU digital sovereignty such as artificial intelligence, semiconductors or quantum communications.

Member State-specific recommendations are complemented by the EU-level recommendations set out in Annex 1, which adopt a Union-wide perspective and are addressed to all Member States, as applicable.

III.Prioritisation logic for Member State-specific recommendations

In the 2026 State of the Digital Decade Report, Member State-specific recommendations concentrate on a limited set of structural priorities with the greatest potential to accelerate progress towards the Union’s Digital Decade objectives and targets. The recommendations are actionable, forward-looking and presented in an indicative order of priority based on their expected impact and relevance, taking into account the specific national context (see heat map below). This prioritisation is intended to help focus efforts on those areas where reforms, investments and policy measures may have the most significant contribution to Europe’s digital transformation.

IV.Reflection of these elements across the 2026 State of the Digital Decade report package

Member State-specific and EU-level recommendations are reflected across 2026 State of the Digital Decade report package as follows:

The Communication presents the Union-wide assessment of the digital transformation: it measures collective progress against the Article 4 digital targets and the Article 3 general objectives, analyses the key performance indicators against their 2030 trajectories, and sets out the additional measures and investment priorities to be pursued at Union level.

Communication Annex 1 develops this Union-level analysis in detail, presenting the state of play for each target and general objective, together with the EU-level recommendations addressed to all Member States, as applicable.

The country reports (short country reports, including recommendations, are grouped together as Communication Annex 2) translate the assessment to national level. Per Member State, for each thematic area, they are based on an assessment as described under II (see above), including the assessment of 2025 Member-State recommendation progress, which may result in 2026 Member State-specific recommendations.

The Staff Working Document on the monitoring of the 2025 EU-level recommendations reviews the progress made by the Commission and the Member States in implementing the 2025 recommendations grounded in actionable measures such as legislative initiatives, dedicated funding, the adoption of strategies and the implementation of joint projects.

The Staff Working Document on the monitoring of the 2025 EU-level recommendations and the 27 Country reports specifically discharges the Article 6 requirement to report on progress regarding previously recommended policies, measures and actions.

Heatmap of the Member State-specific Digital Decade recommendations and complementarity to European Semester Country-specific recommendations

This heatmap provides an overview of the 2026 Member State-specific Digital Decade recommendations and their relative prioritisation over different policy areas, with regard to their contribution to achieving DD objectives and targets. Cells outlined in black indicate a corresponding country-specific recommendation issued under the 2026 European Semester Spring Package , illustrating the complementarity between the European Semester and the Digital Decade agenda. Please note that the heatmap is structured according to the Digital Decade targets and general objectives only. As a result, the display of European Semester country-specific recommendations should be regarded as illustrative and intended to provide a broad indication of areas of alignment. 

2.Reinforcing technological sovereignty, digital leadership, security and competitiveness

The EU’s ability to develop, deploy, and maintain control over critical digital technologies is increasingly proving fundamental to its long-term competitiveness, technological sovereignty, and strategic resilience. These dimensions are closely interlinked: sustained productivity gains from digital technologies, particularly AI, can only be secured if Europe reduces its strategic dependencies and strengthens the security of its digital ecosystem. In several critical areas, including cloud computing, advanced computing, semiconductors, and high-performance connectivity, the limited availability of competitive European alternatives continues to constrain substitutability.

This increases risks related both to security of supply and to the jurisdiction applicable to data and services when providers or controllers are not established in the EU. Such dependencies weaken the Union’s capacity to regulate and enforce its rules effectively, while exposing key infrastructures and services to external vulnerabilities.

Addressing these risks requires sustained investment in critical technologies, a systematic reduction of strategic dependencies, clear solutions to jurisdiction and enforcement issues for data and services controlled from outside the Union, and robust cybersecurity across the digital value chain - from hardware and infrastructure to applications and services as well as reinforcing international cooperation as appropriate (e.g. to ensure access to markets, secure alternative supply lines, etc). The deployment of critical technologies must be matched by their effective uptake and diffusion across the economy and society, in particular among SMEs, which remain central to unlocking productivity gains and ensuring broad-based benefits from digitalisation. For SMEs and startups to take up opportunities and innovate, rigorous enforcement of the Digital Markets Act is needed to tackle structural imbalances in digital markets, where a limited number of large platforms controls SMEs’ access to end users.

While progress has been made in certain areas, the EU continues to underperform globally in several strategic domains. International competitors are consolidating their own sovereignty and leadership through scale, investment and integrated market dynamics, with global leadership in critical technologies increasingly concentrated in the US and China 2 . Bridging these gaps will require reinforced coordination between the Union and the Member States, together with better alignment of reforms, investments and governance frameworks.

2.1.Cutting-edge technological capacities

Europe’s ability to compete globally rests on its command of the foundational technologies that underpin modern computing: semiconductors, quantum systems, and edge and computing infrastructures. These domains are deeply interlinked: advanced semiconductors drive HPC, quantum and edge systems, edge nodes bring computing capacity closer to where data is generated, and quantum technologies promise to redefine computational limits.

Progress across these three areas remains uneven. The EU’s share of global semiconductor revenues stands at 8.8%, well below the 20% target set for 2030 in the Digital Decade Decision. Quantum has met its Digital Decade milestone, but deployment is held back by fragmentation and by the scale of investment needed to move beyond NISQ systems 3 . Meanwhile, while edge node deployment is on track to meet the 2030 Digital Decade target ahead of schedule, overall computing capacity still lags significantly behind demand and remains well below US levels.

The stakes attached to these KPIs are both economic and strategic: gaps in these areas translate into critical dependencies on non-EU providers, higher costs for businesses and public services, and a diminished capacity to develop and deploy the next generation of digital technologies on European terms.

A defining trend of 2025-2026 has also been the accelerated integration of digital technologies into European defence capabilities. Digital technologies are no longer peripheral to defence: they increasingly act as core force multipliers, reshaping how capabilities are developed, deployed and integrated across domains. Artificial intelligence, advanced connectivity including in space, cloud computing, cybersecurity tools and autonomous systems, originally developed for civilian applications, are now being systematically adapted for defence purposes, strengthening command and control, situational awareness and electronic warfare. This structural shift from civilian to military innovation, often described as "spin-in", has emerged as a key driver of capability development, and is likely to deepen further as operational lessons from recent conflicts continue to inform technology adaptation and procurement priorities across Member States.

2.1.1 Semiconductors

The global semiconductor race has intensified further over the past year. Chips are at the centre of competitiveness, security and resilience strategies worldwide, as they underpin artificial intelligence, cloud and edge computing, future communications networks, software-defined vehicles, industrial automation, medical devices, defence systems and the wider digital and green transitions. The economic and strategic relevance of semiconductors therefore continues to grow, and with it the pressure on governments to secure access to critical technologies and strengthen trusted supply chains. These dynamics are reshaping the semiconductor market with AI emerging as a pervasive end application. AI-related components are expected to drive growth and account for more than 70% of the total semiconductor market by 2030. Over the past two years, market growth has been driven by chips for AI data centres, notably processors and memory, while most other segments have remained stagnant.

The European Union occupies a distinctive position in the global semiconductor ecosystem. Its role is not primarily defined by scale in the most volume-driven segments of leading-edge logic and memory manufacturing, but rather by strong capabilities in strategic parts of the value chain, including equipment, materials, research and technology infrastructures, specialty manufacturing, and semiconductor devices for automotive, industrial, power, sensing and secure applications. This profile reflects the structure of EU industry. The EU hosts leading integrated device manufacturers and specialty foundries, globally relevant equipment and materials suppliers, and major research organisations. As a result, it plays an enabling role well beyond its own regional demand, especially in applications where reliability, energy efficiency, safety, long product lifecycles and system integration are more important than pure scaling at the smallest geometry.

Against this background, EU semiconductor value-chain revenues have increased almost steadily, from EUR 53 billion in 2019 to an estimated EUR 93 billion in 2025, as shown in the figure below which displays the EU's semiconductor value chain market in absolute values and the EU's share from 2019 to 2030. This growth is expected to continue, almost linearly, to EUR 143 billion in 2030.

In 2025 the EU's share of global value chain revenues is estimated at 8.8%, still far from the 20% target to be reached by 2030. This share is projected to remain relatively stable in the coming years, in a context of sustained large-scale investments in other regions of continued expansion in the global market which is now projected to exceed EUR 1.6 trillion in 2030. The EU market continues to grow in absolute terms. Although the EU share values are not increasing, the value of the EU27 semiconductor market has increased by 9.4% since 2024, compared with 8.0% growth in global market revenues (Figure1). EU semiconductor value-chain revenues have also increased by 4.5%, from 89 in 2023 to 93 billion euro in 2025.

Figure 1: EU semiconductors value chain revenues (on the left axis in billion EUR) and global market share (on the right axis in %). The EU market shares are shown in the black labels (Data source: International Data Corporation) 4 .

In their National Roadmaps, in 2025 Member States committed to investing EUR 50.2 billion in semiconductors, accounting for 17% of the roadmaps’ total budget across all targets. Private sources are expected to contribute EUR 8.6 billion to this investment. The 53 measures reported in the roadmaps mainly focus on supporting R&D and on boosting production capacity and industrial deployment of semiconductors. Roughly one-third of the measures are dedicated to each of these areas, pointing to a balanced approach to growth and innovation. These areas also remain a priority in the Member States’ roadmap adjustments.

The European Chips Act 5 has established a framework to attract investments from semiconductor manufacturers into first-of-a-kind EU facilities. Since the launch of the initiative, already 13 projects have been announced representing more than EUR 32 billion in investments, with other promising projects upcoming. The Important Project of Common European Interest on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI ME-CT) is now fully operational. It brings together 14 Member States and 47 companies, channelling around EUR 20 billion from both private and public sources into 57 collaborative projects across several countries, out of the 68 projects initially envisaged (due to some withdrawals or early conclusion). In parallel, the proposed new IPCEI on Advanced Semiconductor Technologies (IPCEI AST) is expected to enter the notification phase shortly.

The Chips Act, through the Chips for Europe Initiative, has also launched a set of initiatives aimed at building technological capacity and accelerating the transfer of innovation from research to industrial deployment. State-of-the-art pilot lines, supported by a total of EUR 3.7 billion funding, offer shared, industrial-scale environments where new technologies can be tested, validated and prepared for production in key areas such as beyond 2nm leading-edge system-on-chip, fully depleted silicon-on-insulator applications, advanced packaging, wide-bandgap materials, and photonic integrated circuits. The design platform focuses on reinforcing the EU’s capabilities in chip design, enabling companies (particularly SMEs and start-ups) to develop more complex and system-level products. Competence centres serve as entry points to expertise, training and technology support, anchoring knowledge in regional ecosystems, and facilitating access to infrastructure and skills across Member States. Competence centres may also support regions within each Member State in developing long-term strategy to host, attract and expand semiconductor-related investments to the benefit of the local ecosystems. Quantum chip pilots prepare Europe for emerging computing and sensing technologies by creating pathways from frontier research to manufacturable components, while the Chips Fund complements these infrastructures by improving access to risk finance and scale-up capital.

For the European Union to compete globally in the semiconductor sector, it is essential that each Member State develops national semiconductor strategy providing strategic objectives, priorities and relevant roadmaps, to substantially increase investments and to continue commitment to the leading value chain areas, including semiconductor equipment, chips design, analogue components, sensors, photonics, while also securing a strong entry into emerging markets such as computing and AI-oriented silicon. With this aim in mind, the Commission has started the formal review of the Chips Act, targeting the Chips Act 2.0 announcement in Q2 2026 with a clear support from industry, and Member States.

Public funding must also strike the right balance between predictability and flexibility, while crowding in the much-needed private investment and avoiding distortions of competition in the internal market. A stable and predictable trajectory is essential for budget planning, but the pace of technological development also requires the capacity to respond swiftly to emerging priorities. In this respect, Joint Undertakings (JUs) are comparatively well equipped, as their procedures allow work programmes to adapt more rapidly when new needs arise. By pooling public and private resources at scale, JUs have played a pivotal role in aligning strategic agendas, and fostering robust ecosystems around key EU policy priorities, thereby strengthening Europe’s competitiveness and technological sovereignty. However, Member States’ financial planning has not always been sufficiently flexible to accommodate emerging needs and changing priorities. In addition, due to the complexity of rules applicable to the blending of funding, Member States’ departments responsible for R&I funding in JUs must ensure close coordination with state aid experts, a process that can lengthen administrative timelines before final decision making.

Recommendation:

Member States should accelerate the development of the EU semiconductor value chain, in line with the Chips Act and in view of the forthcoming Chips Act 2.0, by:

(I)developing semiconductor strategies and inserting relevant policy measures in their National Roadmaps reflecting their contributions towards the objectives and provisions of the proposed Chips Act 2.0;

(II)stimulating their national fabless ecosystem by promoting start-ups and scale-ups and investing in design centres;

(III)strengthening the ability of companies in their territory to develop, integrate, and use semiconductor technologies, by promoting competence centres and skills development;

(IV)identifying and supporting European regions that demonstrate a credible long-term strategy to host, attract and expand semiconductor-related investments;

(V)streamline permitting procedures and reduce time for granting permits for semiconductor facilities; and

(VI)mobilize national and regional investment to support relevant semiconductor initiatives.

Member States participating in the Chips Joint Undertaking should:

(I)ensure predictable and rapid national co-funding for projects under the Chips Joint Undertaking, including pre-allocation of dedicated national budgets, automatic match-funding mechanisms for selected proposals, and simplified national approval procedures;

(II)anticipate national budget planning to accommodate multi-annual work programmes and several call launch dates within a single calendar year;

(III)reinforce State aid expertise in national administrations responsible for R&I funding, in coordination with national representatives in the Chips Joint Undertaking.

2.1.2 Quantum

The starting value for this KPI was 0 in 2022 and it reached and surpassed the target in 2024 as the first two quantum simulators were deployed in France and Germany, see trajectory ( Figure 2 ). Additional quantum computers are expected to be deployed before the end of the decade, as several procurements are currently ongoing. Given the specific nature of this target, no baseline trajectory has been established.

In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investing EUR 4.1 billion in quantum computing (1.4% of the total budget of the National Roadmaps), of which EUR 358 million comes from private sources. The 62 measures reported mainly focus on supporting R&D and the deployment of quantum technologies, with roughly one third of the measures dedicated to each area. In their adjustments, Member States primarily focused on R&D for quantum technologies.

Figure 2: Number of quantum computers in the EU. Trajectory towards 2030.

The target for the Quantum KPI has been reached and the KPI has currently a value of 6, expecting to reach 10 by the end of the decade.

The main challenge for the EU in this area remains fragmentation. Globally, in 2025, it is estimated that there were more than 100 quantum computers 6 . Europe overall hosts around 40% of these systems distributed across more than 20 vendors. However, all these systems are Noisy intermediate-scale quantum (NISQsystems with a low number of qubits (< 1000) and error rates that do not allow computations demonstrating a clear quantum advantage.

For the EU to lead in this field, Member States need to coordinate their efforts and investments to support the scaling up of the technology. Building a fault-tolerant quantum computer (FTQC), will require a very substantial investment by the EU and the MSs (hundreds of millions EUR 7 ), together with private and venture capital. Such a computer, operating with stable logical qubits, will be capable of running algorithms that demonstrate a quantum advantage.

Progress towards this stage will therefore depend on joint cooperation and sustained investment focused on carefully selected technological priorities. Other countries, notably the United States have launched such initiatives 8  including ones that are also open to foreign companies. If the EU does not act in time, there is a risk that European companies will develop and commercialise their technologies outside the Union or be acquired by foreign competitors, with the related technology and intellectual property subsequently developed outside the EU.

The recently published Quantum Europe Strategy 9  sets out the objectives in this area while the upcoming Quantum Act will provide the legal and budgetary framework for reaching them.

Finally, Europe also needs to increase its share of private investment in quantum technologies. While the EU still leads in terms of the number of investments, in 2025, out of the USD 4.36 billion invested globally in quantum technologies, companies in Europe attracted only 23% of the global amount invested (USD 1.014 billion), compared to 64% attracted by companies based in the United States 10 . Moreover, these private investments in the EU represent only 10% of the total public investments (MS and the EU combined) 11 .

In the domain of quantum communications, the global leader is China with rapidly expanding ground optical quantum networks as well as multiple quantum communication satellites. The EuroQCI 12 initiative aiming at deploying a secure quantum communication infrastructure across Europe is an ambitious European response, encompassed in the IRIS2 Secure Connectivity regulation.

Recommendation:

Member States should strengthen their investments and support in quantum technologies, in line with the Quantum Europe Strategy and the forthcoming Quantum Act, by:

(I)aligning and coordinating national quantum strategies and Roadmaps with the EU quantum roadmap

(II)supporting the scale-up and deployment of critical quantum infrastructures, such as quantum computers and simulators, quantum chip pilot lines and design facilities, EuroQCI terrestrial and space secure communication networks, quantum internet testbeds and quantum sensing/PNT (positioning, navigation and timing) capabilities;

(III)strengthening the quantum ecosystem, by supporting the further development of national and regional competence centres, promoting innovation procurement in favour of start-ups, scale-ups, adopting public-sector first buyer measures, and fostering standards, benchmarking, and trusted quantum supply chains and

(IV)developing the corresponding talent pool in quantum in coordination with the future European Quantum Skills Academy.

2.1.3 High-performance computing, AI Factories and AI Gigafactories

Since its establishment in 2018, the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (EuroHPC) has built one of the most powerful infrastructures for high-performance computing (HPC) and artificial Intelligence (AI) worldwide. Together with its participating states, the EuroHPC has acquired nine supercomputers, including three systems-JUPITER (#4), LUMI (#9), and LEONARDO (#10)-ranked among the ten most powerful supercomputers in the world. In September 2025, JUPITER, the first European supercomputer to reach the exascale frontier, was inaugurated. A second exascale supercomputer (Alice Recoque) is to be deployed within 2027. Several additional mid-range EuroHPC systems are currently being installed. These efforts have contributed to the development of a world-leading, secure, and interconnected supercomputing ecosystem, broadening HPC use, and strengthened the skills base for European science and industry.

The EuroHPC Joint Undertaking is rolling out 19 AI Factories and 13 Antennas across Europe, with an overall investment of around EUR 2.6 billion. This involves the procurement of 15 new AI-optimised supercomputers, increasing Europe’s AI computing power fivefold. AI Factories and Antennas will cooperate as a federated network ensuring seamless integration, efficient resource sharing, and secure cross-border access, thereby advancing Europe’s strategic autonomy in critical digital capabilities.

A major scientific success story of 2025 was the advancement of the Destination Earth initiative, which performed frontier high resolution climate simulations primarily using the LUMI supercomputer and its new AI Factory capabilities.

Europe stands at a pivotal moment to convert recent progress in HPC and AI into durable leadership, technological sovereignty, and broad-based impact. Expanding AI computing capacity within the EU remains a top-tier strategic priority to strengthen competitiveness and technological sovereignty. Building on the concept of AI Factories, AI Gigafactories are intended to take this a step further by integrating massive computing power in large-scale facilities designed to develop, train, and deploy the next generation of the most complex AI models at an unprecedented scale.

AI Gigafactories will be selected through an official Call, based on joint procurement between EuroHPC and its participating states. These infrastructures are essential if Europe is to compete at the global level and strengthen its strategic autonomy in science and in critical industrial sectors. Given the scale of investment required, AI Gigafactories are expected to be implemented through public-private partnerships.

A critical factor in the HPC/AI ecosystem remains the strong dependence on third-party sources, notably for HPC and AI chips. For a sovereign ecosystem to thrive, the EU must develop indigenous building blocks (i.e., the necessary hardware and software) to power these supercomputing infrastructures. Europe has strong engineering talent in the field, but producing competitive European alternatives-spanning semiconductor design, packaging, integration, and optimised software stacks-will require sustained funding and industry partnerships well placed to bring these capabilities from prototype to volume deployment.

Recommendation:

Member States should reinforce their HPC and AI infrastructure investments to ensure that businesses, researchers and public administrations have access to the computing resources required for serving their AI developments and services, including the specific needs of model fine-tuning and inferencing, notably by:

(I) leveraging the network of AI Factories and Antennas fostering services –including Data Labs– which target the specific needs of their national AI developers and innovators;

(II)supporting and promoting the development, deployment and operation of AI Gigafactories;

(III)developing quantum-enhanced machine learning applications;

(IV)investing in EU-sourced HPC and AI hardware and software to attain strategic autonomy and guarantee public and industrial security;

(V)developing the corresponding talent pool in HPC and AI, in coordination with the EU Digital Skills Academies.

2.1.4 Edge nodes and computing capacity deployment

Edge computing is emerging as a critical complement to traditional cloud infrastructure. While the current wave of artificial intelligence-particularly generative AI-relies heavily on centralised, high-performance computing resources hosted in hyperscale cloud environments and High-Performance Computing (HPC) centres, an increasing share of data processing is shifting closer to where data is generated. Edge nodes enable low-latency processing, real-time analytics, and more efficient data handling by reducing the need to transmit large volumes of data to distant cloud facilities. In this architecture, cloud and edge operate in tandem: the cloud provides the large-scale computational power required for training and orchestrating AI models, while edge infrastructure supports inference and time-sensitive applications at or near the end user. Beyond incremental optimisation, there is also an evolution towards “native AI,” which requires embedding AI directly into system design rather than layering it onto existing architectures. Although more complex, this approach unlocks significantly greater performance gains-much like 5G standalone delivers far higher capabilities than non-standalone 5G despite sharing the same label.

In 2025 the Edge Observatory methodology has been significantly improved based on the lessons learnt in the previous years of the analysis. The updated methodology is based on a Computer-Assisted Telephone Interviewing - CATI - survey of more than 430 validated respondents across all the EU Member States. The respondents are selected amongst IT infrastructure decision-makers surveyed in their local language. The stratified sample is selected according to geographical distribution, type of industry (according to Eurostat’s official classifications NACE Rev. 2 ), and company size. The platform DataCentreMap 13 is used to monitor public edge nodes. On-premise node figures, limited to enterprises with 250+ employees, are derived on the basis of Eurostat’s enterprise statistics combined with site-to-node ratios by the Germany's Federal Statistical Office, used as a proxy in the absence of equivalent EU-wide data. A series of validation interviews with both CATI respondents and external experts are carried out to cross-check the results, supported by multi-source triangulation and outlier disqualification to ensure statistical robustness. For these reasons, 2025 data cannot be compared with previous years (break-in-series) 14 .

Figure 3: Edge node estimated deployment (EU projection to 2030).

As of end-2025, the Edge Observatory for the Digital Decade estimates that 7 451 climate-neutral and highly secure edge nodes 15 are deployed across EU, spanning four categories: on-premise, far edge, near edge, and in-country edge data centres. Private on-premise near edge (295 nodes), and far edge (67 nodes). 

Despite representing only 6% of nodes in 2025, in-country data centres account for the large majority of total edge capacity - potentially up to 92% of aggregate MW if nodes operate at maximum rated capacity. On-premise nodes, by contrast, despite constituting 89% of all nodes, represent a comparatively modest share of total capacity, given the small footprint of each individual deployment (approximately half a rack).

When sustainability and security criteria are set aside, the total on-premise edge population alone exceeds 17,000 nodes, indicating a large share of deployments that do not yet meet climate-neutral and security standards.

Edge node deployment across the EU27 remains heavily concentrated in larger, high-GDP economies, with Germany leading both on-premise and public edge deployments. In 2025, Germany leads with 1 771 carbon-neutral and secure on-premise edge nodes, followed by France (737), Italy (629), Poland (536), and Spain (529). For public edge nodes, Germany, France, and the Netherlands together account for 51% of all public edge nodes in the EU27, with regional hotspots in West-Nederland (Amsterdam), Hessen and Nordrhein-Westfalen (Frankfurt area), and Île-de-France (Paris), all areas with established colocation and hyperscale data centre infrastructure. Deployments strongly favour metropolitan and industrial zones, while rural areas and transport hubs remain the lowest priorities. Future expansion is expected to broaden geographic and service zone coverage, although targeted rural deployment remains the least anticipated growth dimension.

The total number of climate-neutral and highly secure edge nodes deployed across EU27 Member States is projected to reach approximately 14 000 by 2030, representing an 88% increase relative to the estimated 7 451 nodes deployed at end-2025 16 . On this basis, the Digital Decade target of 10 000 nodes is projected to be reached in 2028, two years ahead of the 2030 deadline.

It is expected that on-premise nodes will retain structural dominance throughout the period, although their relative share is forecasted to decline modestly from 89% to approximately 84% as near edge infrastructure scales more rapidly. Public edge infrastructure (in-country data centres, near edge, and far edge combined) is projected to more than triple from around 1,032 nodes in 2025 to over 3 500 nodes by 2030. This is expected to translate into a significant expansion of aggregate compute capacity at the edge by 2030.

The expansion of edge nodes must be analysed and contextualised within the broader context of cloud infrastructure, which continues to underpin the overall availability of computing capacity. The rapid advancement of AI is fuelling an unprecedented surge in demand for computing power 17 ; not only for edge nodes needed to low-latency solutions, but also for the broader computing capacity, i.e. the total volume of processing resources available, required to support fine-tuning of models and inference. Beyond AI, the adoption of cloud computing and other digital services continues to accelerate, further intensifying the pressure on available infrastructure. In this regard, the current investigations opened under the Digital Markets Act 18 in relation to the cloud computing sector are exploring the need and possibility to unlock opportunities and support fairness and contestability in the provision of cloud services. In addition, interested Member States are designing an Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) focusing on the deployment of a Compute Infrastructure Continuum (CIC), namely a distributed and federated network of digital infrastructure, aiming to further increase compute capacity availability in Europe and enable functionalities, including but not limited to AI. In 2025, per Eurostat, EU business cloud uptake stood at 46.7% - still far from the 2030 target of 75%. As more European businesses adopt cloud and AI computing services, demand for data centres is therefore expected to rise further. In 2025, the EU’s computing capacity was estimated at approximately 12 GW 19 .

The EU continues to lag behind other regions in both the scale and ownership of digital infrastructure 20 . Despite comparable GDP levels, the EU accounted for only 20% of global data centre capacity in 2025, while the US held 42%. Although this capacity is expected to grow in the coming years, the gap relative to projected needs is also expected to widen. Market evidence points to tightening conditions for capacity expansion, with demand for colocation space in Europe exceeding new supply despite investments 21 . In 2025, demand for new data centre capacity in Europe reached a record of 854 MW, outstripping new supply for the third consecutive year. Across EU-27, the expansion of data centre capacity is therefore not able to keep up the pace with the rapidly growing demand 22 . Since 2022, average asking prices in European colocation markets have surged by 51% for 100 kW leases. 

While cloud and AI computing services can be technically delivered cross-border, regions with a low data centre presence are disadvantaged by the existing geographic imbalance in infrastructure deployment, as reflected in higher prices in regions with low data centre capacity 23 . Moreover, the lack of nearby computing capacity drives up latency, limiting the availability and quality of low-latency services, thus placing local end-users at a competitive disadvantage compared with regions that have better access to DC capacity 24 . Some of the identified key bottlenecks slowing down the deployment of computing capacity across the EU include regulatory fragmentation, permitting procedures, limited land availability, and increasingly, constraints of energy supply. The current regulatory environment remains fragmented, with different rules and permit requirements across Member States, creating uncertainty and delays for data centre operators. Permitting procedures are often lengthy and inconsistent, with multiple stakeholders and decentralised decision-making. Additionally, access to suitable land, affordable energy, and grid capacity is a significant challenge, particularly as energy prices in Europe are significantly higher than in other regions 25 .

Insufficient computing capacity in the EU could slow innovation and the diffusion of cloud and AI services, increase dependence on non-EU providers, and limit the ability of businesses and public services to meet growing demand for digital services. There is no direct quantification of the consequent direct impact on innovation, but literature suggests that AI adoption can generate significant gains in productivity meaning that any capacity gap would risk delaying or displacing these gains. This impact would not only concern AI deployment but also digital services that are heavily reliant on cloud infrastructure. Stakeholders, including Mistral AI, have warned that insufficient data capacity would become a roadblock for developing and applying AI in Europe. Over time, persistent disparities risk slowing digital transformation in affected member states, widening gaps in terms of digital adoption and deployment and thus undermining the competitiveness of the Digital Single Market.

Against this background, the Commission's Cloud and AI Development Act aims to triple EU data centre capacity within the next years, with a focus on sustainable infrastructure. Looking ahead, regular monitoring of this capacity would be beneficial, yet a significant challenge will be ensuring consistent measurement throughout the EU, as differences in definitions, metrics and scope currently complicate precise comparisons.



Focus box: Member States’ computing capacity deployment – first monitoring exercise

This first data centre monitoring exercise compares Member States’ estimated data centre capacity using data centre capacity per 100 000 people. The EU benchmark used is the EU average excluding Ireland, because the country is a clear per capita outlier. On this basis, the benchmark is 2.43 MW per 100 000 people 26 . This evidence on data centre capacity comes from the results of the Cloud and AI Study for the Impact Assessment preceding the Cloud and AI Development Act 27 . The study collected information on colocation and hyperscale datacentre facilities both in cloud and edge installations. It did not cover enterprise data centres, including in-house facilities operated directly by companies or public administrations for their own use 28 .

Ireland’s position reflects the very high concentration of hyperscale infrastructure hosted in the country, linked to its role as a European base for major technology companies, as well as its strong transatlantic connectivity and attractiveness for foreign direct investment in digital services 29 .

The Netherlands also stands out from the rest of the EU27, once Ireland is treated separately as an outlier, with a very high data centre capacity per 100 000 people. This suggests a highly developed data centre market and a very strong domestic infrastructure base. Denmark, Sweden, Finland and Luxembourg also perform well above the EU average in per capita terms and have relatively strong domestic capacity bases. The remaining challenge for these countries focuses therefore mainly on sustainable management of further growth. Germany, France and Estonia appear close to, or slightly above, the EU average, suggesting continued pressure to keep pace with growing cloud, AI, public sector and industrial needs.

Malta, Slovenia, Italy and Spain fall below the EU per capita average, but their situations differ in scale and maturity. Spain and Italy already have significant absolute data centre capacity and growing markets, with remaining challenges around sustainability and uneven regional distribution. Slovenia and Malta have smaller domestic markets and could benefit from ensuring sufficient and resilient capacity for critical public services and strategic workloads.

Belgium, Poland, Austria, Romania and the Czech Republic, also appear below the EU average despite having strategic geographic or economic advantages. Key challenges include leveraging existing connectivity infrastructure into domestic capacity, keeping pace with cloud, AI and cybersecurity demand, and navigating constraints such as grid access, permitting and coordination. Slovakia, Cyprus, Latvia and Croatia have relatively small domestic capacity bases, raising questions about resilience, business continuity and strategic autonomy. Given their small market size, the challenge for these countries centres on establishing a minimum secure and reliable domestic capacity base for more critical workloads.

Greece, Portugal and Lithuania show very low current capacity in the monitoring exercise and could benefit from converting strategic geographic positions and submarine cable connectivity (notably Portugal’s Atlantic links and Greece’s eastern Mediterranean role) into domestic capacity and strategic autonomy. Bulgaria and Hungary appear among the weakest performers in the dataset, with Hungary recording the lowest capacity overall, reflecting possible limited market demand or infrastructure gaps. This could pose strategic autonomy risks as future needs grow for cloud adoption, AI readiness, public sector digitalisation and industrial data.

This monitoring exercise will be further structured and refined in the coming years as part of the implementation activities foreseen under the Cloud and AI Development Act.

Recommendations:

Member States should support the deployment of secure, sustainable and sovereign cloud and edge data centre infrastructure across the Union, in line with the principles of the proposed Cloud and AI Development Act, by:

(I)supporting the development and deployment of advanced data centre technologies that power edge and cloud computing infrastructures incorporating energy- and resource-efficiency principles by design and throughout operations with a view to achieve large-scale sustainability;

(II)supporting the development and deployment of secure, resilient and performant open cloud and AI stack technologies able to operate cloud and edge computing infrastructures and services with a view to build European technological autonomy and safeguard the Union’s digital sovereignty;

(III)facilitating the deployment of AI compute infrastructure across Europe to close the capacity gap and meet the Union's needs;

(IV)engaging with the Commission, in the context of the upcoming review of the Digital Decade Policy Programme, on the establishment of a new target to monitor and benchmark edge, cloud and AI data centre infrastructure across Member States to measure needed capacity to prevent gaps, ensure balanced access, and build robust European AI capabilities.

Member States should develop national cloud and AI strategies (strategies). The strategies should address Member States approach to expanding cloud and data centre capacity as well as at advancing AI capabilities. Where Member States have identified gaps in possible existing strategies, Member States should update them accordingly. The strategies should be aligned with the targets on the adoption of cloud computing services, big data and AI by at least 75% of Union enterprises for their business operations, and the deployment of at least 10 000 climate-neutral highly secure edge nodes in the Union, while ensuring low latency. In that context, the measures adopted under the national strategies should inform the national digital decade strategic roadmaps.

Where Member States are deploying data centre capacity on their territory, they should designate data centre acceleration zones (zones). Within the zones, the development, expansion and modernisation of data centres may be facilitated through coordinated planning and streamlined administrative procedures. The designation of such zones should contribute to closing the capacity gap and improving the Union’s competitiveness and technological resilience, while ensuring compliance with applicable Union law, including requirements relating to energy efficiency and environmental protection.

Member States should carry out risk assessments to analyse public sector activities and their sensitivity with respect to sovereignty of cloud and AI services underpinning such activities. The risk assessments should help Member States to establish the degree of sovereignty required from cloud and AI services procured and used by entities entrusted with such activities. The Commission will provide guidance to assist Member States in carrying out their risk assessments.

Member States should consider participating in future initiatives aimed at federating and interconnecting their cloud infrastructures with other Member States, to offer cloud- and AI-enabled public services in an efficient, scalable and portable manner. Member States are also encouraged to define their public sector cloud and AI policies in a way that accounts for future frameworks allowing for such a public sector cloud federation to emerge.

2.2.Supporting innovative companies with digital tools and resilient network

2.2.1.Connectivity

Connectivity is a fundamental enabler of the EU’s long-term competitiveness, determining how enterprises and public services can share data, innovate and deliver value. High-quality, secure cross-border connectivity enables companies to leverage cloud and AI services, scale up and collaborate in EU-wide value chains. Strong connectivity also improves the Union’s resilience and preparedness by ensuring continuity and flexible reconfiguration of business and public service operations, including critical ones, in the event of disruption.

According to the Digital Decade Eurobarometer 2026, 81% of Europeans consider it important for the EU to ensure access to high-speed internet for all EU citizens, while 83% of respondents think the EU should cooperate with Member States to build an independent European digital infrastructure (including broadband, 5G, cloud, semiconductors).

Modern connectivity is evolving from a combination of separate technologies - fixed, mobile, satellite networks or submarine cables - towards a more integrated ecosystem. To respond to the growing demand for critical, low-latency applications, such as connected and automated mobility (CAM) and human-machine interaction, increasing volumes of data 30  need to flow seamlessly across all these domains, so that disruptions in one domain do not undermine the performance and security of the system as a whole. Demands on cross border backbone connectivity are also increasing exponentially: currently, cables worldwide transmit over USD 10 trillion  in financial transactions on a daily basis 31 and capacity needs are expected to increase with AI and cloud applications. This evolution requires a global approach, spanning satellite, terrestrial and subsea infrastructures as part of a unified, resilient, and globally optimised system. Full fibre coverage, accelerated deployment of stand-alone 5G as a stepping stone to the development of 6G, and sufficient multi-orbit satellite capacity are the foundations for this approach.

Increasing attention is paid not only to coverage, but also to the security and resilience of networks, as well as to integrated connectivity systems, as means of ensuring redundant and reliable connectivity. The Council conclusions of 6 June 2025 32  call for a comprehensive approach to the development of a reliable and resilient network infrastructure, including via network diversification, interoperability and further deepening of the Single Market. They also called on the Commission to assess the possibility of a coordinated initiative for planning and developing a reliable and resilient network of digital infrastructures and capacities, including backbone terrestrial, submarine and satellite networks, across the Union and with international partner countries, for example by using the Trans-European Networks framework.

In their National Roadmaps, submitted in 2025, Member States reported devoting a significant portion (approximately 28%) of their measures’ total budget to gigabit fixed connectivity, amounting to EUR 80.9 billion (with EUR 56.6 billion coming from private sources). The 106 measures reported mainly focus on regulatory actions to facilitate network deployment, as well as financial support for non-viable and commercially unattractive areas and strategic infrastructure, including cross-border 5G corridors, submarine cables, and secure backbone networks. Around one third of the measures are dedicated to each of the two areas. In their roadmap adjustments, Member States maintained a strong emphasis on regulatory actions to facilitate network deployment.

In terms of 5G investments, Member States reported investing EUR 6 billion (with EUR 2.9 billion coming from non-public funds), which accounts for approximately 2% of the total budget of their measures. The 39 measures for 5G focus on spectrum management, as well as financial support for non-viable and commercially unattractive areas, and strategic parts of the network. There is equal emphasis on each of the two areas. In their roadmap adjustments, Member States placed a significant focus on increasing financial support for 5G networks.

However, recent territorial analyses indicate that improvements in connectivity do not translate uniformly into digital performance across regions. While infrastructure gaps persist in rural and peripheral areas, new divides are increasingly driven by differences in digital capabilities, usage patterns and local socio-economic conditions 33 .

Fixed access networks

The next five years will be characterised by a progressive shift from the current fixed access networks towards ubiquitous, full-fibre infrastructures (from fibre-to-the-premise to fibre-to-the-room), offering symmetrical multi-gigabit speeds, ultra-low latency, high reliability and much lower energy consumption. Fibre is increasingly viewed as a strategic, future-proof asset, capable of supporting data-intensive applications such as cloud and edge computing, AI, Augmented and virtual reality (AR/VR), remote healthcare, smart grids and cities, and industrial automation. The growing need for symmetrical capacity will require significant infrastructural upgrades towards large scale multi-gigabit architectures.

Despite these increasing stakes, the current pace of evolution in FTTH rollout remains insufficient.

The percentage of households with fibre connection rose by 4.9 percentage points, from 69.2% in 2024 to 74.1% in 2025, representing a year-on-year increase of 7.1%. According to the forecast along the baseline trajectory, 90.1% of the target is expected to be achieved by 2030 ( Figure 4 ). In 2025, the FTTP coverage stood at about 80% of the ideal value along the digital decade trajectory (74.1% instead of 94.0%). The full target - 100% of households covered - is forecast to be reached only in 2050 if no further actions are taken. Only 62.6% of households living in rural areas were reached by fibre in 2025, up from 58.8% in 2024 (+6.5%).

Figure 4: FTTP coverage in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and revised baseline trajectory towards 2030.

Take-up rates for high-speed fibre (FTTH) also vary significantly across Member States, remaining below 30% in some of them. Low adoption rates have reduced operators’ returns on investment, particularly for smaller fibre providers without an established customer base, consequently reducing incentives for further investments.

To accelerate the transition from copper to fibre, the Digital Networks Act proposal 34  sets an EU-wide copper switch-off objective for 2035. This would however be subject to strict conditions on fibre coverage (95%) and availability of comparable retail offers. The proposal is also accompanied by several safeguards and supporting regulatory measures, regarding, in particular, the deployment of the last part of the fibre network connecting the end-user.

The investment needed to achieve 100% FTTP coverage - the Digital Decade target for 2030 - is estimated at EUR 40 billion, or EUR 29 billion if 5G Fixed Wireless Access (FWA) is used for remote areas. Therefore, in order for the Digital Decade target to be achieved, it will be necessary to continue supporting fibre rollout, through the transition away from legacy copper networks.

Mobile networks

In the coming five to ten years, mobile networks are expected to evolve from basic 5G to advanced 5G standalone (5G SA) and to 6G, delivering much higher capacity, ultra-low latency, and native support for AI-driven and immersive applications. They will become increasingly software-defined, virtualised, and smart, as AI is embedded in network management, optimisation, and security. Mobile networks will also be tightly integrated with fixed fibre networks to support dense small-cell deployments and with non-terrestrial networks to ensure ubiquitous connectivity. Beyond consumer connectivity, future mobile networks will increasingly serve industrial, public-sector, and mission-critical use cases. This will enable automation, smart infrastructure, and real-time services, with a stronger focus on energy efficiency, resilience, and security as strategic requirements. Mobile data usage per mobile connection in Western Europe is projected to rise to 49 Gb per month by 2030, compared to approximately 15.3 Gb per month in 2024 35 . 

Convergence with fixed networks is expected to deepen, as fibre becomes essential for 5G SA/6G backhaul and fronthaul. Functional convergence with satellites is also progressing, with important implications for mobility and industry verticals and the connection of remote areas. 6G is expected to enable the seamless integration of terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks (NTNs), including satellite systems, into a unified architecture. This will support the scaling of direct-to-device (D2D) connectivity and enable ubiquitous, resilient and high-performance connectivity across both ground-based and space-based infrastructures. In this context, satellite connectivity is expected to become a native component of 6G networks, marking a shift from its traditional role in backhaul towards direct connectivity for end users.

Nevertheless, the EU’s progress towards this transition remains very slow, not when it comes to basic 5G coverage, but with regard to the 5G networks able to deliver transformative services.

Member States are indeed very close to full basic 5G coverage (96.8% of households) with substantial coverage increases, including in rural areas; all EU Member States have basic 5G household coverage above 90%, except Romania. However, basic 5G coverage is insufficient, given its technological limitations, to support the EU goals in the area of competitiveness.

Mid-band deployment - which is associated with high-capacity, high reliability and low latency - remains a bottleneck. 5G mid-band coverage in the 3.4-3.8 GHz spectrum band is substantially lower than general 5G coverage in many Member States (74.8% overall household coverage). Rural mid-band coverage is particularly weak. The EU27 average of 5G rural household coverage in the 3.4-3.8 GHz band remains at around 33%, indicating that progress is largely confined to urban areas.

This gap is closely linked to delays and modalities in the assignment of all three 5G pioneer bands. The process of authorising 5G pioneer spectrum across the EU has been lengthy, fragmented and insufficiently predictable, spanning more than a decade. In particular, most national auctions for the 3.4-3.8 GHz took place over a relatively long period, between 2017 and 2024. Member States that assigned spectrum earlier reached higher population coverage more quickly than later movers 36 . 

This gap in high-capacity 5G deployment limits the ability to deliver quality-assured services and advanced use cases, such as industrial automation, connected mobility and other mission-critical applications, and risks undermining Europe’s competitiveness in next-generation digital services.

Across Member States, 5G deployment remains predominantly based on Non-Standalone (NSA) architecture, which relies on existing 4G core 37 . 5G SA deployment (measured as 5G SA base stations as % of all mobile base stations) stands only at 20.9% in the EU, below US (36.2%), China (34.8%), Japan (26.3%) and South Korea (26.2%) 38 . Other sources estimate that only around 40% of the EU territory is covered by high capacity 5G SA, compared to 91% in North America and 45% in Asia-Pacific, highlighting once again a significant infrastructure gap.

Most EU countries launched NSA networks between 2019 and 2021, enabling early market rollout. However, the transition to 5G SA, which introduces a fully virtualised 5G core and enables advanced capabilities such as network slicing, ultra-low latency, and 5G SA private network services, i.e. capabilities that are important for competitiveness of EU industry, has been more gradual and uneven in the EU than in other advanced economies.

Europe is also significantly lagging behind in take-up as in “basic” 5G take-up (measured as a share of 5G SIM cards among all SIM cards), the EU stands at (28.1%), which again places the region behind the leading developed countries. The US (56.7%), Japan (54.7%), South Korea (41.0%) and China (39.6% all have higher rates 39 . As of Q4 2025, only around 2.8% of 5G users in Europe are connected via SA networks, compared with approximately 30% in the United States, and far behind India and China, which have reached around 52% and 81% respectively 40 .

The slow rollout of mid-band 5G, combined with the low pace of 5G SA adoption in Europe has direct repercussions for user experience. The EU27 average download speed of 69.9 Mbps remains below that of South Korea (162.2 Mbps), the US (129.3 Mbps), and China (100 Mbps) 41 . This performance gap is economically significant, as empirical evidence shows that improvements in mobile broadband capabilities - particularly speed - are associated with higher productivity and GDP 42 . Supporting evidence suggests that a 10% increase in mobile broadband speed is associated with a 0.2% increase in labour productivity in the subsequent period 43 . In this context, Europe’s comparatively weaker 5G performance may limit the realisation of potential productivity and economic growth gains.

In addition, the EU trails other regions in the deployment of private networks, which are early (industrial) adopters of 5G SA. Globally, 1489 private mobile network deployments have been identified, of which only 694 (47%) use 5G 44 . Manufacturing remains the leading sector for such networks, with 298 deployments recorded, of which around 60% include 5G. Asia-Pacific countries such as Japan and South Korea have progressed more rapidly, supported by more favourable policy frameworks and coordinated industrial strategies.

Relative to leading global markets, the EU remains less advanced in 5G investment intensity 45 . Its 51% 5G allocation share is solid (measured as % of all mobile investments), but below China (72%), South Korea (67%), the US (62%), and Japan (58%).

Achieving high-quality 5G SA coverage is estimated to require EUR 33.5 billion for network densification, with an additional EUR 26-79 billion needed to cover main transport paths 46 . The Digital Networks Act (DNA) proposal identifies disincentives and fragmentation in spectrum regulation as one of the main root causes of insufficient investments by European telecom operators in mobile networks. Other contributing factors include limited financial capacity and attractiveness for investors (itself due to low ARPUs, low predictability, etc.), low demand for advanced connectivity and unexploited economies of scale. For example, spectrum costs represent 7% of mobile service revenues and 35-40% of capital expenditure, reducing financial flexibility for 5G/6G investments. Additionally, fragmented and short-lived regulatory regimes act as disincentives.

A series of regulatory responses, essentially tackling the supply side, are offered in the DNA proposal, notably on spectrum policy. In particular, the DNA proposal simplifies and streamlines the regulatory framework that affects 5G and 6G rollout, with a view to reducing fragmentation across Member States and creating more predictable conditions. In doing so, it lays the groundwork for telecom innovation, particularly for emerging technologies such as 6G and satellite connectivity.

These proposed measures include unlimited spectrum licence duration by default and facilitated renewal procedures, affecting around 500 licences set to expire across Europe between 2025 and 2035, combined with safeguards such as periodic reviews, the possibility of revocation (e.g. in case of breach of conditions), and strong “use it or share it” obligations. They also include a pro-investment auction design, greater EU-level coordination through mandatory spectrum scrutiny and harmonised authorisation conditions (i.e. ex-ante Spectrum Single Market mechanism to ensure that auctions align with the objectives of the DNA) as well as faster and more predictable authorisation of future 6G spectrum to enable timely deployment. These measures are accompanied by other proposed measures on authorisation and governance, designed to facilitate larger scale operations and unlock the full potential of the single market.

The DNA also introduces a Union radio spectrum strategy to guide long-term spectrum planning, identify future needs, and ensure the availability of spectrum for key services and technologies.

It will, however, remain important to sustain public intervention in mobile access networks, including on supply side measures (i.e. public support to 5G/6G rollout) targeting areas of market failure in order to meet the Digital Decade targets, support cohesion and ensure that the Union’s full industrial potential is fully exploited. Further actions remain necessary to support the ongoing implementation of the EU 5G Cybersecurity Toolbox and once adopted, to facilitate alignment with the trusted ICT supply chain security framework pursuant to the revised Cybersecurity Act.

Moreover, in order to address the root causes identified above, regulatory and funding measures may be complemented by demand-side stimulation, with a particular focus on enabling innovative business models, including the bundling of infrastructure deployment with edge cloud and AI integration and with concrete use cases.

Since 2021, the digital part of the Connecting Europe Facility programme (CEF Digital) has co-funded 5G deployments integrated with edge-cloud computing and enabling innovative use cases such as remote surgery, virtual reality for learning, drone-based monitoring and more. So far, a total of EUR 327 million were invested in 78 projects, including 47 projects for 5G Smart Communities and 31 projects for transport corridors. This funding has helped pave the way for the future development of vertical use cases for sectors considered as strategic for the economy.

In 2026, the Commission unveiled EURO-3C, a EUR 75 million project meant to develop the EU’s first large-scale federated Telco-Edge-Cloud infrastructure 47 . Financed via Horizon Europe, this landmark project, which brings together over 70 partners, will showcase the EU's ability to deliver cutting-edge digital services entirely through its own connectivity infrastructure, reducing reliance on third country providers. Telco-edge-cloud combines telecommunication networks, edge computing and cloud infrastructure into a single, integrated platform, bringing high speed, secure computing power closer to end-users. 

EU’s leadership in 6G will not be determined solely by leadership in radio technologies, but by its capacity across the converged digital communications stack, from advanced semiconductors to AI-driven network orchestration and cloud-edge integration.

The EU approaches the transition to 6G with a mix of structural strengths and growing dependencies 48 . It benefits from globally competitive vendors, strong radio access network (RAN) engineering capabilities, and recognised leadership in energy-efficient networks, supported by a coordinated research and standardisation framework, notably through the Smart Networks and Services Joint Undertaking (SNS JU) as well as large national 6G initiatives to promote European capacities in 6G and related technologies in a number of Member States (in particular Germany, Ireland, Spain, France, Italy, Netherlands, Finland, Sweden) 49 . These assets strengthen the EU’s ability to influence global standards and ensure interoperability. However, challenges persist, including weaknesses in hyperscalers cloud services and AI development, reliance on external semiconductor supply chains, risks of diminished value capture in increasingly software-driven architectures, and exposure to geopolitical tensions and market fragmentation.

As value shifts toward cloud management software and AI orchestration, the EU risks losing ground in higher-margin segments if these capabilities remain externally dominated.

In conclusion, public investment - covering inter alia R&I, supply chain, network deployment, and fostering the take-up of advanced services - must continue to complement the new rules put in place with the proposed Digital Network Act, once adopted. Based on the lessons learnt from the current MFF, it will be essential to support 5G and 6G across the innovation journey, coupling network deployments with use cases and with the necessary edge, cloud and computing resources.

Satellite connectivity

Satellite systems provide broad regional and global coverage and, by their nature, can support a pan-European (or global) reach, unlike terrestrial mobile networks, which remain bounded by national deployment. As direct-to-device (D2D) connectivity is emerging, complementing terrestrial mobile services, as well as machine-to-machine services, including in underserved areas, the current EU framework - based on national authorisation regimes and national spectrum allocation - creates barriers to the provision of pan-European services. It also forces satellite operators to comply with divergent national rules and conditions across Member States in which they operate.

In particular, Low Earth Orbit (LEO) constellations supporting hybrid terrestrial-satellite systems or Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) are emerging as the modern equivalent of traditional mobile communication towers. They enable D2D connectivity and are expected to become an essential component of future 6G networks. Integration with terrestrial mobile networks (5G SA/6G) is expected to become central to future communications systems, enhancing resilience and ubiquity of connectivity. D2D satellite connectivity is rapidly emerging and may play a strategic role for mobile network operators (MNOs) and smartphone equipment manufacturers (OEMs). It presents a valuable opportunity to stand out in a saturated market, improve customer retention, and build long-term value. A global survey by Analysis 50 , covering 18 500 respondents across 18 countries, highlights strong demand for D2D satellite messaging, showing that an early adoption of satellite D2D may be leveraged to attract and retain subscribers. Notably, 82% of subscribers considering switching providers within the next six months expressed interest in such services while 30% said they would be willing to pay for them.

Satellite infrastructure is also critical for ensuring equitable access to high-speed internet, especially in underserved and remote areas, while also strengthening the EU’s capabilities in critical communications, including emergency and defence services. Although Europe was once a frontrunner in satellite communications, it has been slower to anticipate the innovation potential of this market and to invest in LEO constellation deployment and now lags behind the US and China. This increases the risk that the EU becomes dependent on non-EU providers of this critical infrastructure, with implications for both competitiveness and digital sovereignty, especially in a context of geostrategic uncertainty. According to a European Commission study 51 on Mobile Satellite Services in the 2 GHz band, as of March 2025 the EU has only 773 LEO satellites launched and 3 120 planned, compared with 220 launched and 27 198 planned in China and 7 633 launched and 33 397 planned in the US.

Looking ahead, the number of authorisations is expected to increase significantly, raising compliance costs for operators and enforcement costs for authorities. The coexistence of twenty-seven national authorisation regimes also contributes to coverage gaps and slows the rollout of pan-European satellite services.

The proposed DNA and MSS (Mobile Satellite Services) 52 Regulations introduce a single EU-level authorisation for satellite services ensuring EU-wide access to spectrum under harmonised conditions. This framework aims to create a level playing field, enable European operators to scale up, and support the development of innovative satellite services, such as D2D connectivity, which are increasingly critical for EU security and resilience. It also aims to strengthen the global competitiveness of EU operators and is expected to unlock further investment in satellite infrastructure. However, given the capital-intensive nature of satellite deployments and prolonged revenue realisation timelines, structured public-private partnerships, and strategic Union initiatives, remain key to accelerating this transformation and securing independent European infrastructure capabilities.

Backbone networks

The growing traffic in access networks, combined with rising data flow from and to edge, cloud, AI capacities and Content Delivery Networks, will require massive scaling of backbone networks. This will rely on advanced optical technologies such as coherent transmission, higher-order modulation, and open line systems, enabling multi-terabit capacities per fibre. Backbone networks will increasingly interconnect distributed data centres and edge nodes, reduce latency and support real-time and mission-critical services.

Backbone architectures will also become more software-defined and automated, as resilience, security, and redundancy become increasingly strategic priorities. This includes route diversification, protection against physical and cyber threats, and greater focus on submarine and cross-border terrestrial links as well as related deployment, maintenance and repair capacities (e.g. multi-purpose, modular vessels). The migration process to Post Quantum Cryptography shall safeguard the continuity of services, availability of data, and use of applications, and require coordinated action also across different types of networks, given the many interdependencies and interfaces. Quantum communications technologies will be integrated into critical backbone networks to support highly secured, mission-critical applications (e.g. QKD between Member States or banking companies).

The rollout of future backbone networks will not only be driven by cross-border and intercontinental connectivity needs but also by the deployment of data centres and computing capacities in geostrategic and areas where renewable energy is abundant, located close to clean power sources (e.g. solar or hydropower plants).

In particular, the total value of submarine communication cables’ global sales was estimated at USD 3.8 bn in 2024 and is expected to reach at least USD 7 bn by 2034 53 . In November 2024, Analysys Mason predicted even higher figures, up to USD 10 bn in 2029.

While the EU has good presence and strengths in the submarine/backbone networks market, it faces strong and increasing pressure from global competitors. Current market trends show a steady decline in European investment, leading to the exit of European actors and a loss of EU market share 54 . Meanwhile, the US continues to invest in high-capacity backbone networks, driven largely by hyperscalers, content providers, and cloud companies.

Between 2019 and 2023 the amount of international submarine cable capacity deployed by GAFAM (Google, Apple, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft) quadrupled. Today, Google, Meta, and Amazon own 59 international submarine cables , up from just 20 in 2017, meaning that the bulk of capacity is now held by non-EU controlled companies. 

In terms of cable manufacturing and deployment, the main US player, SubCom, has the greatest market share worldwide, followed by French-owned Alcatel Submarine Networks (ASN) and Japan’s NEC. China’s Huawei Marine Networks (HMN) is lagging behind but is gaining market share rapidly. Additionally, the US and Japan have recently announced massive investments in deployment capacities (including icebreaker vessels). The EU Risk Assessment published by the Commission in October 2025 provides a full analysis of the market and stakeholder ecosystem 55 . 

Given their criticality and of the rapidly evolving markets that determine network topography, capacity, but also resilience, security and control, the EU has paid increasing attention to backbone networks and in particular submarine cables, proposing a comprehensive policy approach, including regulatory and funding measures.

On the policy side, the EU Action Plan on Cable Security has outlined a series of coordinated actions to address risks and enhance the security and resilience of data and power submarine cable infrastructures, across the full resilience cycle: prevention, detection, response and recovery, and deterrence 56 . To support the implementation of the 2024 Cable Recommendation 57 and 2025 Action Plan, the Commission set up the Submarine Cable Infrastructures Expert Group and published in October 2025, its EU risk assessment (based on threats, vulnerabilities and dependencies), including mapping and stress test guidance on the security and resilience of EU submarine cable infrastructures 58 .

Furthermore, on 5 February 2026 the Commission published the Cable Security Toolbox, which recommends a set of mitigation measures to address the identified risk scenarios, as well as a list of Cable Projects of European Interest (CPEIs), i.e., areas to be prioritised for public funding 59 . 

On the funding side, to date the EU invested over EUR 600 million in more than 70 Digital Global Gateways projects through the Connecting Europe Facility Digital programme (CEF Digital). While a number of satellite-terrestrial links and cross border terrestrial backbone projects have been funded, the vast majority of the funding was dedicated to submarine cable projects (59 projects for EUR 548 million). These projects are enabling significant improvements in the coverage of islands and remote territories, reduce vulnerabilities and risks, while increasing the overall resilience and redundancy of connectivity systems within the EU and linking the EU to the world, contributing to strategic objectives such as the connection of Europe to Asia through the Arctic, including Greenland’s and other areas identified in the CPEI list.

In line with the EU Action Plan on Cable Security, the Commission amended the CEF Digital Work Programme , in February 2026, allocating EUR 347 million to fund strategic submarine cable projects 60 . These calls will support the CPEIs, including to enhance the EU's cable repair capacity, and equip submarine cables with smart capabilities.

In 2026, two funding calls worth EUR 60 million will support cable repair modules, alongside a separate EUR 20 million call for SMART cable system equipment. These are sensors and monitoring components integrated into submarine telecommunications infrastructure to gather real-time ocean and seismic data. Additionally, two calls for new CPEI cables are planned for 2026 and 2027, with a total budget of EUR 267 million.

However, while CEF has already intervened in the CPEI areas, and will continue to do so in an increasingly focused manner, the remaining funding capacity of CEF Digital remains modest compared to the total investments needs. This gap is also reflected in the increasingly high oversubscription rates in CEF Global Gateway calls 61 . Cost estimates for deploying CPEI projects exceed EUR 10 billion 62 . Other studies suggest that at least a threefold increase of the current level of funding per annum for submarine cables (i.e. EUR 200 million) will be needed to maintain the current level of European ownership in the cable market and give greater scope and ambition to address market fragilities and critical capability gaps.

It is therefore important that support continues for the deployment, upgrade and maintenance of submarine cables to preserve competition and foster increased reliability and security standards. Deploying submarine cables and equipping them with advanced security monitoring and rapid-repair capabilities remains vital and requires continued public funding in the next MFF. In line with the Cable Security Toolbox, this intervention must focus on routes that are strategic for the EU (CPEI areas) and reduce reliance on non-EU suppliers.

In parallel, the DNA introduces new provisions concerning the resilience of electronic communications networks and services. These include cooperation and coordination of resilience and preparedness actions, data collection, early warning, networks’ resilience mapping and networks’ capabilities to ensure the redundancy through different types of networks’ backups. The purpose is to identify potential bottlenecks where resilience-enhancing measures are needed at Union level, including strategic investments to support redundancy, in particular, for trans-European digital networks.

In this context, the newly proposed Office for Digital Networks (ODN) will be tasked, once the DNA proposal is adopted, with ensuring a coherent, cross-border approach for electronic communications networks and services, among others by preparing the Union Preparedness Plan for Digital Infrastructures, which will include a comprehensive assessment and an overview of network topology at Union level, identify route diversification, potential bottlenecks or points of failure and areas where resilience-related measures, such as strategic investments to support redundancy, are needed.

Such information, especially on integrated connectivity covering a wide range of terrestrial and non-terrestrial communications networks, can support a wider analysis, complementing the one which led to the Cable Projects of European Interest, and thereby ensuring an updated, integrated prioritisation of critical investments in strategic backbone networks. Building on broader orientation set out in the Council conclusions on Connectivity of 6 June 2025, the Council also invited the Commission to assess the possibility of a coordinated initiative for planning and developing a reliable and resilient network of digital infrastructures and capacities, including backbone terrestrial, submarine and satellite networks, across the Union and with international partner countries.

Recommendation:

Member States should accelerate the deployment of secure and resilient connectivity infrastructure across the Union, by:

(I)cooperating within the Cables Expert Group to implement the Cable Security Toolbox, to advance the deployment of Cable Projects of European Interest, and assess future priorities; 

(II)building on the CPEI approach, analyse needs and links to other types of networks, taking into account projected AI data centre and cloud needs and pooling funding resources at national and EU level to deliver end-to-end resilient, secure and redundant connectivity infrastructure;

(III)supporting the rollout of high-quality 5G stand-alone and 6G across the EU, including by assigning, defining sharing conditions or renewing spectrum rights under investment-conducive conditions, with particular attention to the 3.8-4.2 GHz band for local private networks;

(IV)should actively contribute to 6G development in Europe, in particular by promoting EU capacities in 6G and related technologies (semiconductors, quantum, AI, cloud), supporting R&I funding and pilots (together or in coordination with the European Commission and the SNS JU).

(V)supporting the coordinated deployment of low-latency and high-speed secure satellite connectivity in multiple orbital layers, as a resilient and secure complement to terrestrial connectivity;

(VI)continuing the expansion of fibre networks through coordinated funding and regulation, with particular attention to underserved and rural areas, and actively promoting the switch-off of copper networks where FTTH coverage has reached around 95% and comparable retail offers are available;

(VII)strengthening joint efforts to improve network coverage by supporting, via targeted funding and appropriate regulatory intervention, as appropriate, end users’' connections.

2.2.2.Digitalisation of SMEs and uptake of digital technologies by EU enterprises: AI, Cloud and data analytics

While building cutting-edge capacity and infrastructure is a necessary condition for digital competitiveness, the diffusion and deployment of advanced technologies across businesses is key to ensure that technological leadership translates into competitiveness gains. 

The broad diffusion of technologies across firms, sectors and regions is therefore a second fundamental challenge facing the EU, and a key driver for productivity growth and economic transformation. The data on cloud, data analytics and AI up-take confirm that headline adoption figures are moving in the right direction, but progress is too slow relative to 2030 targets, and SMEs consistently lag behind large enterprises.

The percentage of SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity, according to version III of the Digital Intensity Index, rose by 13.5 percentage points in two years, from 57.90% in 2023 to 71.38% in 2025. This reflects a year-on-year increase of 11.0%. 

According to the forecast along the baseline trajectory, the target is expected to be achieved and surpassed by 2030, with an estimated 92.08% of SMEs having at least a basic value of the digital intensity index by then ( Figure 5 ). The revised baseline trajectory is fully in line with the ideal trajectory. In 2025, the observed and ideal values overlap almost perfectly. 

In their National Roadmaps, 165 measures corresponding to a total of EUR 48.4 billion were reported as supporting the digitalisation of SMEs. The measures primarily focus on facilitating the uptake and deployment of digital technologies, as well as strengthening the broader ecosystem through activities such as information sharing, knowledge exchange and collaboration on digital technologies.

Figure 5: Digital Intensity Index ver. III. Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and revised baseline trajectory towards 2030.

The percentage of enterprises using at least one of the three technologies (Cloud, Data Analytics or AI) rose by 8.5 percentage points, from 54.7% in 2023 to 63.20% in 2025. This represents a substantial year-on-year increase of 7.5%. 

According to the forecast along the revised baseline trajectory, 95% of the target is expected to be achieved by 2030, with 71.5% of enterprises expected to use at least one of the three technologies by then ( Figure 6 ). In 2025, the value of this KPI aligns perfectly with the ideal trajectory, reaching a value of 63.2%. The target of 75% of enterprises using at least one of the three technologies is expected to be reached in 2033 if no further actions are taken. 

Figure 6: Percentage of enterprises using AI or cloud computing or data analytics in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and baseline trajectory towards 2030 (same speed of diffusion parameter as in cloud baseline trajectory).

Artificial Intelligence 

According to Eurostat data, the percentage of enterprises using AI technologies rose by 6.5 percentage points in one year, from 13.5% in 2024 to almost 20.0% in 2025. This represents a substantial year-on-year increase of 48%, however lower than the 67% year-on-year increase of 2024.

In EU companies, the most widely used AI technologies are those for analysing written language (11.8%), which also saw the strongest increase since 2024. They are followed by AI for generating images, videos or audio (9.5%), producing written or spoken language (8.8%), and converting speech into machine-readable format (7.2%). According to the forecast along the baseline trajectory, 72% of the target is expected to be achieved by 2030, with 54.28% of enterprises expected to adopt AI by then ( Figure 7 ). In 2025, this KPI reached a level slightly above half of the ideal value defined by the ideal trajectory (at almost 20.0% instead of 39.1%). The target of 75% of enterprises using AI is expected to be reached not earlier than 2035 if no further actions are taken. 

In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investments of EUR 10.9 billion to support the uptake of AI, cloud or data analytics - representing approximately 3.8% of the total budget across roadmaps and covering 199 measures in total. Among these, roughly 34 measures specifically target AI, accounting for EUR 1.4 billion. Measures supporting the uptake of AI, cloud and data analytics are evenly distributed across measures to enhance the ecosystems and knowledge exchange, establish enabling framework conditions and develop capabilities across these technologies. However, AI-specific measures place a stronger emphasis on building AI capabilities. This focus is also reflected in Member States’ roadmap adjustments.

Figure 7: Percentage of enterprises using AI in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and revised baseline trajectory towards 2030.

These figures indicate that, despite strong recent progress, including on policy making at EU and national level, the EU remains below the Digital Decade target. Reaching 75% of enterprises by 2030 will require targeted support, especially for SMEs and for sectors and regions that lag behind. They also show that large firms still adopt AI much faster than SMEs, even if smaller firms are accelerating.

For European SMEs, the evidence suggests that the main obstacle is no longer basic awareness of AI but the difficulty of turning interest and pilots into broad business deployment. Eurostat’s latest statistics support this analysis. Among EU enterprises that had considered using AI but did not adopt it, the main reasons reported were lack of relevant expertise (70,89%), lack of clarity about legal consequences (52,52%) and concerns regarding violation of data protection and privacy (48,83%). For many firms the issue is no longer whether AI matters, but whether they can implement it safely, lawfully and effectively.

Concretely, for SMEs, the most recurrent bottlenecks are fragmented and poor-quality data, weak interoperability systems, lack of in-house skills, uncertain returns on investments and difficulties in integrating AI in core business processes. These barriers are compounded by organisational and compliance difficulties, with many SMEs not having the internal capacity to identify viable use cases, adapt workflows, assess risks, or manage legal uncertainty around data use and AI deployment.

The main challenge is therefore one of scale and broad-based diffusion across industrial sectors with particular focus on the strategically important ones.

For instance, the OECD Study 63  - indicates that in manufacturing, AI uptake is still “modest and highly fragmented”: the share of manufacturing enterprises using at least one AI technology rose from 7% in 2021 to 11% in 2024, but the technology is still not well integrated into core production processes. The most common uses are still language-based and administrative tasks, while uptake remains lower for functions more directly tied to production, such as image recognition, robotic process automation and machine-learning-based optimisation.

In public transport and logistics, the report finds that many deployments remain at pilot or early implementation stage and that SMEs often struggle to keep pace because of limited access to expertise, infrastructure and funding.

Across sectors, the OECD repeatedly identifies fragmented datasets, poor interoperability, integration into legacy systems, compliance complexity and weak internal skills as persistent constraints on scaling.

For SMEs, de-risking adoption has become essential: they need trusted intermediaries, simpler access to expertise, and support that combines technology, compliance and business transformation rather than addressing these issues separately. This is consistent with the direction already taken by the Apply AI Strategy, which includes the role of the European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) as Experience Centres for AI and as key partners helping SMEs to “test before invest”, identify funding for their AI projects or network within the AI ecosystem of AI factories, Testing and Experimentation Facilities (TEFs) and future national sandboxes.

At the national level, by the turn of 2026, the vast majority of Member States have already adopted and/or revised their own national AI strategies. However, the national implementation remains uneven in terms of dedicated budget allocated, measurable KPIs or regular evaluation.

For instance, funding AI at national level is highly uneven and often difficult to isolate because many AI measures are combined with wider digitalisation plans. This creates a divide between countries with operational governance, measurable follow-up and financing mechanisms for AI and those where AI remains embedded in broader agendas without a strong delivery architecture. Moreover, some member states do not use well-defined KPIs for AI strategies, using instead broad digital transformation frameworks.

At European level, stronger coordination is needed to connect strategy, infrastructure and deployment. The AI Continent Action Plan provides the upper-level framework for the infrastructure and enabling layer, notably through AI factories, high-quality data access and compute capacity. The Apply AI Strategy is particularly important for the uptake objective, as it is explicitly the EU’s overarching sectoral AI strategy and is designed to boost adoption and innovation across Europe, especially among SMEs. In this architecture, EDIHs are meant to function increasingly as AI Experience Centres linked to AI Factories, Testing and Experimentation Facilities (TEFs) and regulatory sandboxes, while the AI Skills Academy supports the workforce dimension.

For AI uptake in EU companies, this EU-level coordination is critical: Member States on their own cannot efficiently provide the full combination of compute, high-quality data, regulatory support, testing infrastructure, skills and cross-border market scale needed for rapid AI uptake. Related to the regulatory framework, national market surveillance authorities, which each Member State is required to designate under the AI Act, are responsible for enforcing compliance with the rules applicable to AI systems, including by proposing joint investigations with the European Commission. To the best of our knowledge, 10 Member States (Denmark, Finland, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Slovenia and Slovakia) have designated their national market surveillance authorities 64 . The timely establishment of these authorities, together with sufficient technical, financial and human resources, will be critical to ensuring robust oversight and effective enforcement of the AI regulatory framework. 

The urgency is clear when current performance is compared with EU ambitions. Reaching the AI targets will depend on aligning reforms and investments across all levels of responsibility (European, national, regional and local) around a key objective: making AI adoption easier, safer and more affordable for EU companies, especially SMEs.

Recommendation:

Member States should support the development, deployment and wide uptake of AI through a coordinated industrial, public-sector and governance strategy. In particular, they should:

(I)adopt and implement national AI strategies grounded in the “AI-first principle”, where appropriate, as proposed in the Apply AI strategy, with clear priorities for industrial competitiveness, public-service transformation and innovation diffusion;

(II)strengthen investment in the development and deployment of AI models, systems and infrastructure relevant to strategic sectors such as automotive, manufacturing, healthcare, mobility and energy, while also addressing physical AI systems that integrate perception, reasoning and action in real-world environments, including robotics;

(III)support the real-life deployment of connected and autonomous vehicles, unmanned aerial systems, drones and cooperative drone swarms, in collaboration with regional and local authorities, and prioritise European technologies, while promoting EU initiatives such as Autonomous Drive Ambition Cities and the Drones Action Plan

(IV)support European participation in and access to frontier AI development - including large-scale advanced models and next-generation multimodal systems - by investing in computing infrastructure, and fostering public-private partnerships with AI developers, with national contributions feeding into a coordinated EU-level effort;

(V)identify, pilot and scale high-impact AI use cases across the public sector, including open-source applications made in Europe;

(VI)continue supporting the network of European Digital Innovation Hubs (“Experience Centres for AI”), which play a key role in accelerating the uptake of AI and other digital technologies, particularly among SMEs and public administrations;

(VII) ensure that national and regional AI initiatives are integrated into the broader EU AI ecosystem - including Experience Centres for AI, AI factories, regulatory sandboxes, Testing and Experimentation Facilities (TEFs), and EU Digital Skills Academies - to avoid duplication, pool resources and ensure that European firms can access world-class infrastructure, expertise and compute capacity;

(VIII)put in place comprehensive measures to strengthen AI literacy and advanced digital skills across society, including for workers, citizens and public administrations; and

(IX)operationalise the AI Act by establishing the necessary national governance and support structures - including market surveillance authorities, single points of contact, regulatory sandboxes, and accessible compliance guidance for SMEs - ensuring that conformity assessment, post-market monitoring and incident reporting obligations are matched by adequate national technical capacity.

Cloud computing services

The percentage of enterprises using sophisticated or intermediate cloud computing services rose by 7.7 percentage points, from 38.97% in 2023 to 46.69% in 2025. This represents a year-on-year increase rate of 9.5%. According to the forecast along the updated baseline trajectory, approximately 81% of the target is expected to be achieved by 2030, with 60.6% of enterprises estimated to adopt sophisticated or intermediate cloud services by then ( Figure 8 ). The target is expected to be reached not earlier than 2040, if no further actions are taken. 

Figure 8: Percentage of enterprises using intermediate and sophisticated cloud computing services in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and revised baseline trajectory towards 2030.

Cloud computing remains critical for business digitalisation and is becoming an increasingly relevant enabler for AI deployment and uptake. Around 53% of enterprises used paid cloud computing services in 2025, an increase of around 8 percentage points with respect to 2023 65 . However, the most advanced end of this adoption is less widespread, with approximately 41% of enterprises buying at least one sophisticated cloud service. This demonstrates that adoption is growing but most firms are still using basic services. Cloud uptake is advancing but too slowly relative to the ambition of the 2030 target, which makes this recent acceleration not sufficient on its own.

One of the factors holding back progress is the persistent SME gap. In 2025, 46% of SMEs used cloud services, compared with 60% for enterprise 50-249 employees and 78% of large enterprises. The comparison across countries is equally significant, with Finland’s SMEs reaching 72% of average cloud uptake while Romania, Greece and Bulgaria remaining below 25%.

To close this gap, policy support needs to target late adopters, especially SMEs, through practical support and advisory services. Stronger enforcement and implementation of the switching rules under the Data Act, entered into force in September 2025, could also help firms switch providers more easily and adopt cloud with lower lock-in risks. Progress towards the target will depend both on demand-side incentives, especially for these lagging groups and on whether the EU can build a sufficient, secure and sustainable computing infrastructure to accompany this transition. Without this combination, cloud uptake may continue to rise, but as shown above, too slowly to achieve the 75% target by 2030.

Finally, cloud can be considered an essential enabler for the uptake of data analytics and AI services, detailed below. For this potential to materialise, more firms will have to move from basic cloud consumption to more advanced data and AI-related uses.

Data Analytics

The share of enterprises using analytics rose from 33.25% in 2023 to 39.85% in 2025, an increase of 6.6 percentage points. Despite this progress, the EU remains off track to meet the Digital Decade target by 2030: under the revised baseline trajectory, only 51.9% of enterprises are expected to use data analytics by 2030, corresponding to around 69% of the target, and the target would be reached only by 2047 in the absence of additional action. 

Figure 9: Share of enterprises using Data Analytics in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and baseline trajectory towards 2030.

The EU has laid important foundations for the data economy through the European Strategy for Data and related key legislative instruments such as the Data Governance Act, the Data Act, and the Open Data Directive. However, significant barriers continue to limit the wider uptake of data analytics by enterprises, especially SMEs.

A first major challenge is data scarcity and limited access to high-quality datasets for data analytics and AI development. Valuable datasets remain siloed within organisations, fragmented across sectors, or difficult to access across Member States’ borders. This particularly affects start-ups and SMEs, which often lack access to sufficiently large, high-quality datasets and the computing resources needed to use them effectively. As global competition intensifies, broader and more reliable access to quality data becomes increasingly important for innovation and competitiveness.

A second challenge is regulatory complexity and fragmentation. The EU has developed a broad framework governing data access, sharing and protection, but interaction between horizontal and sectoral rules, combined with uneven implementation across Member States, can generate legal uncertainty and increase compliance costs. This is particularly burdensome for SMEs and emerging data intermediaries and can slow the scaling-up of data-driven business models and European data ecosystems.

A third key challenge is the strategic and geopolitical dimension of data. Data has become a key economic and security asset. Jurisdictional issues remain a critical concern. Data held by companies subject to non-EU jurisdictions may be accessed by foreign authorities, including under extraterritorial legal frameworks such as the US Cloud Act. This raises questions about effective control, legal certainty and the enforceability of EU rules, particularly for sensitive or strategic datasets. European firms must be able to benefit from secure cross-border data flows and access to global data resources, while the EU must also protect sensitive and strategic datasets and ensure that data governance remains consistent with European values.

Addressing these barriers will require coordinated reforms and investment. Priority actions include scaling up access to high-quality data for AI and innovation at large, notably through the further deployment of common European data spaces and strengthening interoperability through open and modular solutions. Linking data spaces with data labs and AI factories could help transform Europe’s data assets into resources for trustworthy AI and advanced analytics.

Further efforts are needed to simplify and modernise the EU data regulatory framework, making it clearer, more innovation-friendly, and less burdensome for businesses, especially SMEs. In this context, the proposed Digital Omnibus aims to streamline existing data legislation by reducing overlaps, updating certain rules (including on privacy and data use), and clarifying the implementation of key instruments such as the Data Act, while preserving their core objectives.

Strengthening EU data sovereignty and fair international data flows also remains essential. This requires enabling cross-border access to data, improving access to larger and more diverse datasets for businesses, and addressing remaining barriers to data sharing. Such measures are critical to support the development of advanced data analytics and AI applications and to enhance the global competitiveness of European companies.

Recommendation:

Member States should support the uptake of cloud, AI and data analytics by enterprises, in particular SMEs and start-ups and government services in line with the proposed Cloud and AI Development Act, the Apply AI Strategy and the EU data acquis, by:

(I)ensuring a consistent and business-friendly implementation of EU data rules and improving access to high-quality data, computing resources, data labs and innovation support services;

(II)accelerating the deployment of common European data spaces and strengthening interoperability through open and modular solutions, in particular through the relevant European Digital Infrastructure Consortia (such as ALT-EDIC, and the upcoming Mobility and Logistics EDIC and Agri-food EDIC);

(III)reinforcing data sovereignty and secure cross-border data flows, in support of the development of trustworthy AI in the EU and the global competitiveness of European firms;

(IV)facilitating the adoption of secure, open and efficient cloud computing services by SMEs, companies in sectors of high criticality in line with NIS2, and government services through targeted support, resources and incentives that overcome barriers to adoption, including skills, resources and awareness.

2.2.3.Open Source

Open source is a strategic enabler of the digital transformation of the European Union and the Digital Decade goals as it underpins most modern digital systems and directly affects Europe’s competitiveness, resilience and technological sovereignty. Open source makes up 70 to 90% of all code in the digital economy 66 . A 2024 Harvard Business School study 67  estimated the demand-side value of open-source software at USD 8.8 trillion and found that firms would need to spend 3.5 times more on software if open source did not exist. The EU starts from a position of strength, with more than 3 million open-source contributors, more than 500 for-profit open-source companies and substantial EU support to open-source actions across cloud, AI, cybersecurity, internet technologies and chips, estimated at around EUR 800 million in the current MFF. Yet these strengths are still not converted into sufficient market scale, stewardship capacity or control over critical parts of the digital stack.

The main hurdles are structural. First, the EU still struggles to move from research and community development to adoption at scale. Many promising projects lack financing for integration into real-world environments, user experience improvements, security hardening, performance testing, legal compliance and commercial deployment. Second, maintenance remains a major market challenge. Critical open-source components are often widely used but maintained with fragile resources, creating both security and continuity risks. Third, access to scale-up capital remains weak, particularly for European SMEs and mid-caps building open-source business models. Fourth, public procurement frameworks still tend to favour incumbent proprietary suppliers by focusing on short-term pricing, product bundles and vendor-specific features rather than lifecycle cost, interoperability, exit costs and strategic control. Fifth, the EU still lacks sufficiently strong stewardship, governance and trust organisations that can carry out assessments, security attestations to make open software easier to buy and deploy in regulated or mission-critical environments. These challenges are amplified by fragmentation across Member States and by continued dependence on non-EU digital infrastructures and services, including software repositories, code hosting platforms, cloud execution environments and trust services that remain outside EU jurisdiction.

Investments and reforms are therefore needed to address this situation. Public procurement should better recognise open standards, interoperability, reusability and total cost of ownership, including switching and lock-in costs so that open software can compete on equal terms in tenders. Public administrations should be supported with common guidance, model clauses and skills to be able to migrate to open-source solutions with confidence. The EU should also strengthen trust and adoption mechanisms by developing shared assessments and security assurances, promoting common catalogues, rolling out interoperability frameworks and reusing open digital building blocks across borders. The open-source licensing requirement for the EU Digital Identity Wallet and the launch of the Digital Commons EDIC show that the EU already has practical anchors on which to build a more coherent adoption strategy.

Investment needs should be organised across the full lifecycle of open software. This includes R&I funding for strategic open technologies, but also dedicated uptake and support, multiannual maintenance funding for critical components, and financing for European stewardship structures. In this respect, the proposed European Competitiveness Fund is highly relevant. With a budget of EUR 234 billion overall and instruments designed to combine guarantees, financial instruments, blending, support to start-ups and scale-ups, and advisory services, it could help address the current gap between technical excellence and market deployment. For open software, priorities should include supporting deployment-ready sovereign solutions in strategic domains; de-risking adoption by public administrations and SMEs; financing maintenance and security of critical dependencies; and mobilising equity, quasi-equity, guarantees and advisory support for European open-source firms and integrators. This would make open software easier, safer and more attractive to deploy at scale across the Single Market.

EU Open-Source Strategy will review the current state of play and put forward a set of actions to be rolled out in the coming years by the public sector at European and Member State level, as well as the private sector and the open-source communities themselves.

Recommendation:

Member States should mainstream open source as a strategic sovereignty instrument, by:

(I)defining national open-source strategies and a monitoring mechanism to track implementation, as an instrument for joint development of pre-competitive digital building blocks among European industrial actors;

(II)engaging in cross-border collaboration through the Digital Commons EDIC (DC-EDIC), in particular by developing joint mechanisms to enhance the reusability, interoperability and cost-effectiveness of open-source solutions;

(III)raising awareness across national and local public administrations and developing technical and operational skills, in particular through Open-Source Programme Officers (OSPOs);

(IV)Striving for an 'open source first' principle in public procurement, and where relevant making publicly funded software available for reuse;

(V)mainstreaming open source in national R&I programmes and in school and university curricula;

(VI)assessing barriers to open-source uptake, including cultural resistance, skills gaps and resource constraints, and putting in place targeted measures to address them.


2.2.4.Unicorns

The number of unicorns rose by 30 units (net increase), from 294 in 2024 to 324 in 2025, corresponding to 64.8% of the EU target. This represents a significant year-on-year increase of 10.2%. According to the forecast along the revised linear baseline trajectory, 88.0% of the target is expected to be achieved by 2030, with 440 unicorns expected to be active in the EU by then ( Figure 10 ). The target of 500 unicorns, set in the 2023 Communication on EU-level trajectories, is expected to be reached in 2033 if no further actions are taken.

Figure 10: Number of unicorns in the EU. Historical data and revised baseline trajectory.

Newly released data confirms the post-2020 linear trend but also point to an acceleration in the creation of new unicorns. In 2025 was almost twice as much than those created in 2024, the EU recorded 30 new net unicorns in 2025 compared to 16 the previous year. The yearly rate of progression has increased from 5.8% in 2024 to 10.2% in 2025 ( Figure 11 ).

Figure 11: Number of unicorns in the EU by year: annual net increase (births-deaths) and relative annual progress since 2009.

Comparing the performance of the EU’s startup ecosystem with that of its main global peers provides useful context for assessing its relative strengths and areas where further progress may be possible. Analysing the time series of unicorn creation since 2008 helps to place recent performance in a longer-term perspective and to compare the evolution of the EU’s startup ecosystem with that of its main competitors - Canada, China, Israel, Japan, South Korea, United Kingdom and United States ( Figure 12 ). 

Figure 12: Number of Unicorns in the EU and its main competitors from 2008 to 2025.

The European Union expanded its unicorn base from 3 in 2008 to 324 in 2025, with growth accelerating after 2015 and again after 2020. Despite this progress, the EU continues to lag well behind the United States, which reached 1 886 unicorns by 2025 - almost six times the EU total - highlighting persistent gaps in market scale and late-stage financing. China number of unicorns was 40% higher than that of the EU in 2025 (452), while the United Kingdom alone accounts for more than half of the EU’s unicorn total. Meanwhile, competitors such as Israel and Canada have scaled rapidly within large or well-integrated domestic markets.

Normalising the unicorn ecosystem by economic size confirms the EU’s underperformance ( Figure 13 ). Measured as the number of unicorns per USD 100 billion of GDP (2025 values)21, the European Union records 1.54, well below Israel the top performer (7.04), the United States (6.16), the United Kingdom (4.45), Canada (3.24), China (2.33), and South Korea (1.99), while remaining above Japan (0.37). The gap with leading ecosystems such as the U.S. and Israel is sizeable, while the distance to countries such as the UK and Canada, though smaller, also remains noticeable. With an economy of around two-thirds the size of the U.S., the EU generates fewer than one-fourth as many unicorns per unit of GDP. It is also worth noting that the strong performance of the U.S. is highly concentrated geographically. California plays a disproportionate role in driving the U.S. unicorn ecosystem. Despite accounting for around 13% of U.S. GDP (40.5k billion in 2024, most recent available year22), California recorded 892 unicorns in 2025, representing almost half of all U.S. unicorns (1 886). This concentration highlights the importance of dense venture capital markets, leading technology hubs, and strong innovation networks, in shaping ecosystem performance.

Figure 13: Number of unicorns (2025) per economic size (GDP in US $ 100 billions).

 

Overall, the international benchmarking analysis points to a significant margin for improvement in the EU’s ability to convert economic capacity into large-scale, high-growth firms if it is to narrow the performance gap with its global peers.

Tracking the outflow of EU-founded unicorns’ relocation to third countries provides an important indication of the EU’s capacity to retain high-growth innovative firms and to scale them within its own market22. The data show a gradual improvement in the EU’s capacity to retain innovative scale-ups with respect to the U.K. and the U.S. over the past decade ( Figure 14 ). Between 2016 and 2019, around one in five EU-founded unicorns relocated to the US or the UK, with percentages fluctuating between 21% and 22%. This indicates a relatively stable but significant outflow during that period. From 2020 onwards, the percentage of relocating companies declined more clearly and reached 16% in 2025. Other potential destination countries were also examined (Canada, China, Israel, Japan, South Korea), but no cases of relocation of EU-founded unicorns were identified outside the U.K. and the U.S. over the period considered.

The trend suggests a moderate but consistent strengthening of the EU’s ability to retain its innovative scale-ups. While relocation remains a structural challenge, with roughly one in six unicorns still moving abroad, the outflow has decreased by around five to six percentage points compared to the 2016-2018 peak.

Figure 14: Percentage of unicorns founded in the EU in the past decade that later relocated to either the United Kingdom or the United States.

Challenges facing EU startups on the path to unicorn status

In the EU, the path from promising startup to unicorn presents obstacles that are often more pronounced than in other competing regions. Three non-exhaustive challenges stand out in particular: the scale-up funding gap, weak spinoff creation and tech transfer policies, as well as the difficulty startups face in accessing public procurement markets.

The most glaring obstacle is the lack of late-stage capital for startups seeking to raise EUR 100 million or more. While early-stage funding has improved, EU startups frequently hit a wall when they need large-scale investment to expand globally. Fund sizes in Europe are typically smaller than in the US, meaning that fewer EU firms can access the EUR 100M+ cheques needed for rapid scaling. This was to be seen in the period 2024-2025 when 54% of lead investors in late-stage VC investments in European AI Startups were from American investors. A result of this is that many EU startups either up either accept lower valuations or seek funding from non-European investors, too often resulting in relocation to the US. 

Compounding this issue is the fragmentation of Europe’s capital markets that the EU’s Saving and Investment Union Strategy seeks to address.

Another hurdle is Europe’s volume of spinoff creation and related tech transfer policies, which can prevent groundbreaking research from reaching the market. The EU remains a global leader in R&D, with world-class universities and corporate labs, but it still lags the US in commercialising innovation. Many European universities have historically retained excessive ownership of intellectual property (IP) developed by researchers, discouraging academics from launching spinoffs, although recent years have seen encouraging progress in this area. When spinoffs do emerge, they often lack the funding, mentorship, or business expertise needed to scale.

Progress on tech transfer is systematically measured by the European Startup Network Alliance (ESNA) through its “Existence of Policies for Smooth Tech Transfer” indicator.

While ESNA’s indicator shows Member States progressing in the aggregate, towards a “full” policy framework for spinoffs and tech transfer, there remain several opportunities to improve the conditions for spin-off creation and subsequent market growth. For example, Member States could further enhance conditions by:

·Mobilising government co-funding (grants, loan guarantees, or equity investments) for early-stage spin-offs to reduce risk for private investors.

·Encouraging undertakings of all sizes to invest in spin-offs through tax incentives, government grants, or direct partnerships

·Launching national or regional initiatives to encourage entrepreneurs (for example experienced startup founders) to work more closely with university researchers and contribute their expertise (including but not limited to mentoring of researchers open to entrepreneurial paths).

Another barrier is the difficulties EU startups face in accessing public procurement markets, which represent a EUR 2 trillion annual opportunity. Despite their innovative potential, SMEs and startups win less than 10% of public contracts, often because procurement rules and tender procedures are designed in ways that favour large incumbents. In practice, these processes tend to reward companies with long track records rather than younger and more agile firms.

Recommendation:

Member States should close the European scale-up gap, by:

(I)actively addressing the shortage of European capital for large investment rounds (above EUR 100 million), through public funding allocated to existing or new investment vehicles, including pan-regional funds, with EIB and EIF support, or by joining existing initiatives such as the European Tech Champions Initiative (ETCI 2.0);

(II)initiating public-private partnerships that offer partial guarantees or shared-risk models to facilitate pension fund investment in start-ups and scale-ups;

(III)accelerating spinoff creation and tech transfer, by mobilising government co-funding (grants, loan guarantees, equity) for early-stage spin-offs, by encouraging national leading companies and mid-caps to invest in the spin-off ecosystem (including via tax incentives), and by mobilising experienced entrepreneurs to mentor researchers open to entrepreneurial paths.

2.3.Ensuring security for competitive growth

The global cybersecurity landscape is being reshaped by growing geopolitical competition and concentrated digital supply chains, which create systemic vulnerabilities across global markets. Cybersecurity is moving toward AI-enabled attack and defence operations, with threat actors increasingly using automation, generative AI, and large-scale exploitation of cloud - edge infrastructures. Meanwhile, advances in quantum computing require an urgent global transition toward Post-Quantum Cryptography.

.

Similarly, the EU is facing a cybersecurity landscape shaped by the weaponisation of AI, ransomware, growing dependence on untrusted suppliers and a chronic shortage of security expertise. Sophisticated adversaries, including both state and non-state actors, are exploiting vulnerabilities in cross-border ICT infrastructures, automated decision systems and emerging technologies. In addition, there is a clear and urgent need to ramp up efforts on Post Quantum Cryptography transition.

Despite significant progress, Europe remains structurally dependent on non-EU cybersecurity suppliers, and European companies are underrepresented in global cybersecurity leadership. The European market continues to rely predominantly on non-EU industry actors.

According to the Digital Decade Eurobarometer 2026, 91% of Europeans think the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats. In addition, 86% of respondents think the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe, and 58% of them would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs, pointing to the greater security and reliability as the main motivation for doing so.

In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported 39 measures contributing to increased cybersecurity. Almost half of these measures are dedicated exclusively to cybersecurity, with a total budget of EUR 0.79 billion. The other measures have a broader scope, aiming to support several targets across all areas, with a total budget of EUR 6.8 billion. These initiatives often involve developing national cybersecurity strategies, establishing cybersecurity centres, boosting cybersecurity skills and strengthening cybersecurity capacities in businesses, public services and digital infrastructure. This focus is also reflected in the Member States’ roadmap adjustments.

As geopolitical and economic tensions continue to intensify, cyber threats against the EU have further evolved, with espionage, pre-positioning, and disruptive operations increasingly integrated into state strategies. Cyberespionage targeting EU Member States and EU institutions remains persistent and continuous, with threat actors maintaining long-term access to networks, particularly in government, defence, and critical infrastructure sectors. The convergence between state-sponsored actors and cybercriminal ecosystems has become more pronounced, with states leveraging criminal tools, access brokers, and shared infrastructures to enhance deniability and operational reach.

Within the cyber threat landscape, ransomware remains one of the most impactful threats, but its nature has continued to evolve. Attacks are now predominantly focused on data exfiltration and multi-layered extortion, rather than encryption alone. SMEs are increasingly targeted due to weaker security postures. While law enforcement actions disrupted major groups, the ecosystem has become more fragmented and adaptive, with a proliferation of new ransomware actors and rebranded operations. Critical sectors - including healthcare, transport, and public administration - continue to be heavily affected, with ransomware incidents maintaining a high share of impactful disruptions across the EU.

Supply chain attacks remain a key systemic risk, as attackers exploit dependencies on third-party providers and widely used software components to scale impact across multiple organisations. This risk is compounded by continued reliance on non-EU vendors and complex digital ecosystems, increasing exposure to vulnerabilities and external influence. Threat activity targeting cloud environments, managed services, and open-source software has expanded, reinforcing the potential for cascading effects. Together, these developments confirm a shift from isolated cyber incidents to a more interconnected, systemic, and strategically driven threat landscape. Broader trends also point to growing pressure on cyber resilience, including a persistent cybersecurity skills gap - still estimated in the hundreds of thousands across the EU - and ongoing challenges in public awareness and incident reporting.

At EU level, several laws and initiatives are in place to address some of these challenges, mitigate their impacts, or strengthen the level of cybersecurity across the Union. The proposal for a Cybersecurity Act 2 (CSA2 proposal), adopted on 20 January 2026, clarifies and strengthens the mandate of the European Union Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA); improves the European Cybersecurity Certification Framework (ECCF) and addresses ICT supply chain security challenges. Specifically, with the trusted ICT supply chain framework, the proposal aims at de-risking the Union’s critical ICT supply chains, starting with the electronic communications sector. Anchored in the ICT supply chain framework, the new ECCF will deliver trust for critical ICT technologies such as 5G and cloud.

The CSA2 proposal also aims to establish a mechanism to validate the skills and experience acquired by cybersecurity professionals against a common set of criteria, defined at European level, and implemented at national level. By developing a mechanism of European individual cybersecurity skills attestations, it will facilitate skills portability and support the single market by supporting the emergence of new providers. The CSA2 proposal will have positive economic impacts by supporting cybersecurity professionals’ mobility, reducing labour and skills shortages in cybersecurity. It will create a market of cybersecurity attestations that are easy to understand for employers and learners, tailored to the European Union labour market.

The NIS2 Directive strengthens the cyber resilience of critical sectors in the EU by requiring essential and important entities in these sectors to take cybersecurity risk-management measures and to report significant incidents. By ensuring organisational measures, such as supply chain security measures, the Directive improves the cybersecurity baseline and supports the continuity of services that are essential for the society. Moreover, the Directive requires Member States put in place national cybersecurity strategies and coordination structures, supporting Member States’ overall cyber preparedness. At European level, the Directive creates cooperation networks (NIS Cooperation Group, CSIRTs Network and EU-CyCLONe), with the objective of promoting trust, confidence and cooperation between Member States. By creating an overarching framework for cybersecurity in critical sectors, the NIS2 Directive also supports the preparation of critical infrastructure sectors against emerging cybersecurity threats, such as cryptographically relevant quantum computers (CRQC).

Concerning the cybersecurity of specific critical sectors, the Commission has continued the implementation of the Action Plan on the cybersecurity of hospitals and healthcare providers, in cooperation with ENISA, the European Cybersecurity Competence Centre (ECCC) and Member States. The ECCC launched a call for proposals, allocating EUR 30 million to reinforce cybersecurity capacities in hospitals and healthcare providers, while ENISA issued guidance on cybersecurity practices in September 2025. ENISA has set up a cybersecurity support centre for hospitals and healthcare providers, financed under a Contribution Agreement through the Digital Europe Programme. Building on these and other relevant actions, the Commission will put forward recommendations to further refine the Action Plan.

As regards the security of products with digital elements, the implementation of the Cyber Resilience Act (CRA) will address insecure hardware and software products circulating in the internal market and being integrated in ICT supply chains across sectors. Products lacking embedded cybersecurity requirements expand the risk surface of SMEs and critical infrastructure as they present exploitable vulnerabilities, creating risks of cascading disruptions and threats to the European economy and society, as showcased by the recent Collins Aerospace incident targeting airline check-in and boarding software. Enforcing mandatory security-by-design and lifecycle obligations will improve Europe’s cyber resilience and make cybersecurity a market differentiator rather than an afterthought. Over time, the new EU cybersecurity regulatory framework will strengthen the EU’s cybersecurity overall preparedness, reduce dependencies on high-risk third-country suppliers and position the EU as a global standard-setter in secure digital ecosystems.

Looking ahead, future cybersecurity investment needs to build on what has already been achieved and focus on areas where strategic gaps remain. Key priorities relate to Europe’s preparedness, digital sovereignty, support regulatory implementation, and enable resilience in the face of accelerating threats and technological change. These priorities can be structured around three strategic investment pillars:

·Pillar 1 - Knowledge & R&I - This pillar strengthens Europe’s technological foundations.

·Pillar 2 - Industrial scale-up & market uptake “Made in the EU” - This pillar consolidates a competitive European cybersecurity industry.

·Pillar 3 - Resilience of the Digital Market and Infrastructures - This pillar strengthens operational resilience.

Cybersecurity must also be treated as a cross-cutting priority. The resilience of digital infrastructures, public services and sectoral systems depends on ensuring that capabilities developed under dedicated cybersecurity programmes are consistently embedded across all investment areas.

Recommendation:

Member States should reinforce cybersecurity in critical sectors and across the digital value chain, by:

(I)taking measures to enhance cybersecurity in critical sectors commensurate to the level of risk, ensuring effective cooperation between relevant national authorities, as mandated by the NIS2 Directive, ensuring timely implementation of the Cyber Resilience Act, and engaging with the European Commission and the EU Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA) on the new challenges posed by the cybersecurity capabilities of the most advanced AI models;

(II)de-risking ICT supply chains based on Union-level coordinated security risk assessments, mitigating dependencies and phasing out high-risk suppliers from key ICT assets in critical infrastructure, including in electronic communications networks;

(III)establishing structured multi-annual national funding mechanisms for cybersecurity, aligned with EU-level strategic priorities, to ensure the scale and continuity of investment required. Member States should allocate stable national funding envelopes dedicated to actions, such as the uptake of trusted European cybersecurity capabilities, the deployment of cybersecurity infrastructures, and the development of advanced cybersecurity solutions including dual-use, facilitating their access to later-stage capital. This coordinated investment effort should maximise the impact of Union programmes, reduce fragmentation, and provide the necessary critical mass to achieve strategic autonomy in key cybersecurity technologies. Similarly, strategic EU investment in AI cybersecurity capabilities and acceleration of adoption across strategic sectors will be critical to avoid a cyber offence-defence asymmetry in the near future;

(IV)continuing to develop the cybersecurity workforce by investing in skills on EU cross-border projects, and making use of the European Cybersecurity Skills Framework;

(V)putting in place measures to support the transition to Post -Quantum Cryptography in accordance with the timeline set in the Coordinated Implementation Roadmap for the Transition to Post Quantum Cryptography adopted in June 2025 68 ;

(VI)accelerating the actions foreseen in the Action Plan on cybersecurity of hospitals and healthcare providers, including the distribution of Cybersecurity Vouchers;

(VII)establishing robust and timely conformity assessment and supervision capabilities, providing targeted support - particularly to SMEs - to meet cybersecurity requirements, and fostering cross-border information sharing to strengthen product cybersecurity across the single market, notably in the context of the Cyber Resilience Act implementation;

(VIII)developing sovereign, interoperable secure communications tools based on open-source protocols in line with the Preparedness Union Strategy, ProtectEU Strategy and the Council Recommendation for a Cyber Crisis Management Blueprint, to reinforce the EU’s autonomy and strengthen the EU’s ability to manage crises and ensure operational resilience.

3.Protecting and empowering people, reducing burdens and harnessing digitalisation for sustainability

Since its adoption in 2023, the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles has informed the Digital Decade Policy Programme, serving as an anchor of the digital transformation of the EU towards its human-centric vision. The principles support the Digital Decade’s targets and guide actions in areas such as skills development, public services, solidarity and digital inclusion.

According to the Digital Decade Eurobarometer 2026, 51% of respondents consider that the EU protects their rights well in the digital environment. In addition, 85% of Europeans think the EU should cooperate with Member States to promote digital education and skills programs, while 84% think it is important that the EU fulfils the objective of ensuring that all EU citizens have basic digital skills (including AI literacy).

3.1.Digital skills for smart society and competitive economy

Empowering citizens and equipping workers with digital skills is at the core of Europe’s digital transformation, in line with the Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles. Digital skills are both a social and an economic imperative. Basic digital skills are essential for meaningful participation in society, access to services, inclusion, and democratic resilience, while the availability of highly skilled professionals, particularly ICT specialists, is critical to Europe’s competitiveness, technological sovereignty, and capacity to deploy advanced digital technologies.

This section therefore addresses both dimensions. It first examines progress and remaining gaps in basic digital skills across the population, with particular attention to unequal access and evolving needs linked to AI and cybersecurity. It then assesses the EU’s capacity to expand its pool of ICT specialists, a prerequisite for innovation, secure digital infrastructure and the wider uptake of advanced technologies across the economy.

In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investments of EUR 24 billion in basic digital skills (8% of the total budget). The 349 measures reported on the roadmaps primarily focus on improving digital skills in formal education and promoting digital inclusion. This emphasis is also evident in Member States’ roadmap adjustments.

For the training of ICT specialists, Member States reported investments of EUR 11.9 billion (4.1% of the total budget). The 208 measures on ICT specialists mainly focus on increasing the number of people with advanced and highly specialised digital skills, with around one third of these measures targeting individuals in formal education and approximately one quarter focusing on those already in employment. This focus is also reflected in Member States’ roadmap adjustments, which include a sharp increase in measures aimed at boosting advanced digital skills among women.

According to the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, the digital transformation should contribute to a fair and inclusive society and economy that leaves nobody behind. It should benefit everyone, achieve gender balance, and include notably older people, people living in rural areas, persons with disabilities, or marginalised, vulnerable or disenfranchised people and those who act on their behalf. In this regard and according to the 2026 Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 90% of Europeans think it is important for the EU to make digital tools more accessible for everyone (especially vulnerable groups, older ones, people with disabilities, etc.). In addition, according to Eurostat , 24.9% of citizens across Europe use the internet for civic or political participation.

3.1.1.Basic digital skills 

Over the last two years, the level of basic digital skills in the EU has increased significantly. The percentage of people with at least a basic level of digital skills rose by 4.8 percentage points, from 55.56% in 2023 to 60.39% in 2025. This represents a year-on-year increase of 4.3%, significantly higher than the yearly growth rate recorded between 2021 and 2023 (1.5%). Some Member States have made significant progress, with year-on-year increases of more than 6%, including Denmark, Romania, Ireland, Italy, Germany, Cyprus and Poland.

However, in 2025, the percentage of people with at least a basic level of digital skills still stood at only 92% of the ideal value of the Digital Decade trajectory (60.39% instead of 65.51%). According to the forecast along the updated baseline trajectory, only 85.6% of the target will be achieved by 2030implying that only 68.48% of the population is projected to have at least a basic level of digital skills, instead of the target of 80% ( Figure 15 ).

At this pace of progress, it will take eight additional years from the digital decade deadline to reach the full target, forecast to be reached in 2037 if no further actions are taken.

Figure 15: At least basic digital skills in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and revised baseline trajectory towards 2030.

Basic digital skills are essential for meaningful and safe participation in today’s digital economy and society. As shown by the Eurobarometer on Future Needs in Digital Education (2025) 69 , 89% of citizens agree that digital skills are essential for participation in society while more than eight in ten respondents (86%) agree that expanding digital skills training is important for improving the economy of their countries. Yet, a substantial share of Europeans still faces difficulties in acquiring them. Older people, individuals with low educational attainment, persons with disabilities, marginalised groups facing racial or ethnic discrimination, and those who are unemployed or outside the labour market remain particularly at risk of lacking basic digital skills. Disparities are also evident among younger generations: not all young people benefit equally from digital opportunities and factors such as unequal access to digital tools and infrastructure, as well as limited parental support, can significantly shape learning outcomes.

The barriers to acquiring digital skills go well beyond access to devices and internet connectivity. For older people the transition to new technological tools can be intimidating, especially where there is limited prior exposure, low confidence in using digital tools or a lack of age-appropriate training opportunities and guidance. People with lower educational attainment may face a double disadvantage: they may lack both foundational skills and the capacity for self-directed learning needed to improve their digital literacy. For those outside the labour market, digital upskilling may be deprioritised in favour of other skills perceived as more immediately relevant for re-entering employment. Language barriers can further restrict access when learning resources are not available in accessible formats or in learners’ native languages. More broadly, the rapid pace of technological change means that digital skills need to be constantly updated, a task that requires time and resources that many individuals may not have. Under the Union of Skills, Member States are encouraged to strengthen basic skills provided in formal education and expand training opportunities and participation in lifelong learning. The STEM Education Strategic Plan 70 highlights the importance of increasing the talent pipeline in STEM subjects, and among its actions proposes a 5% enrolment target in doctoral programmes in ICT by 2030. The need to address skills shortages in strategic sectors, including ICT and AI, is also reflected in the Council Recommendation on Human Capital 71 . The Commission plans to adopt an education package, which will complement the Action Plan on Basic Skills and the STEM Education Strategic Plan and will aim to establish a robust and inclusive EU digital education ecosystem, which will help Member States support children and young people who struggle with digital skills. Furthermore, the EU-OECD AI literacy framework for primary and secondary education will put forward a common approach to the competences young people need to develop already at school to understand and critically use AI.

Particular attention should be paid to the evolving nature of digital skills needs. The acceleration of AI uptake is changing the skills profile required for full participation in society and the economy. People face increasing concerns over the protection of their sensitive data, as well as the need to securely interact with AI-based tools and services 72 . Education and training systems therefore need to adapt not only to persistent gaps in basic digital skills, but also to new demands related to AI literacy and cybersecurity awareness. This challenge is especially acute for disadvantaged groups, including people with low socio-economic backgrounds, those living in remote areas, older people, persons with disabilities, and adults outside the labour market, who often need more accessible, targeted and flexible learning pathways. It also requires strengthening the capacity of education and training systems, including teachers, trainers and local providers, to respond to changing skills needs in an inclusive and effective way. 

Recommendation:

In line with the Digital Education Action Plan, Basic Skills Action Plan, the Apply AI Strategy, the STEM Education Strategic Plan, and the Council Recommendations on key enabling factors for digital education and training, improving the provision of digital skills and competences in education and training, and on human capital in the EU, Member States should prioritise coherent investments and policies to support digital education and skills, including:

(I)targeted policies and support for the most disadvantaged groups, including but not limited to people from low socio-economic backgrounds, those living in remote areas, those outside the labour market, older people and persons with disabilities marginalised groups facing racial or ethnic discrimination, as well as those insufficiently supported by formal education and workforce-based training;

(II)actions to strengthen digital and AI literacy and basic cybersecurity skills across the population, including through regular assessment and tailored education and training.

3.1.2.ICT Specialists

The total number of ICT specialists in employment rose by 260 000, from 10.2 million in 2024 to around 10.5 million in 2025. This reflects a 2.6% year-on-year growth in the number of employed ICT specialists. In 2025, ICT specialists still accounted for just 5.0% of total EU employment, substantially stable since the previous year and far from the EU target of 10% of total employment by 2030.

According to the baseline trajectory, around 12.2 million ICT specialists are expected to be employed by 2030, meaning that only 61% of the target will be achieved by 2030 ( Figure 16 ). In 2025, the value reached by this KPI stood at around 78% of the ideal trajectory value, with around 10.5 instead of 13.4 million. The full target - 20 million ICT specialists in employment by 2030 - is forecast to be reached only in 2052 if no further actions are taken.

Figure 16: ICT specialists in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade (DD) trajectory and revised baseline trajectory towards 2030.

In 2025, women accounted for 19.5% of employed ICT specialists, a figure unchanged since 2024. Over the past decade, the gender gap in ICT employment has remained pronounced, with men consistently outnumbering women by around 60 percentage points-women’s representation fluctuated between 16.2% and 19.5%, while men’s ranged from 80.5% to 83.8% ( Figure 17 ).

Despite a brief decline between 2013 and 2015, the share of women in ICT roles has grown gradually since 2012, albeit at a slow pace ( Figure 17 , left). In contrast, the proportion of men peaked in 2014-2015 and has since declined, yet it still exceeds women’s representation by more than fourfold ( Figure 17 , right).

Figure 17: Percentage of individuals employed in ICT specialists’ occupations in the EU by sex (2012-2025). The solid line shows the time trend since 2012. Left-hand side: percentage of women in total ICT specialists; right-hand side: percentage of men in total ICT specialists. Please note that the range of the y-axis is different in the two charts.

The need for ICT specialists is rising sharply. As the architects of Europe’s digital future, these professionals play a central role in deploying advanced technologies, increasing productivity, and delivering secure and efficient digital services.

The analysis of Online Job Advertisements (OJA) 73 reveals rapid shifts in specific skill requirements. Demand remains strongest for Data Science and Cybersecurity profiles, while cloud security skills are also rising significantly. The successful deployment of AI requires a complex mix of expertise in data management, cybersecurity, systems engineering and software development.

The rapid uptake of digital technologies across sectors, combined with replacement demand linked to retirement will put further pressure on the ICT workforce in the coming years. Shortages and mismatches are unevenly distributed across Member States, regions, sectors and firms, with stronger digital ecosystems generally better placed to attract and retain talent. Combined with the persistently low share of women among ICT specialists, this means that the European economy is still not making full use of its available talent base.

A number of structural challenges help explain this gap:

·There is a considerable mismatch of ICT skills in the European labour market. Many companies report difficulties in finding people with the required profile, a challenge made harder by rapidly changing skills demands linked to AI, the evolving data economy, and growing cybersecurity needs.

·There are key drop-off points (‘leaky pipeline’) for girls and women in ICT fields notably between secondary STEM education and specialised ICT studies, and between ICT qualifications and employment. This suggests that increasing girls’ participation in STEM alone will not be sufficient to close the gender gap. Evidence points to persistent barriers for women in the ICT workplace (‘leaky pipeline after entry’), including gender bias in recruitment and promotion, unequal recognition and pay, limited access to leadership roles, and greater caregiving responsibilities leading to more frequent career breaks.

·The relatively low number of new ICT graduates (tertiary and initial VET) entering the labour market presents a major challenge to reach the Digital Decade target. In 2023, the EU produced only 2.7 tertiary ICT graduates per 1 000 young people, compared to 3.7 in the US and 4.6 in the UK. Although Member States are seeking to adapt Higher Education Programmes to changing skills demands and increase the attractiveness of ICT careers, current efforts remain insufficient.

·Another challenge lies in the upskilling of existing ICT specialists. Businesses must ensure that their employees remain up to date with the latest ICT skills requirements, which requires substantial investment. In addition, a growing number of sector specialists such as healthcare professionals using AI-powered screening tools, need advanced digital skills to use digital technologies effectively. This increases competition for talent and calls for more dedicated approaches to ICT education, enabling workers with non-technical backgrounds to interact efficiently and safely with advanced digital technologies.

·The concentration of the ICT ecosystem around individual vendors also presents considerable challenges for upskilling and reskilling. As technologies become increasingly vendor-specific, professionals are often required to obtain specialised skills and certifications tailored to particular applications or platforms. Such dependencies may reduce the portability of skills across employers and technologies, make training pathways more fragmented and costly and weaken workforce adaptability and resilience.

Addressing these challenges will require stronger investment in the development and updating of education and training provision, particularly in cooperation with Industry, as well as more flexible learning pathways and netter translation of research outcomes into practical training content. It will also require stronger efforts towards attract and retain women in ICT studies and careers, more support for workforce and in-company upskilling and greater attention to the territorial and sectoral distribution of ICT talent, so that regions and smaller firms are not left behind.

Recommendation:

In line with the STEM Education Strategic Plan, the Council Recommendation on human capital, the Council Conclusions on European Competitiveness in the Digital Decade and the AI Continent Action Plan, Member States should support the expansion of the ICT workforce by:

(I)supporting early exposure of young people, particularly girls, to STEM education, and promoting access of women to ICT careers throughout the entire education and career pathway;

(II)promoting VET and lifelong learning in ICT and accelerating education and training course development in collaboration with industry, in particular through promoting and contributing to the EU Digital Skills Academies;

(III)expanding labour migration pathways to attract highly skilled ICT specialists from non-EU countries and incentivising the return of European ICT talent.

3.1.3.Protecting people, in particular minors, in the online space

Protecting citizens, in particular minors, from harmful and misleading content online remains one of the most pressing challenges of the digital age. In 2025, 55.9% of EU citizens aged 16-74 declared having been exposed to untrue or doubtful content online, an increase from 49.25% since 2023. This corresponds to an annual growth rate of 6.5 percentage points. This trend is also observed in the younger population, with 61.66% of individuals aged 16 to 24 exposed in 2023, increasing to 66.34% in 2025, reflecting an annual growth rate of 3.7 percentage points. There is a notable gap favouring young people, with a difference of 7.77 percentage points between those aged 16-24 and those aged 25-64. For the latter group, the exposure increased from 51.7% in 2023 to 58.57% in 2025, with an annual growth rate of 6.4 percentage points.

Turning to online verification of information, the European Union saw an increase from 24.29% in 2023 to 29.16% in 2025 for all individuals aged 16-74, indicating an annual growth rate of 9.6 percentage points. Among individuals aged 16 to 24, the percentage increased from 34.68% in 2023 to 39.49% in 2025, with an annual growth rate of 6.7 percentage points. The gap between young people and those aged 25-64 is 9.09 percentage points. For individuals aged 25 to 64, the percentage rose from 25.18% in 2023 to 30.4% in 2025, with an annual growth rate of 9.9 percentage points.

Regarding online exposure to hostile or degrading messages, the European Union experienced an increase from 33.5% in 2023 to 39.72% in 2025 for all individuals aged 16-74, reflecting an annual growth rate of 8.9 percentage points. For those aged 16 to 24, the exposure increased from 47.54% in 2023 to 52.99% in 2025, with an annual growth rate of 5.6 percentage points. The gap between young people and those aged 25-64 is 11.85 percentage points. For individuals aged 25 to 64, the exposure rose from 34.53% in 2023 to 41.14% in 2025, with an annual growth rate of 9.2 percentage points.

In summary, the data from the Eurostat surveys reveals a consistent increase in online exposure to both untrue or doubtful content and hostile or degrading messages among EU citizens from 2023 to 2025, with younger individuals particularly at risk. Encouragingly, this is accompanied by an increase in the practice of information verification, again most pronounced among younger individuals. While these trends suggest a growing awareness of online risks, the overall picture underlines the need for policymakers to enhance digital literacy programmes and strengthen measures to protect EU citizens in the digital space. The significant gaps between age groups should be considered when designing targeted interventions.

Preserving information integrity

With the digitalisation of the information space, citizens increasingly face challenges in accessing a plurality of information from independent and reliable sources. The 2025 Media Pluralism Monitor shows that there is a medium to high risk to media pluralism in 23 EU Member States. Additionally, online platforms and AI services increasingly capture news revenues, putting the news sector under significant economic pressure, ultimately threatening media independence and pluralism. This shows the need to strengthen financing mechanisms for news media, in ways that respect media independence, as well as to support news organisations in better harnessing new technological tools.

To counter the escalating threats of disinformation, foreign interference, and algorithmic amplification of harmful content, evidenced by the 6.5 percentage-point annual increase in exposure to untrue or doubtful content (2023-2025) and the growing fragmentation of media pluralism, Member States must fully utilise the EU’s existing legislative framework and non-binding instruments. These include the Digital Services Act (DSA), the Political Advertising Regulation, the AI Act, and the European Media Freedom Act (EMFA), as well as the voluntary Code of Conduct on Disinformation, which taken together form a cornerstone for systemic resilience. Several measures under the European Democracy Shield (EDS) as well as the EDMO Hubs provide important supportive frameworks, which complement efforts to ensure rigorous, coordinated enforcement of relevant EU legislative frameworks, both at EU and national levels.

Generative AI represents another evolving challenge. According to the latest Eurostat data , there is substantial uptake of generative AI tools, especially by the younger demographic. In 2025, 63.8% of young people aged 16-24 in the EU used generative artificial intelligence (AI) tools compared to just 32.7% of those aged 16-72.  Reports have shown that foreign powers have been trying to poison LLM training data through techniques such as AI grooming (one example of this is Russia’s Pravda network). Together with other problems noted in AI chatbots such as hallucinations or sycophancy, this creates a risk of untrue or doubtful content or even manipulation especially for the younger segment of the population.

Protecting children

According to the 2026 Digital Decade Eurobarometer survey, an overwhelming majority of respondents (93%) think it should be a high priority for the EU to further strengthen the protection of children and young people online.

With growing public concern over the risks children face in digital spaces, it is important to continue enhancing their online safety and well-being through robust regulatory and enforcement measures. In response to the demands by citizens, the Commission has been working on several streams to increase the well-being and safety of children online.

The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) already recognises that children merit specific protection regarding the processing of their personal data. Accordingly, organisations must implement child-specific data protection measures to provide a higher level of protection against the risks that may arise from children’s use of digital services. The GDPR also contains specific safeguards for minors, including the ‘right to be forgotten’, and establishes age-of-consent requirements for the processing of personal data by information society services, such as social media, online gaming and other digital platforms.

Further reinforcing these protections, Article 28 of the Digital Services Act (DSA) requires providers of online platforms of all sizes accessible to minors to ensure a high level of privacy, safety and security for minors on their services. To further boost online safety for children and young people under the DSA, the Commission adopted the Guidelines on the protection of minors in 2025. These guidelines set out a benchmark that the Commission uses to determine compliance in this area and outlines a non-exhaustive list of proportionate and appropriate measures to protect children from online risks such as grooming, harmful content, problematic and addictive behaviours, as well as cyberbullying and harmful commercial practices that may occur on online platforms accessible to minors. First enforcement actions have been taken against the providers of TikTok, Facebook and Instagram as well as pornographic-content online platforms. These investigations concern issues such as accessing age-inappropriate content, addictive behaviour, account settings and appropriate age assurance methods. Additionally, Digital Services Coordinators (DSCs) have started to enforce Article 28 of the DSA at the national level 74 .

To strengthen protection for young audiences in an evolving digital landscape, the Audiovisual Media Services Directive (AVMSD) imposes obligations on video sharing platforms providers to embed EU content standards and child-safeguarding measures into their operations. Under the AVMSD, all video-sharing platforms (VSPs) must include EU media content standards, notably those aimed at protecting minors from harmful content, in their terms and conditions. Their providers are also required to take appropriate measures (e.g. mechanisms to report or flag harmful content, age verification, parental control and content rating systems) to prevent minors from viewing harmful content. The Commission continues to monitor the implementation of the AVMSD by the Member States, including the provisions pertaining to the protection of minors. In addition, the Directive’s ongoing evaluation and review planned by Q3 2026 will assess whether more should be done to ensure that minors are protected when they view audiovisual content online, including when made available by influencers when they qualify as audiovisual media service providers.

In response to the growing epidemic of cyberbullying 75  the Commission has adopted an action plan against cyberbullying 76 . The initiative aims to strengthen the capacity to prevent, report and combat cyberbullying. The plan was prepared through targeted and public consultations involving children, researchers, experts, and the wider public.

The action plan is structured around three pillars:

·A coordinated EU approach to protection: The Commission will enforce existing laws while strengthening their focus on cyberbullying and invites Member States to develop national policies based on a shared understanding of the issue.

·Prevention and awareness: The plan promotes responsible digital habits from an early age and will provide EU-level tools developed with input from key stakeholders.

·Reporting and support: The plan ensures clear and accessible reporting and support for all, especially victims and bystanders. The Commission will support the rollout of an online safety app across Member States to help children report cyberbullying, store evidence and access assistance.

Lastly, efforts to establish an EU-wide approach to age verification are advancing, with the release of the blueprint for a secure, privacy-preserving and fully data-protection-compliant EU Age Verification solution in July 2025. On 15 April 2026, the Commission presented the feature-complete EU age verification solution. In parallel, and to accelerate progress across the EU, the Commission adopted a recommendation on 29 April 2026 urging Member States to make use of the age verification blueprint and draw up implementation plans to ensure swift adoption of national age verification solutions by 31 December 2026. The forerunner Member States (DK, FR, GR, IT, ES, CY and IE) are advancing with their implementation of the Age Verification solution, and the first national solutions are expected to be available mid-2026.

Recommendation:

Member States should reinforce the protection of people and minors in the online space, by:

(I)strengthening national implementation and enforcement of the Digital Services Act, including with targeted strategies countering Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI), drawing on the FIMI Toolbox to integrate cross-sectoral coordination, dedicate funds to research, fact-checking and media literacy initiatives, and implement secure information-sharing mechanisms;

(II)Member States should reinforce the protection of people and minors in the online space by ensuring sufficient administrative capacity of the Digital Services Coordinators to effectively enforce the Digital Services Act;

(III)implementing the harmonised privacy preserving EU age verification solution in the national EUDI Wallets or stand-alone applications, including systems for issuing proof-of-age attestations, and accelerating the issuance of electronic means of identification to minors;

(IV)implementing the action plan against cyberbullying through coordinated national approaches, prevention and awareness measures, and accessible reporting and support mechanisms;

(V)Member States should reinforce the protection of people and minors in the online space by ensuring sufficient administrative capacity of the Digital Services Coordinators to effectively enforce the Digital Services Act.

3.2.Efficient public services and administrative burden reduction

This section examines how the digital transformation of public services can improve efficiency, reduce administrative burden, and enhance accessibility for citizens and businesses across the Union. Building on the Digital Decade principles, it focuses on key enablers such as secure digital identity, interoperable services, and access to essential public services online. While progress is ongoing, further efforts are needed to streamline procedures, strengthen cross-border functionality, and ensure that digital solutions deliver tangible simplification benefits.

The European Digital Rights framework requires all Member States to offer citizens an accessible, voluntary, secure and trusted digital identity. This should in turn allow people to access a range of online services, including medical records and other healthcare data. According to the Digital Decade Eurobarometer 2026, 79% of Europeans think EU should cooperate with Member States to develop shared digital public services (e.g. digital ID, e-Health).

3.2.1.European Digital Identity and business wallets

The European Digital Identity (EUDI) Framework is a key enabler of Digital Decade targets. Electronic identification 77 allows people to securely verify their identity and access services across the EU. According to 2025 data, 52% of people aged 16-74 in the EU stated that they had used their eID to access online services for private purposes in the previous 12 months. Results vary significantly across Member States, from over 90% in Denmark (99%), Finland (96%), the Netherlands (95%), Sweden (92%), and Estonia (91%) to below 15% in Germany (15%), Slovakia (14%) and Bulgaria (12%). Some countries are showing rapid progress, with Cyprus improving its score from above 9% (2024) to 57% (2025).

Under Regulation (EU) 2024/1183 establishing the European Digital Identity (EUDI) Framework, each Member State is required to provide an EU Digital Identity Wallet by the end of 2026. All Member States are actively developing their European Digital Identity Wallets.

The EU Digital Identity Wallets build on the national digital identity systems already in place in several Member States. The new regulatory framework expands the functionalities and usability of national eIDs and ensures their mutual recognition across the EU.

To ensure that EUDI Wallets are secure, each national EUDI Wallet must be certified in accordance with the Cybersecurity Act complemented by national certification schemes to ensure compliance with functional and data protection requirements, in full respect of the GDPR.

Building on the EU Digital Identity framework, in addition to several other tools (the Single Digital Gateway, the Once Only Technical System, the Digital Product Passport, the European Unique Identifier) European Business Wallets are expected to provide a single, trusted digital infrastructure that allows businesses to operate seamlessly across the EU by reducing administrative burden, simplifying compliance with EU legislation both in a B-2-B or B-2-G, increasing legal certainty, and enabling secure data exchange. European Business Wallets will help companies automate everyday time-consuming administrative tasks. Instead of repeatedly and manually filling in forms, sending documents, or verifying information, businesses can reuse trusted data and complete processes automatically.

All limited liability companies registered in the EU have automatically been assigned a European Unique Identifier (EUID) since 2017. It will be assigned to all EU commercial partnerships by July 2028. The identifier allows, through a Business Registers Interconnection System (BRIS), public access to company information – including information on branches in other Member States – via the European e-Justice portal. The EUID is also used by the Beneficial Ownership Register Interconnection System (BORIS), where the EUID is assigned to all relevant entities, not only companies. In accordance with Directive 2025/25, BRIS will be linked with BORIS and the Insolvency Registers Interconnection System (IRI) by July 2028. The European Business Wallet will also use the EUID as a unique identifier contained in the Business Wallet owner identification data.

This means less back-and-forth, fewer errors, and faster execution - from onboarding partners to signing contracts or meeting compliance requirements. In practice, it frees up time and resources, allowing companies to turn compliance with EU legislation into competitive advantage and focus on growth instead of administration.

Recommendation:

Member States should ensure the timely deployment and uptake of the EU Digital Identity Wallet and prepare for the rollout of the European Business Wallet, by:

(I)ensuring the issuance of the Wallet by the December 2026 deadline and aligning national EUDI Wallets implementation roadmaps, including security certification and cross-border use cases;

(II)supporting the integration of the Wallets with key public and private services and use cases, in order to maximise the uptake and the economic impact of the EUDI Wallets, building on the continuing work of the large-scale pilots.

3.2.2.Digital Public Services for Citizens and businesses

In 2025, the EU made steady progress towards its Digital Decade targets for fully digital public services. The digital public service score for citizens rose by 2.3 points, from 82.3/100 in 2024 to 84.6/100 in 2025. This represents a year-on-year growth rate of 2.8%.

According to the forecast along the baseline trajectory, 92.3% of the target is expected to be achieved by 2030 ( Figure 18 ). In 2025, the score for citizens stood at about 87.6% of the ideal value along the Digital Decade trajectory (84.6/100 instead of 96.6/100). However, the full target - a score of 100 corresponding to the process fully online for all the services - is forecast to be reached only in 2058 if no further actions are taken. The score of cross-border online availability stood at 75.3/100 in 2025, up from 71.3/100 in 2024, representing a year-on-year growth rate of 5.6% and reflecting continued progress.

In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investing EUR 13.9 billion, representing approximately 4.8% of the total budget, to drive the digitalisation of key public services. This investment included a comprehensive set of 307 measures, of which more than half aim to increase the uptake, interoperability and accessibility of digital public services and around one-quarter focus on strengthening their security and resilience of these services.

Figure 18: Share of administrative steps that can be done online for major life events for citizens nationals and foreigners (0 = no steps can be done online; 100 = the whole process can be done online). Historical data, Digital Decade and revised baseline trajectory.

The digital public service score for businesses rose by 2.4 points, from 86.2/100 in 2024 to 88.6/100 in 2025. This represents a year-on-year growth rate of 2.7%

According to the forecast along the baseline trajectory, 93.7% of the target is expected to be achieved by 2030 ( Figure 19 ). In 2025, the score for businesses stood at 91% of the ideal value along the Digital Decade trajectory (88.6/100 instead of 97.4/100). However, the full target, a score of 100 corresponding to the process fully online for all the services, is forecast to be reached not earlier than 2063 if no further actions are taken. The score of cross-border online availability stood at 78.4/100 in 2025, up from 73.8/100 in 2024, representing approximately a year-on-year growth rate of 6.2%

Figure 19: Share of public services needed to start a business and conduct regular business operations that are available online for national and for foreign users (0 = no steps can be done online; 100 = the whole process can be done online). Historical data, Digital Decade and revised baseline trajectory.

Member States, supported by a comprehensive EU policy framework, have undertaken significant actions to develop secure, interoperable and user-centric digital public services. These collective efforts have led to measurable improvements in availability and usability across the Union. However, implementation remains uneven, with persistent gaps in cross-border service provision, interoperability in practice, and emerging challenges related to security, advanced technologies and digital sovereignty. In addition, territorial evidence highlights that the effectiveness of digital public services depends not only on their availability but also on their accessibility, usability and integration into local contexts, which can vary significantly within Member States 78 .

This is particularly important given emerging evidence that increasing digitalisation risks creating unequal access to public services. While 68% of EU residents interacted digitally with public authorities in 2025, significant disparities exist. According to Eurostat, there is a gap of 21 percentage points between 25–64 and 65–74 years old, and highly educated individuals are twice as likely to interact digitally with public authorities as those with low educational attainment. Additionally, Eurofound 79 research warns that digital-by-default approaches can disadvantage those with lower digital skills, limited internet access, disabilities, or complex needs. Member States have stressed the need for accessible and inclusive service delivery models to avoid reinforcing existing inequalities 80 .Cross-border service provision remains the main structural bottleneck. Despite progress, a substantial number of services still require further development to meet Digital Decade targets. Key sectors affecting mobility, in particular health and justice (for example, starting a small claims procedure) still struggle to provide fully online cross-border services for citizens. Beyond small claims, digitalisation of other cross-border judicial proceedings is underway, but implementation is costly and takes time. Similarly, digitalising permits, official business certificates and proof documentation remain most complex for businesses operating cross-border. This reflects the fact that, while interoperability frameworks are well established at EU level, their implementation across administrations is still ongoing. Core components, including cross-border data exchange and the once-only principle, are not yet fully operational in practice and not implemented in all policy domains of the public sector. In particular, the operationalisation of the once-only principle through the Once-Only Technical System (OOTS) remains incomplete, with many authorities not yet fully connected. In addition, while Member States increasingly rely on external providers for the development and delivery of digital public services, public procurement is not yet systematically leveraged to steer the development and uptake of secure, interoperable and sovereign digital solutions. A significant progress is expected under Directive 2025/25 on upgrading the use of digital tools and processes in company law. This will allow companies to obtain an EU Company Certificate from national business registers or through the system of interconnection of registers (BRIS) for different purposes, including in administrative procedures before national authorities or Union institutions and bodies, and in judicial proceedings in other Member States. The EU Company Certificate will be issued and certified by national business registers and will include essential information used by companies in cross-border situations, such as the company name, its registered office, legal representatives or the object of the company. The electronic EU Company Certificate will be authenticated by using trust services as referred to in Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Company law acquis already provides for online formation, registration and filing procedures, relying on the interconnection of business registers and covering cross-borders corporate reorganisation operations (conversions, mergers, divisions). The proposal for a Regulation on the 28th regime corporate legal framework ‘EU Inc.’ significantly streamlines cross-border scaling-up through fully digital procedures accessible through the Business Wallets, and the development of an EU central interface, based on the BRIS infrastructure.

Progress in local digital capabilities is currently foundational but limited, consisting mainly of isolated pilots in cities. Although Member States and local and regional authorities are increasingly investing in data-driven governance, these efforts remain largely fragmented and project-based, with limited cross-border coordination. However, the transition from these experiments to large-scale, reusable digital solutions is now being enabled through newly established legal and governance structures, notably the Local Digital Twin (LDT) CitiVERSE EDIC. Involving 15 Member States, this consortium focuses on scaling up advanced, AI-based urban planning simulations and generative AI, VR/XR applications to improve citizen interaction, establishing a common infrastructure that directly supports the cross-border reuse of proven digital public services across European cities.

Other EU-level instruments, including the Interoperable Europe Act, the Single Digital Gateway Regulation and the European Digital Identity framework, provide additional foundation for cross-border data exchange and authentication. Their effectiveness, however, depends on sustained and coordinated implementation by Member States.

Progress is also visible in enabling functionalities and user experience, notably through the increased use of pre-filled forms to reduce administrative burden and the continued high performance of user support and mobile-friendly services.

Common challenges persist in security, sovereignty and the uptake of advanced technologies. While improvements have been recorded, uneven compliance with security controls and secure Internet standards across public sector websites indicates the need for further efforts to strengthen trust and readiness to face an evolving threat landscape. In parallel, reliance on non-EU network operators for the hosting and network-level delivery of government websites and email services raises shared concerns regarding digital sovereignty and long-term resilience. This underlines the need for a more strategic approach to the development and deployment of sovereign digital solutions within the public sector, including through choices made in service design, infrastructure and procurement.

Finally, while Member States are exploring artificial intelligence in public service delivery, including through chatbots for user support, its deployment remains at an early stage, limiting its impact on efficiency and user experience.

Overall, Member States have made steady progress, but achieving fully interoperable, secure and sovereign cross-border digital public services by 2030 will require sustained and coordinated collective action across the Union.

Recommendation:

Member States should step up coordinated investments and regulatory measures to develop and deploy secure, sovereign and interoperable digital solutions for online public and government services, including:

(I)accelerating the connection of competent authorities to the Once-Only Technical System (OOTS) and the full implementation of the Single Digital Gateway Regulation;

(II)making more systematic use of public procurement to support the development and uptake of secure and sovereign digital solutions across the Union;

(III)strengthening the cross-border dimension of public services through the Interoperable Europe Act framework and engagement with the IMPACTS-EDIC.

(IV)engaging with multi-country initiatives, as the LDT CitiVERSE EDIC, to enable their cities and regions to deploy AI-driven urban solutions and leverage reusable cross-border services.

3.2.3.e-Health 

The conceptual framework of the e-Health indicator is focused on the availability of electronic health data for European citizens and does not measure actual usage of online health data access services. The framework consists of four thematic dimensions, each including indicators that measure key aspects of the availability of online access to electronic health record data. In total, there are 12 sub-indicators in total at country level that describe:

1. the nationwide availability of online access to electronic health data;

2. the categories of accessible health data;

3. the availability of authentication schemes, type of front-end solutions and their coverage;

4. accessibility for certain categories of people, including vulnerable groups.

The composite e-Health indicator is an aggregate measure of the scores of each thematic dimension calculated as an average of the 12 sub-indicators.

The baseline trajectory is estimated on the basis of the three available data points, from 2022 to 2025. The observed points are well above the ideal path connecting the e-Health indicator value at the start of the programme with its EU target value (100/100) ( Figure 20 ). The access to eHealth indicator rose by 3.8 points, from 82.7 in 2024 to 86.5 in 2025. This represents a year-on-year increase of 4.6%. According to the forecast along the baseline trajectory, the target is expected to be achieved by 2028 ( Figure 20 ).

Figure 20: e-Health composite indicator. Historical data, Digital Decade and revised baseline trajectory.

Accelerating the digitisation of health systems to improve access to and sharing of electronic health records (EHRs) is crucial for boosting EU competitiveness and technological sovereignty 81 . EU Member States are taking significant steps in this direction by setting up public services to facilitate access to health data for primary and secondary use as mandated under the European Health Data Space (EHDS) Regulation . By leveraging a strong regulatory framework, collaborative resource pooling, advanced data infrastructures, and high-performance computing facilities, health data can be harnessed to develop the next generation of European AI models for personalised disease prevention and precision medicine. These solutions have the potential to address rising healthcare costs by promoting simplification and efficiency, ultimately leading to better outcomes for citizens.

According to the OECD's live repository of AI strategies & policies , at least 19 EU Member States recognise health as a crucial sector in their national AI strategies or related initiatives. However, AI adoption and integration in healthcare across the EU remain limited and uneven. Although 94% of EU healthcare providers are already using or planning to invest in AI within the next four years, challenges persist in scaling up investment and integrating advanced technology into often under-resourced healthcare systems 82  .

In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investing EUR 7.7 billion to support e-Health services (all coming from public budgets), with approximately 98 measures, most of them focusing on accessibility and uptake.

Addressing these issues requires targeted policy measures at national and European levels. The Commission announced in the Apply AI Strategy  four flagship initiatives to boost AI adoption in healthcare and pharmaceuticals. The  network of European AI-powered advanced screening centres will speed up the introduction of innovative solutions for prevention, early detection and diagnosis in cancer and cardiovascular diseases, while the  European Network of Expertise on AI Deployment in Healthcare will consolidate guidelines and best practices to safely and effectively integrate AI in healthcare settings.

EU Member States are progressing towards achieving universal citizen access to their EHRs by 2030, as indicated by this year's e-Health indicator. Efforts are also ongoing to ensure that national, regional and local health information systems are operational by March 2029 for health data to be processed in line with the EHDS Regulation. This will provide robust governance and accelerate the implementation of necessary infrastructures, ensuring continuity of care by connecting various providers, and enhancing accessibility of health data for citizens and other authorised users. Moreover, mature health information systems will support the deployment of AI solutions by enabling the safeguarded secondary use of anonymised or pseudonymised health records.

However, progress remains uneven across Member States, reflecting differences in administrative capacity, digital maturity, and investment levels. Insufficient funding, digital skills and readiness among healthcare professionals, as well as inconsistencies in data quality and harmonisation across healthcare providers limit interoperability and information exchange within and across health systems. The EHDS Regulation provides an opportunity to address these issues. It mandates the establishment of Digital Health Authorities and health data access services for primary use, as well as Health Data Access Bodies for secondary use by March 2027 83 .

Finally, European initiatives are paving the way for the cross-border harmonisation, secure storage, processing and analysis of health data for high-impact use cases, such as genomics and imaging-AI. The Genomic Data Infrastructure (GDI) and Cancer Image Europe platform (EUCAIM) projects are developing federated infrastructures and governance which aim to support and complement the implementation of the EHDS. In GDI, more than half of EU Member States are expected to have operational federated infrastructures by late 2026, advancing towards a secure and decentralised access to genomic and clinical data across Europe. The Cancer Image Europe Platform already supports the optimisation of the use of medical imaging and AI for personalised cancer care offering over 80 medical imaging datasets, preprocessing tools, and capabilities for distributed AI algorithm training.

Building on the above, new investments in the digitalisation of health systems to facilitate the adoption and integration of AI in healthcare are needed. This involves leveraging the EHDS and secure federated health data infrastructures to ensure safe storage, processing, and analysis of health data, as well as enhancing the digital skills and readiness of healthcare professionals.

Recommendation:

Member States should continue to cooperate and invest in the digitalisation of healthcare systems to strengthen the EU's competitiveness and strategic sovereignty while improving health outcomes for citizens, by:

(I)establishing the necessary public services and health information systems to enable universal citizen access to their electronic health records and to facilitate secure access to health data for secondary use, in line with the EHDS Regulation;

(II)advancing the development and deployment of safe, trustworthy AI in healthcare by developing and implementing national strategies and roadmaps with monitoring frameworks;

(III)accelerating cooperation on European health data infrastructures through EDICs and supporting the participation of healthcare organisations in the activities of the Apply AI Strategy's Network of AI-powered Advanced Medical Centres.



3.3.Digital for decarbonisation and sustainable technologies

Digitalisation can help decarbonise and make Europe’s economy more resource efficient, but these benefits are not automatic. They depend on whether digital solutions deliver a measurable net positive impact and whether the expansion of digital infrastructures remains compatible with energy, water and material constraints. This section therefore looks at both sides of the equation: digital for sustainability, and the sustainability of digital itself. When citizens were asked about the synergies between digital and green transitions in the Digital Decade Eurobarometer 2026, 50% of them positioned the green digital technologies (e.g. energy-saving tech) between the technologies that will have the most positive impact on their daily life in the next 10 years. In addition, 78% of respondents think AI should be developed as a priority in an environmentally sustainable way (e.g. using renewable and clean energy).

The revised Digital Decade National Roadmaps include 62 measures from 18 Member States contributing simultaneously to the Digital Decade’s green and digital objectives. Of these 59 measures, 37 are specifically designed to simultaneously address those green and digital objectives, with a total investment of EUR 222.2 million.

3.3.1.Sustainable digitalisation for competitiveness, resilience and net positive impacts 

Sustainability is no longer only an environmental objective. It is increasingly a driver of industrial growth, competitiveness, innovation and resilience. However, digital contribution to climate neutrality and circular economy (clean industry) is not automatic. It depends on achieving a measurable net positive climate impact and realising its potential in enabling circular, profitable and future proof business models.

 A fundamental issue to ensuring such net positive impacts is the pacing problem: the speed of technological change in digital markets, particularly AI and compute infrastructures, often exceeds the speed of policy, permitting and reporting systems. This creates a growing need for faster monitoring, comparable sustainability metrics, and earlier coordination between digital, energy and environmental authorities.

The convergence of digital and green strategies can strengthen the EU’s competitiveness, sovereignty and resilience while contributing to achieving climate goals. Enabling smart technologies and making digital infrastructure more environmentally friendly reduces operational costs and encourages consumer adoption. GreenTech development will depend heavily on digital capabilities such as connectivity, AI infrastructure, cloud-edge systems, semiconductors, interoperable data systems and circular digital hardware 84 . The digital layer enabling this transformation needs to be built, scaled and anchored in the EU, with the potential to optimise supply chains and creates profitable, circular business models. All these factors contribute to decarbonisation and strengthen Europe’s position in the green technology sector.

The digital sector’s “hidden” material footprint remains a primary threat to European strategic autonomy. The production of digital devices relies on significant volumes of raw materials, many of them not found in the EU, energy, water and complex global supply chains, increasing the EU’s exposure to external dependencies and resource risks.

AI is increasingly acknowledged as a transformative force for the green transition. It can serve as a key enabler of system intelligence, improving renewable forecasting, grid balancing and predictive maintenance, and enabling flexible demand that adjusts to variable solar and wind output. AI-based fault detection can reduce outage durations by 30 to 50%, and remote sensors combined with AI-based management could unlock up to 175 GW of additional transmission capacity without any new lines being built, according to the IEA's Energy and AI report (2025) 85 . Much of AI's environmental footprint is concentrated in a relatively small number of large, power-intensive data centres, with a typical AI-focused facility consuming as much electricity as 100 000 households 86 . This dual reality makes transparent monitoring and proportionate governance increasingly important.

3.3.2.Rising environmental concerns: electricity, water and material demand for digital transition

Despite the promising benefits of digitalisation for the green transition, the environmental footprint of the digital economy is intensifying. In 2025, data centres in Europe consumed approximately 72 terawatt-hours (TWh) of electricity, compared to 70 TWh in 2024, highlighting the sector’s substantial and rising energy requirements. By 2030, electricity usage by data centres in Europe is expected to rise towards 115 TWh, an increase by at least 45 TWh compared to 2025. 87 While data centres are major energy consumers, they also have the potential to enhance system flexibility and demand response. Under the right conditions, they can offer grid services through on-site battery storage, adaptable cooling systems, load shifting, or by transferring computing tasks from one region to another as a form of sustained curtailment.

Water use is also becoming more relevant, particularly in regions facing water stress. Data centre cooling technologies, site selection and reuse of waste heat and water should therefore be considered as part of sustainable infrastructure planning.

Material circularity remains another strategic challenge. The EU currently recovers less than 1% of rare earth elements from end-of-life products, while supply chains remain highly concentrated. In 2024, 95% of EU imports of rare earth elements came from China, Malaysia and Russia combined 88 .

These developments underline the need for a system-level resource management approach, ensuring that the deployment of digital infrastructure remains compatible with energy system constraints, water availability and material sustainability, particularly in regions facing resource stress 89 .

3.3.3.EU actions to unlock the twin green digital transition

The EU is deploying a broad policy toolbox that addresses both digitalisation as an enabler of sustainability and the sustainability of digital infrastructures themselves. 

For instance, measuring and reducing the environmental footprint of telecommunications networks requires dedicated policy instruments. To this end, the Commission published in January 2026 an EU Code of Conduct (EU CoC) for the sustainability of telecommunications networks 90 , as announced in the 2022 Digitalising the Energy System Action Plan 91 . The Commission consulted telecoms stakeholders broadly for the preparation of this EU CoC, which is voluntary. References to the EU CoC are included in the Commission’s Digital Networks Act (DNA) proposal 92 , which is currently in inter-institutional negotiations. Feedback from stakeholders that implement the EU CoC will generate data on sustainability in telecommunications networks, as part of the broader ICT sector. Telecoms stakeholders are therefore encouraged to implement the EU CoC and share their feedback.

In March 2026, the Commission proposed the Industrial Accelerator Act, providing a new set of measures to increase the demand for low-carbon and European-made technologies and products. Building on the Single Market, the proposal will boost sustainable manufacturing and accelerate industry’s shift to cleaner, future-ready technologies.

In December 2025 the Commission also presented the European Strategy for Housing Construction, as part of the European Affordable Housing Plan. The Strategy aims to strengthen the productivity and innovation in construction and promoting advanced construction materials and methods, such as digitalisation, to increase resource efficiency.

The European Green Digital Coalition (EGDC) is an initiative of companies, supported by the European Commission and the European Parliament, which works towards supporting the green transition through digital technologies while reducing the environmental footprint of the ICT sector itself. In its first phase, launched in 2021, the EGDC developed a methodology for assessing the net climate impact of digital solutions. This helps policymakers and industry understand how digital technologies contribute to emissions reductions and supports access to green finance.

The second phase of the initiative began in March 2025 and focuses on applying this methodology to real world projects. Around fifty use cases across sectors such as energy, transport, agriculture and buildings are currently being analysed to demonstrate how digital solutions can reduce emissions while strengthening Europe’s industrial competitiveness.

In addition, the Green Deal Data Space (GDDS), backed by the Digital Europe Programme, is bringing together over 500 datasets as well as implementing 10 use-cases 93 across the domains of climate, biodiversity, pollution, and the circular economy, assisting stakeholders in their pursuit of Green Deal objectives.

The Digital Product Passport (DPP) is a key instrument under the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation and an important element of the EU’s circular economy framework. It introduces digital tools that allow information about products, such as materials used, repairability, recyclability and environmental performance, to be stored and accessed throughout the value chains. The DPP improves transparency and traceability of materials, facilitates recycling and secondary markets, and enables companies to demonstrate the sustainability performance of their products. It creates opportunities for European digital companies to develop new data infrastructures and services supporting circular value chains.

The Cloud and AI Development Act will address the urgent and growing data centre capacity gap, aiming to at least triple the EU’s data centre capacity within the next five to seven years. It harmonises the conditions for investment in data centres across the EU, with a focus on sustainable and innovative data centres, ensuring their operators have access to land, finance and energy in the EU. Without strategic energy planning and a focus on sustainable infrastructures, data centre expansion will particularly challenge existing hubs and regions with high strain on natural resources, with a risk of crowding out electrification objectives in other sectors and generating increasing public opposition. Policy intervention is therefore essential to uphold consistency with the European Climate Law and ensure that possible national data centre acceleration policies do not result in a race-to-the-bottom in terms of sustainability and minimise environmental impacts and grid strain 94 .

The Action Plan on Digitalising the Energy System continues to generate concrete policy outputs. Building on it, the Commission's Affordable Energy Action Plan of February 2025 announced a Strategic Roadmap for Digitalisation and AI in the Energy Sector, with a public consultation drawing over 300 contributions between August and November 2025 95 . The roadmap 96 will build on the 2022 Action Plan and set out measures to prepare for the energy system of tomorrow, including both challenges and opportunities linked to large-scale AI deployment in the energy sector. Specifically, it will establish an EU coordination framework to facilitate access to energy data and create a market for innovative services such as demand-side flexibility and bidirectional EV charging, build on ongoing work on smart grid indicators and digital twins for EU electricity networks, and improve the sustainable integration of data centres into EU electricity grids, including through a classification system and possibly minimum performance standards.

3.3.4.Member State actions towards the twin green and digital transition 

Several Member States are also developing national approaches. Examples include digital product information tools supporting circularity, eco-design approaches for digital services, and national strategies on sustainable digitalisation and resource efficiency.

France has taken a legislative approach, combining the 2021 Climate and Resilience Law with an eco-responsible digital strategy and sector-specific measurement methodologies to reduce the environmental footprint of digital services, including requirements applicable to public digital services from 2024 and mandatory sustainable digital strategies for municipalities above 50 000 inhabitants from 2025 97 . The Netherlands is advancing the  Sustainable Digitalisation Action Programme 2026-2028,  with actions supporting companies to make more sustainable decisions, and monitoring the impact of the digital sector through an inventory of data. In Luxembourg, the Leneda platform , launched officially in March 2025 by transmission system operator Creos, provides consumers, producers and businesses with access to electricity and gas data, enabling monitoring of load profiles and consumption patterns, with energy market processes progressively integrated from spring 2025. Designed to eventually incorporate water and heat data, Leneda represents a concrete implementation of energy data space objectives at national level.

3.3.5.Reforms and investments needed to accelerate the green and digital transition

The Council conclusions on European Competitiveness in the Digital Decade of 5 December 2025 invite the Commission to develop targets related to a greener digital transition and to incentivise the deployment of sustainable and innovative technologies for climate action. Against this backdrop, several structural gaps need to be addressed.

Energy and water consumption data for the ICT sector remain fragmented and largely self-reported, although harmonised metrics for measuring the net climate impact of digital solutions are available at EU level as well as existing practices such as the Climate Neutral Data Centre Pact and the Energy Efficiency Directive. The environmental impact of digital infrastructures is measured through several existing frameworks, including the Energy Efficiency Directive delegated act for data centres, the WEEE Directive for e-waste, the EU CoC for sustainable telecoms networks, and the European Green Digital Coalition methodology for the net climate impact of digital solutions. However, implementation remains uneven across Member States, and coverage beyond data centres and telecoms KPIs is still partial.

Coordination between digital, energy and environmental authorities is uneven across Member States, and the alignment between EU research and innovation funding streams, Cohesion Policy and the European Competitiveness Fund remain insufficient.

Circularity of digital hardware is critically underdeveloped. Sovereign computing capacity, particularly for local AI inference within European jurisdictions, requires new models such as Hardware-as-a-Service. The speed of AI infrastructure deployment consistently outpaces permitting, reporting and grid integration systems, and the environmental externalities of compute-intensive AI systems are not yet internalised through financing mechanisms based on a polluter pays approach.

Recommendation:

Member States should advance the green digital transition by integrating sustainability into digital policies, investments and governance frameworks, by:

(I)strengthening coordination between national digital, energy and environmental authorities, integrating, where relevant, sustainability criteria into digital strategies policies and investments

(II)supporting the development and uptake of harmonised environmental impact metrics for digital solutions and infrastructures, including energy consumptions and net carbon impact, building on established rules, methodologies and practices (Digital Coalition, Climate Neutral Data Centre Pact, Energy Efficiency Directive, EU Code of Conduct for the sustainability of telecommunications networks);

(III)align EU research and innovation funding streams with Cohesion Policy and the European Competitiveness Fund to deploy environmentally beneficial digital solutions in transport, industrial processes, agriculture and climate action;

(IV)promoting circularity instruments and solutions such as the Digital Product Passport and Hardware-as-a-Service;

(V)ensuring national data centre expansion policies remain compatible with energy system constraints and environmental commitments and exploring incentive mechanisms for sustainable AI systems. 

4.Funding the Digital Decade

Achieving the Digital Decade requires not only stronger policies and governance but also sustained and better targeted investment at both EU and national level. This section looks at how current funding instruments are supporting the digital transition, what implementation lessons can already be drawn from major programmes such as the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), how cross-border investment mechanisms are evolving, and where the main financing gaps remain for the next programming period.

The digital transition is a core element of the Commission’s investment strategy for competitiveness. The 2026 stocktaking exercise revealed that nearly all EU budget programmes contribute to the digital transition, channelling EUR 229 billion to that purpose between 2021 and 2025, representing almost 14.5% of the total EU budget for that period 98 . A significant share of the EU budget supporting the digital transition comes from the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), which as of April 2026 accounts for EUR 133.1 billion in public digital investments.

Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) contribution to the Digital Decade targets

The recent Joint Research Centre (JRC) report shows that of this EUR 133 billion, EUR 120.4 billion is considered to be contributing directly to Digital Decade targets and objectives. Among the Digital Decade cardinal points, the largest estimated expenditure is dedicated to digitalisation of businesses (36%) and digitalisation of public services (31%), followed by digital skills (18%) and digital infrastructure (15%).

RRF budget (EUR million)

Other DD objectives

12 733

Basic digital skills

13 110

ICT specialists

8 713

Gigabit network coverage

10 195

5G coverage

1 654

Semiconductors

4 917

Edge nodes

0

Quantum computing

985

Cloud computing services

5 453

Data analytics

4 665

Artificial Intelligence

5 219

SMEs digital intensity

13 994

Unicorns

13 997

e-ID

445

Digital public services

23 593

Electronic health records

13 455

Total DD-relevant budget

120 396

Source: JRC Calculations

In addition, a total of 25% of the RRF reforms are aimed at strengthening public institutions, the digitalisation of public services, education and cybersecurity, while 13% improve skills and labour market outcomes 99 . Over 55% of RRF funds have been disbursed 100 , with significant implementation progress during the last reporting period 101 , although the Commission stressed that implementation needs to accelerate in most Member States.

By 2030, digital RRF investments are estimated to generate a cumulative economic impact of EUR 219 billion within the EU and EUR 302 billion globally (corresponding to a multiplier of 1.5 within the EU and 2.0 globally, significantly higher than the overall impact of RRF spending) 102 . Of the total EU impact, around EUR 51 billion arises from cross-border spillover effects, confirming the Single Market as a key transmission channel and reinforcing the case for coordinated EU action.

Lessons learned from implementation of digital measures under the RRF, as shared in the Digital Decade Board, reflecting the views from Spain, Croatia, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Portugal, point to a common set of delivery constraints and design improvements for the future programming period. First, administrative burden and reporting requirements often proved disproportionate, particularly for smaller projects for which complex compliance obligations can undermine accessibility and effectiveness unless proportionality is built into control and audit expectations. Secondly, in large-scale initiatives, implementation delays were frequently driven by complex public procurement procedures, demanding data integration and interoperability requirements, and an underestimation of the digital maturity of existing (often legacy) systems. Progress also became highly dependent on suppliers, meaning that even minor setbacks could stall entire programmes. Thirdly, digital policy and especially innovative and advanced technologies require greater design flexibility: projects involving fast-evolving solutions need space for testing, pilots and iterative development, alongside more adaptable milestones, targets and implementation pathways. These challenges are compounded by limited specialised expertise within Member States and by the inherent difficulty of forecasting demand and uptake for novel digital technologies. Finally, implementation would benefit from stronger multi-level coordination that better reflects the operational role of regional and local authorities, with clearer allocation of responsibilities and decision-making across EU, national and regional levels to reduce friction, improve sequencing and accelerate delivery.

Advancing cross-border collaboration for digital investments

Through multi-country projects (MCPs), Member States and the Commission are stepping up cooperation to build strategic digital capacities that no single country could deliver alone. In 2025-2026, this has led to tangible progress in setting up and advancing European Digital Infrastructure Consortia (EDICs).

Two new EDICs have been established: the Digital Commons EDIC, which aims to support the development and scaling of digital commons by improving access to funding and strengthening public contributions; and the IMPACTS-EDIC, which focuses on enhancing public services through innovative interoperability solutions.

In parallel, earlier initiatives have moved from planning to implementation. The Alliance for Language Technologies (ALT-EDIC) has begun deploying newest Language Technologies in domains such as public services, telecommunications, energy and science. The Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC (LDT EDIC) became fully operational following the appointment of its director in November 2025. In addition, the EUROPEUM-EDIC completed the transfer of the European Blockchain Services Infrastructure from the European Commission in the first quarter of 2026.

Moreover, formal applications for new EDICs have been submitted to the Commission in areas such as cybersecurity skills and agri-food, with additional proposals - particularly in genomics and mobility - expected in 2026 or early 2027. These developments open important opportunities to scale interoperable infrastructures, pool investments and strengthen Europe’s digital sovereignty, but they also highlight challenges related to governance complexity, long-term sustainability and effective uptake.

Overall, these developments show a shift from coordination to concrete delivery, with EDICs increasingly operational, expanding their membership and starting to produce initial results. An updated overview of the EDICs established is available at the Commission webpage of the European Digital Infrastructure Consortia .

Member States are also advancing Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEIs). Existing initiatives in microelectronics (IPCEI-ME/CT) and cloud (IPCEI-CIS) are now fully operational and mobilising substantial public and private investments. The recently approved Tech4Cure IPCEI is expected to drive innovation in AI-enabled healthcare. Meanwhile, new IPCEI candidates are under design in strategic areas such as AI technologies, computing infrastructure and advanced semiconductor technologies.

Investment needs for the digital transition

Public funding also needs to ensure the right balance between budget predictability and flexibility. While a stable and predictable trajectory needs to be the basis for budget planning, the fast-evolving nature of technological development requires the ability to respond swiftly to emerging priorities and trends in certain areas. Joint Undertakings (JUs), for instance, are well equipped in this regard, with agile procedures that allow them to adapt work programmes swiftly when new urgencies arise. By pooling public and private resources at scale, JUs have played a pivotal role in aligning strategic agendas, and fostering robust ecosystems around key EU policy priorities, thereby strengthening Europe’s competitiveness and technological sovereignty. However, Member States’ financial planning has not always been sufficiently flexible to accommodate emerging needs and changing priorities, at the pace required by the fast pace of technological development. Beyond public funding, mobilising private investments plays a crucial role. The EU is increasingly using its budget to support private digital investment through tools such as InvestEU, Joint Undertakings (JUs), and Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs). As of March 2026, InvestEU has mobilised finance for investments for EUR 318 billion, out of which more than EUR 200 billion from private sources. Out of those, EUR 23.34 billion is supporting digitisation and EUR 13.44 billion are related to strategic investments on critical infrastructure, cybersecurity, space and defence. 

However, financial instruments are not yet fully taken advantage of in all programmes 103 and often lack a strong policy steer or the scale needed to address systemic investment gaps. Blending instruments and budgetary guarantees (e.g. InvestEU) show promising results in this area. Depending on the level of technology readiness, leveraging factors from financial instruments (i.e. the amount of private money that is invested alongside every euro of public money) are currently around 3 for early-stage deep-tech companies (European Innovation Council Fund equity) and around 5.62 from the InvestEU guarantee 104 . Overall, the EU faces a substantial and urgent need to increase investment in digital technologies, infrastructure, and innovation ecosystems, particularly in equity. A savings and investments union with a fully integrated capital market is fundamental to providing European businesses with the equity capital they need to innovate and grow. Strategic public support will remain essential in high-risk areas such as AI, cybersecurity, and deep tech, while effective leveraging of private investment will be key to achieving scale and impact. This is of particular importance, considering also the fact that it is expected that 58% of the public budget of digital measures in Digital Decade National Roadmaps will phase out by the end of 2027. This poses a near-term risk of a significant investment shortfall, with a potential one to two years gap notably between the expiry of RRF-funded measures and the operational deployment of the European Competitiveness Fund and NRPPs under the next Multiannual Financial Framework.

Europe must urgently tackle its structural shortage of private risk capital, and in particular equity, for high-growth and deep-tech companies as well as large infrastructural investments. There is indeed the need for an urgent reflection on the means to boost European equity capacities at scale to finance Europe’s tech sovereignty ambitions.

To bridge the gap between research and market, more actions and investments are required, particularly at Technology Readiness Level (TRL) 6, to support the prototyping and commercialisation of digital technologies. Additionally, there is a need for public and private investment in fostering the growth-stage of companies, as evidenced by a significant drop in the number of scaleups compared to startups in the EU.

Establishing and scaling regulatory and technical sandboxes is also a priority, as they enable companies, especially SMEs and startups, to test innovative technologies in controlled, real-world environments under regulatory supervision. Another essential area of investment is in enabling infrastructure, such as secure and scalable cloud and edge computing services, as well as interoperable data infrastructures, which underpin a wide range of advanced digital technologies, such as AI.

Digital transformation requires substantial upfront spending on infrastructure, software, and skills. Firms' investments are constrained by uncertain or long-term returns on investment, combined with limited access to finance. In its Multiannual Financial Framework proposal, which set out the approach for the EU budget between 2028 and 2034, the Commission has proposed EUR 234.3 billion for a new European Competitiveness Fund (ECF). Part of it will support the digital transition, invest in strategic technologies and simplify EU funding. The Commission proposal for the ECF refers to the Digital Decade Policy Programme 2030: “In particular, the ECF’s digital investments respond to the gaps and priorities identified in the State of the Digital Decade 2025 report, notably in digital connectivity, advanced computing, and digital skills, supporting the Union’s objective of digital sovereignty”.

The Commission proposal for the next Multiannual Financial Framework includes a significantly increased budget for digital. The proposed budgetary envelope is EUR 68.3 billion, combining EUR 51.5 billion funding from the ECF 105  and EUR 16.8 billion from the next Research and Innovation Framework Programme (FP10) 106 under a shared Digital Leadership window. The digital window brings together major digital programmes such as the current Digital Europe Programme (DIGITAL), the Connecting Europe Facility’s (CEF) Digital strand and the collaborative and applied research part of Horizon Europe’s Pillar II. Horizon Europe will remain a standalone programme but with a structure that is closely aligned with the ECF, under a single policy steer, thus coherently covering all aspects of digital, from research to advanced digital skills, digital infrastructures, critical digital technologies, their ecosystems and applications.

The proposal also aims to leverage substantially more private and public investment, including through equity and blended for start-up and scaling. The ECF InvestEU instrument will leverage public and private funding towards EU priority sectors, with a minimum EU support of EUR 17 billion which can be further topped up from the ECF policy windows.

Given the number of different funding streams supporting digital objectives, it will be important to ensure proper triangulation between them. The use of large-scale project implementation mechanisms with potential to pool resources from different funding streams, such as EDICs, would benefit from closer cooperation between the Commission and the Member States.

Recommendation:

The EU and Member States should strengthen further their cooperation, acting not only as a de-risking partner but also as a strategic market aggregator, mobilising demand and investment at European scale to support the breakthrough technologies required to strengthen technological sovereignty and close Europe's innovation gap.

Member States should align the implementation of the Digital Decade with the future architecture of the next Multiannual Financial Framework, by:

(I)clearly outlining in their updated National Roadmaps how they intend to use their NRPP allocations, ensuring full alignment with DDPP priorities and the ECF's digital objectives, and minimising the risk of disruption to investment flows, while maintaining coherence, transparency and strategic targeting of investments;

(II)assessing and reporting on expected and actual progress on these planned measures, using their own specified measures and, where appropriate, complementary data sources, to provide a robust and evidence-based estimation of implementation outcomes;

(III)appointing National Contact Points for EDICs at national level, to capitalise on existing know-how and best practices and to streamline the process of setting up European Digital Infrastructure Consortia.

5.International

International cooperation on digital policy focuses on boosting European competitiveness, promoting the security of Europe and its partners, and shaping global digital governance and standards. To that end, the European Commission and the High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy adopted an International Digital Strategy for the European Union in June 2025, with the following objectives: (i) to expand international partnerships, for strengthening EU tech competitiveness and security as well as that of its partners (ii) to deploy an EU Tech Business Offer, by combining EU private and public sector investments to support the digital transition of partner countries (iii) to strengthen global digital governance, by promoting a rules-based global digital order, in line with the EU’s fundamental values

The Commission has continued to develop and deepen its network of Trade and Technology Councils (TTC) and Digital Partnerships with partners, including India, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Canada, developing cooperation on research and innovation collaboration, industry cooperation, regulatory and policy exchanges as well as standardisation. To that end, in 2025, the Commission held Digital Partnership Councils with Japan, the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Canada.

In the Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) region, bilateral digital dialogues have been established with Brazil, Argentina and Mexico, complemented by bi-regional activities under the EU-LAC Digital Alliance . The EU-LAC Digital Alliance Week was held in September 2025, in Guatemala. It aimed at stocktaking of its achievements and paved the way to the IV EU-CELAC Summit in Colombia, in November 2025.

The Global Gateway initiative focuses on digital infrastructure investments to help bridge the global digital divide and enhance secure digital connections, supporting the EU’s digital resilience and reducing dependencies. Under the Global Gateway, the Digital for Development (D4D) Hub has provided a strategic platform to strengthen digital cooperation between the European Union and its Member States (Team Europe) and partners in Africa, Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Caribbean, and the EU neighbouring countries. The Tech Business Offer implementation was initiated with high-level events focused on showcasing EU solutions to the Latin-American countries at the EU-LAC Digital Alliance, and country-specific events in 2025 with Nigeria and Viet Nam. Next to this, several outreach events for companies in EU Member States were held in 2025.

The Commission continued to support digital transformation efforts in enlargement countries and the EU neighbourhood. Preparatory work was completed for Ukraine and Moldova to join the EU’s Roam Like At Home area on 1st January 2026. The Commission supported the integrity of the presidential and parliamentary elections in Moldova. The Reform Agendas of the Western Balkan countries adopted in October 2024 provide timelines for legislative alignment with EU digital acquis from December 2024 to December 2027.

The Commission has also engaged in multilateral fora, notably marking progress on the governance of artificial intelligence (G7 Hiroshima AI Process, Council of Europe Convention, OECD). To improve its economic resilience and protect sensitive technologies, the EU has implemented measures such as the EU Economic Security Strategy, promoting cooperation with key partners in emerging technologies. These measures aim to balance economic openness with strategic interests and to enhance the EU's resilience in critical sectors.

Trade policy and agreements also play a vital role in this regard, by setting the global and bilateral rules for digital trade in an open but assertive manner, based on European values. The Commission negotiated ambitious commitments on digital trade with Singapore and the Republic of Korea and in recent trade agreements with New Zealand, India, Chile and Japan.

The EU also sees increasing opportunities for cooperation with Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries in AI, submarine cables, digital identity and e-signatures, and secure connectivity. In December 2025, the EU launched negotiations of Strategic Partnership Agreements (SPAs) with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates and Qatar.

The EU faces critical geopolitical challenges centred on security, economic sovereignty, and internal cohesion, driven by Russia’s ongoing aggression in Ukraine, instability in the Middle East, and intense rivalry between the US and China. Key imperatives include fostering strategic autonomy, managing industrial dependencies on China, navigating potential US security shifts, and accelerating enlargement to secure the neighbourhood.

Recommendation:

Member States should:

(I)be involved in developing and implementing the EU’s Digital Partnerships, Dialogues and Trade and Technology Councils and their priorities, in full respect of the EU’s institutional framework. The close involvement of EU tech businesses and other relevant stakeholders, including civil society and the research community, will be indispensable for the collective advancement of shared goals.

(II)actively promote the EU Tech Business Offer to ensure that European companies, including SMEs, start-ups, scale-ups and large companies, are informed and involved in the structuring of the Offer and can fully benefit from this initiative.

(III)regularly update on their contribution to the implementation of the EU’s International Digital Strategy, in particular their international activities complementing it.

(1)

 European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Decision (EU) 2022/2481 of 14 December 2022 Establishing the 2030 Policy Programme "Path to the Digital Decade" , OJ L 323, 19 December 2022.

(2)

 Australian Strategic Policy Institute (ASPI), Critical Technology Tracker , December 2025. 

(3)

Noisy Intermediate-Scale Quantum (NISQ) refers to current, near-term quantum computers with 50–1000+ qubits, which are powerful but lack full error correction.

(4)

Updated foreign exchange calculations can retroactively change historical data. While base market figures remain the same, their currency conversion and normalisation are adjusted every year.

(5)

 Regulation (EU) 2023/1781 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 September 2023 establishing a framework of measures for strengthening Europe’s semiconductor ecosystem and amending Regulation (EU) 2021/694 (Chips Act)

(6)

Donovan, Quantum computers: 100+ Estimated by 2025 , March 2025.

(7)

Bao Tran, How Expensive Is It to Run a Quantum System? (Stats Inside), April 2026.

(8)

DARPA, QBI: Quantum Benchmarking Initiative , March 2026.

(9)

European Commission, Quantum Europe Strategy , July 2025.

(10)

Zenodo, Quantum Technologies Investment Report 2025 , March 2026.

(11)

  JRC Publications, Future Directions for Quantum Technology in Europe , October 2025

(12)

European Quantum Communication Infrastructure - EuroQCI | Shaping Europe’s digital future

(13)

 Data Centre Map website, search tool,  https://www.datacentermap.com/ .

(14)

 Edge Observatory for the Digital Decade, D3 – Edge Nodes Taxonomy and Monitoring Methodology 2024 ; D4 – Edge Nodes Deployment Progress Report ; D6 – Edge Nodes Deployment Progress Report .

(15)

 A climate-neutral and highly secure edge node is a compute node designed and operated to achieve net-zero carbon impact while ensuring both physical and cyber security for uninterrupted operation and data safety. See Edge Observatory for the Digital Decade Edge nodes taxonomy definitions in Edge Observatory for the Digital Decade – Edge Computing for full detail.

(16)

Edge observatory for the Digital Decade (Consortium analysis and projections based on CATI survey and DataCentreMap, December 2025.

(17)

CSET Issue Brief, AI and Compute: How Much Longer Can Computing Power? , January 2022.

McKinsey Quarterly, The cost of compute: A $7 trillion race to scale data centers, April 2025.

Bain & Company, How Can We Meet AI’s Insatiable Demand for Compute Power? , September 2025.

Goldman Sachs AI to drive 165% increase in data center power demand by 2030 , February 2025.

HAI Stanford, The 2025 AI Index Report , 2025.

(18)

European Commission, Commission launches market investigations on cloud computing services under the Digital Markets Act , 18 November 2025. 

(19)

Data centre capacity is typically expressed in megawatts (MW) or gigawatts (GW) because power availability plays a key role for both the operation of the servers and the cooling systems. The estimated capacity is based on the Technopolis Group, Wavestone, Timelex, STL Partners, OpenForum Europe and KAPA Research (2025), "Study: Cloud and AI". The methodology is based on all known commercial data centre sites listed in the Data Center Map, additional sites identified through the survey and any publicly known hyperscalers sites. The figures do not include private enterprise sites.

(20)

Groupes D’Etudes Géopolitiques, International comparisons and the state of AI infrastructure strategies , February 2025.

(21)

 Data Centres | CBRE, Rents will continue to increase , January 2025.

(22)

 Savils, Costs on the rise , May 2024.

(23)

 ServerMania, Cloud Server Pricing Guide: Transparent Costs & Comparisons for 2026 , January 2026.

(24)

Taking the Azure network round-trip latency statistics (June 2026), round-trip latency (the time it takes for a data pack to travel from one point in the network to another and back again) from Poland (Central Europe) to Frankfurt (Western Europe) is ca. 10–15ms, and latency from Poland to Amsterdam or London is ca. 15–20ms. By contrast, latency within Western Europe (e.g. Frankfurt to Amsterdam) is typically <5ms. A fintech business in Warsaw thus faces significantly higher latency than a competitor in Western Europe.

(25)

 IDC, IDC Report Reveals AI-Driven Growth in Datacenter Energy Consumption, Predicts Surge in Datacenter Facility Spending Amid Rising Electricity Costs , 2024; See also: CERRE, From Gridlock to Grid Asset: Data Centres for Digital Sovereignty, Energy Resilience, and Competitiveness , September 2025, pp. 1315.

(26)

Population figures are based on Eurostat 2025 population data; Eurostat estimates the EU population at 450.4 million inhabitants on 1 January 2025.

(27)

Technopolis et al. (2025), “Study: Cloud and AI”. The study figures are presented in the Impact Assessment for the Cloud and AI Development Act: https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/dae/redirection/document/129113  

(28)

As a result, the figures should be interpreted as an estimate of the commercial and hyperscale data centre capacity captured by the monitoring exercise, rather than a complete inventory of all data processing infrastructure in each Member State. This scope limitation is particularly relevant for Member States where a larger share of capacity may be hosted in enterprise or public sector facilities. Moreover, the chart shows data centre capacity in operation or planned for the near future and thus may not capture major projects under construction or announced investments (e.g. Greece’s Microsoft’s Attica data centre, or Portugal’s Sines data centre campus). While the results should thus be interpreted with caution, they still provide a useful basis for identifying potential capacity gaps and policy needs.

(29)

  Why So Many Data Centres Are Being Built In Ireland?

(30)

Statista, Volume of data/information created, captured, copied, and consumed worldwide from 2010 to 2023, with forecasts from 2024 to 2028 , 2025.

(31)

 FSISAC, FS-ISAC Releases Critical Guidance on Subsea Cable Risks for Financial Firms , December 2024.

(32)

European Council, Transport, Telecommunications and Energy Council Conclusions , June 2025.

(33)

ESPON, DigiReg – Territorial Perspectives of Digital Transition in European Regions , 2024.

(34)

European Commission, The Digital Networks Act | Shaping Europe’s digital future , January 2026.

(35)

GSMA, The Mobile Economy Europe 2025 , 2025.

(36)

Commission Staff Working Document – Impact assessment report accompanying proposal for a Regulation on Digital Networks (Digital Networks Act).

(37)

 Connect Europe (2025), State of Digital Communication

(38)

European Commission, European 5G Observatory 2026 , 2026 (based on 2025 data published by operators and regulators, verified through interviews and complemented by IDATE estimates, as needed).

(39)

 European Commission,  European 5G Observatory 2026 , 2026.

(40)

 Ookla/Omdia, A Global Evaluation of Europe's Digital Competitiveness in 5G SA , February 2025; updated figures from Ookla, 5G SA Global Tracking, Q4 2025, February 2026.

(41)

 MedUX, Status of 5G Quality and Experience in Europe , Report prepared for the European Commission, Q1 2025.

(42)

 Briglauer, Wolfgang; Cambini, Carlo; Gugler, Klaus, Sabatino, Lorien (2025): Economic benefits of new broadband network coverage and service adoption: evidence from OECD member states, Industrial and Corporate Change , January 2025. See also: Edquist, H., " The Economic Impact of Mobile Broadband Speed ," 23rd Biennial Conference of the International Telecommunications Society (ITS), June 2021; and Oxford Economics,  The Global Economic Potential of 5G-Enabled Technology , March 2023.

(43)

 Edquist H. “The Economic Impact of Mobile Broadband Speed”, 23rd Biennial Conference of the International Telecommunications Society (ITS) , June 2021.

(44)

 Global Mobile Suppliers Association (GSA), Private Mobile Networks Summary Report , September 2024.

(45)

 European Commission, European 5G Observatory 2026 , 2026.

(46)

 WIK-Consult, Investment and Funding Needs for the Digital Decade Connectivity Targets , 2023.

(47)

 European Commission, Commission announces €75 million EURO-3C Project to build a federated Telco-Edge-Cloud infrastructure for digital sovereignty, March 2026.

(48)

 European Commission, European 5G Observatory 2026 , 2026.

(49)

 European Commission, European 5G Observatory 2026 , 2026. 

(50)

 Analysys Mason, MNOs and OEMs need to adapt D2D now , June 2025.

(51)

 Detecon International GmbH, Study on Mobile Satellite Services (MSS) in the 2 GHz Band in the EU – Implementation of the Current Regulatory Framework and an Overview of the Satellite Connectivity Market , European Commission, 2025.

(52)

  COM(2026) 311 final

(53)

 FSISAC, Critical Guidance report on Subsea Cable Risks for Financial Firms , 2024.

(54)

Future Market Insights report, Submarine Communication Cables Market Size & Growth 2034

(55)

European Commission, Security of Cables: Commission publishes landmark report and funding for Cable Hubs , October 2025.

(56)

 European Commission and High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, Joint Communication to Strengthen the Security and Resilience of Submarine Cables , JOIN(2025) 9 final, 2025.

(57)

 European Commission, Commission Recommendation (EU) 2024/779 of 26 February 2024 on Secure and Resilient Submarine Cable Infrastructures , 26 February 2024.

(58)

European Commission, Security of Cables: Commission publishes landmark report and funding for Cable Hubs , October 2025.

(59)

European Commission, Submarine Cable Security Toolbox and Cable Projects of European Interest , February 2026.

(60)

 European Commission, Commission increases submarine cable security with €347 million investment and new toolbox , 2025.

(61)

 European Commission, Progress Report on the Implementation of the 2021–2027 Connecting Europe Facility for the Years 2021–2024 , COM(2025) 516 final, 24 September 2025.

(62)

 European Commission, Submarine Cable Security Toolbox and Cable Projects of European Interest , February 2026.

(63)

OECD Study - Progress in Implementing the European Union Coordinated Plan on Artificial Intelligence. Uptake in high-impact sectors / volume 2

(64)

Cut-off date 27 April 2026.

(65)

 Eurostat, Cloud Computing Statistics – Enterprises , 2026.

(66)

 Synopsys, Open Source Security and Risk Analysis (OSSRA) Report , 2024; Hoffmann, M., Nagle, F., and Zhou, Y.

(67)

 " The Value of Open-Source Software ," Harvard Business School Working Paper No. 24-038, 2024.

(68)

  A Coordinated Implementation Roadmap for the Transition to Post-Quantum Cryptography | Shaping Europe’s digital future

(69)

 European Union, Future Needs in Digital Education , Eurobarometer Survey, 2024.

(70)

 European Commission, A STEM Education Strategic Plan: Skills for Competitiveness and Innovation , COM(2025) 89 final, 5 March 2025.

(71)

 Council of the European Union, Council Recommendation of 9 March 2026 on Human Capital in the European Union , 9 March 2026; Commission Regulation (EU) 2022/720 of 10 May 2022 on the Application of Article 101(3) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to Categories of Vertical Agreements and Concerted Practices .

(72)

Eurobarometer on future needs in digital education (2025): the vast majority of respondents (85%) believes that digital skills are necessary to use generative AI tools safely and responsibly. A bit less than two-thirds (63%) of Europeans agree that everyone will need to be AI literate in 2030. This is particularly noticeable among younger people (66%-67% of aged 15-24 or 25-39 vs 62% of older age groups) and those still in education (75%).

(73)

ZENODO , LEADSx2030 Advanced Digital Skills State-of-Play report , November 2025.

(74)

Authority for Consumers and Markets, ACM launces DSA investigation into Snapchat in connection with illegal sale of vaping products to minors , September 2025, and, Authority for Consumers and Markets, ACM launches investigation into Roblox in connection with risks that minors are facing , January 2026.

(75)

 Joint Research Centre, Cyberbullying: Insights from science, policy and legislation - Publications Office of the EU , 2025.

(76)

European Commission, Action Plan against cyberbullying , February 2026.

(77)

 Eurostat, Digitalisation Dashboard , accessed in May 2026.

(78)

 ESPON, DigiReg – Territorial Perspectives of Digital Transition in European Regions , 2024.

(79)

Eurofound (2025), https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/en/publications/all/digitalisation-social-protection

(80)

https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/56969910-beba-11f0-a612-01aa75ed71a1/language-en

(81)

European Commission,  The future of European competitiveness: Report by Mario Draghi , September 2024,

(82)

 European Commission, PwC, EEIG, Open Evidence,  Study on the deployment of AI in healthcare , 2025.

(83)

 Primary use of data means using electronic health data, to treat or rehabilitate patients, prescribe or dispense medical products and deliver associated social, administrative, or reimbursement services. In contrast, ‘secondary’ use refers to reusing existing data that was collected during primary use for scientific research purposes, public interest, policy support.

(84)

There is no single internationally agreed definition of green technology. The UN broadly defines it as technology with "the potential to significantly improve environmental performance relative to other technologies." For the purposes of this report, green technology (or "greentech") refers to technologies, products, and systems that measurably reduce environmental harm, improve resource efficiency, and support a more sustainable economy - spanning both hardware (e.g. batteries, heat pumps, solar modules) and software (e.g. grid optimisation, climate analytics). The term lacks an officially adopted European Commission definition; the closest legislative equivalents at EU level are the EU Taxonomy for Sustainable Activities and the list of net-zero technologies under the Net-Zero Industry Act (Regulation (EU) 2024/1735 of 13 June 2024).

(85)

 IEA,  Energy and AI , International Energy Agency, 2025.

(86)

 Ibid.

(87)

 IEA, Table A.4: Data Centres Electricity Consumption by Region, p. 110, Key Questions on Energy and AI , International Energy Agency, April 2026.

(88)

 Euronews,  Is Europe Losing the Race to Secure Rare Earth Materials? , January 2026; Eurostat, Imports of rare earth elements saw 30% drop in 2024 , April 2025.

(89)

IEA, Energy and AI , International Energy Agency, April 2025; IEA, Overcoming energy constraints is key to delivering on Europe's data centre goals , November 2025.

(90)

European Commission, Environmentally sustainable telecommunications networks , January 2026.

(91)

European Commission, Digitalising the Energy System – EU Action Plan , COM(2022) 552 final, 18 October 2022.

(92)

European Commission, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on Digital Networks (Digital Networks Act) , COM(2026) 16 final, 21 January 2026.

(93)

Sage, the Data space for a sustainable Green Europe.

(94)

The Shift Project,  Al, data, and computing: shaping infrastructures for a decarbonised world , November 2025.

(95)

European Commission, Digitalisation of the energy system .

(96)

European Commission, Strategic Roadmap for digitalisation and AI in the energy sector – consultations opened , August 2025.

(97)

 République Française, Stratégie numérique responsable des collectivités : traduction opérationnelle du décret de l'article 35 de la loi REEN , July 2023.

(98)

 The 2026 stocktaking exercise to estimate EU spending on the digital transition was conducted for the implementation of the 2021-2027 EU budget over the 2021-2025 period: European Commission,  Digital tracking .

(99)

European Commission, Recovery and Resilience Facility Annual Report 2025 - Reforms and Investments , October 2025.

(100)

As of August 31, 2025.

(101)

Referred to the period between 1 September 2024 and 31 August 2025.

(102)

 Michels, A., Ferreira, V., Annoni, P., Burton, J., Pedauga, L., Rueda-Cantuche, J. M. & Kušen, M., European Economy. Discussion Paper 249: Digital Measures under the Recovery and Resilience Facility: Economic Impacts at Macro, Sectoral and Country Levels , European Commission, Directorate-General for Economic and Financial Affairs, 2026.

(103)

As an example of needed flexibility, the EIC blended finance allows successful companies to decouple the timing of the grant and equity finance, without the need to go through a new application process when the time is ripe (e.g., when co-investors have been found). See also Mundell, The ecosystem: European Innovation Council uncouples grant and equity funding for startups, 2024: European Commission,  Digital Tracking . 

(104)

 European Commission, Interim Evaluation of the InvestEU Programme – Final Report , 1 October 2024.

(105)

EurLex, Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL on establishing the European Competitiveness Fund ('ECF’), including the specific programme for defence research and innovation activities, repealing Regulations (EU) 2021/522, (EU) 2021/694, (EU) 2021/697, (EU) 2021/783, repealing provisions of Regulations (EU) 2021/696, (EU) 2023/588, and amending Regulation (EU) , July 2025.

(106)

EurLex, Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL establishing Horizon Europe, the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, for the period 2028-2034 laying down its rules for participation and dissemination, and repealing Regulation (EU) 2021/695 , July 2025.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


 



DIGITAL DECADE SHORT

COUNTRY REPORT

2026

Austria

Executive summary

Austria demonstrates solid strengths in digitalisation, with a strong digital skills base, good performance in the digitalisation of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs) and advanced digital public services for businesses, supported by a well-functioning digital identity ecosystem. The country also shows clear leadership in specific technological areas such as quantum and business adoption of Artificial Intelligence (AI). However, important gaps remain in the adoption of other advanced technologies like cloud and data analytics, where Austria lags behind the EU average. Connectivity deployment faces emerging structural and fiscal constraints, the growth of ICT specialists in employment remains insufficient and progress in digital public services for citizens, especially cross-border, remains slow.

These weaknesses may weigh on Austria’s competitiveness in the medium term. Lower adoption of cloud and data analytics limits productivity gains and reduces SMEs’ capacity to fully leverage digital transformation. At the same time, shortages of ICT specialists risk constraining innovation and the diffusion of advanced technologies across the economy. Meanwhile, slower progress in citizen-facing digital public services and interoperability may also limit efficiency gains in public administration and cross-border economic activity.

Nevertheless, Austria can rely on strong digital leadership assets. The country has a well-developed research and innovation ecosystem, particularly in quantum technologies, supported by sustained public investment and strong links between academia and industry. AI adoption is growing rapidly, with initiatives such as AI Factory Austria which aim to strengthen infrastructure and experimentation capacities. Austria also maintains a dynamic start-up ecosystem supported by public equity instruments, although scaling remains a challenge.

Austria in the Digital Decade

Austria shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national targets (out of 14 possible), 92% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Austria provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 67% considered on track. Austria addressed 40% of the 5 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 48% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 3.36 billion, representing 83% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap. 

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 76% of Austrian people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (91%), promote digital education and skills programmes (85%) and strengthen regulation of online platforms such as social networks and marketplaces (81%). In addition, 86% of Austrian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital technologies from third countries, and 90% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 59% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects  

Austria allocates 35% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.3 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.07 billion, representing 7% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Austria’s digital transformation.

Austria is directly participating in the Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Austria is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Austria

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

AT

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

72.2%

76.3%

5.7%

75.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

44.8%

50.9%

13.5%

47.0%

74.1%

7.1%

72.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

99.5%

99.8%

0.3%

99.5%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

210

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

57.9%

73.0%

12.2%

76.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

35.6%

41.7%

8.3%

-

46.7%

9.5%

-

75%

Artificial Intelligence

20.3%

30.0%

47.8%

29.1%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

23.9%

26.3%

4.9%

38.5%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

47.0%

58.1%

11.2%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

4

4

0.0%

5

324

10.2%

10

500

At least basic digital skills *

64.7%

69.8%

3.9%

68.3%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

5.3%

5.4%

1.9%

5.9%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

80.8

83.7

3.6%

85.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

87.7

88.8

1.3%

85.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

87.0

89.1

2.4%

97.5

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap


A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Austria performs relatively well in SME digitalisation, with a share of digitally intensive SMEs above the EU average, but uptake of advanced technologies remains uneven, especially for cloud and data analytics. Connectivity coverage is progressing but may face slowing momentum due to fiscal constraints and market conditions, particularly in fibre deployment. While AI adoption is accelerating and supported by policy initiatives, broad-based diffusion across the economy is still a work in progress. Austria also benefits from a dynamic start-up ecosystem and supportive public financing instruments, but the number of unicorns has remained unchanged and scale-up financing conditions remain comparatively limited, pointing to persistent challenges in translating innovation potential into high-growth firms.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Austria benefits from a strong level of basic digital skills, with performance above the EU average and a relatively inclusive distribution across regions and age groups. However, the share of ICT specialists remains below EU targets and current measures focus mainly on long-term education pipelines, with more limited impact on immediate labour market needs, which may also constrain the diffusion of digital technologies across the economy.

Austria has made steady progress in digital public services, particularly for businesses, supported by a well-developed digital identity system and efficient e-government infrastructures. However, progress for citizen-facing services - especially cross-border - remains more limited due to interoperability challenges and resource constraints. Digital health services are well established through existing infrastructures, but further improvements depend on continued investments in integration and system modernisation.

Recommendations 

·Connectivity: Accelerate the deployment of fibre-to-the-premises infrastructure and strengthen end-user take-up, in particular by: i) scaling up fibre rollout through coordinated funding programmes and regulatory measures at both national and regional (Länder) levels, ensuring a geographically balanced deployment that adequately covers rural and underserved areas; ii) supporting, via targeted measures and appropriate regulatory intervention, as appropriate, end-users' connections, so as to reduce the gap between fibre network availability and actual subscriber uptake; iii) foster the copper networks switch-off, in alignment with the pace of fibre rollout and with adequate consumer safeguards

·Advanced digital technologies uptakeAccelerate the adoption of cloud and data analytics, particularly among SMEs, by introducing more targeted measures that stimulate demand for cloud and data analytics solutions

·ICT specialistsAustria should complement its strong long-term education investments with more immediate actions to address persistent ICT skills shortages. This should include scaling up reskilling and upskilling programmes, promoting enterprise-based training, and facilitating the attraction of foreign ICT talent, with a particular focus on applied digital skills relevant for business adoption (e.g. data, cloud, AI).

·Digital Public ServicesAustria should prioritise the modernisation and interoperability of its digital public service infrastructure to accelerate progress for citizens. Efforts should focus on scaling the once-only principle across all levels of government, addressing fragmentation and legacy systems, and ensuring full alignment with EU frameworks such as the European Digital Identity Wallet to unlock cross-border services.

·Unicorns: Austria should accelerate the implementation of measures to improve access to growth capital and support the scaling of innovative companies. While recent initiatives, including the planned Startup and Scale-up Fund, represent important progress, further efforts are needed to mobilise private investment, facilitate larger funding rounds, and improve the overall scale-up environment. This should be complemented by measures to enhance international visibility, attract foreign investors, and support the expansion of high-growth firms into global markets.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 






Executive summary

Belgium demonstrates strong overall performance in the Digital Decade, combining high connectivity take-up, advanced digitalisation of businesses and very strong digital public services. High internet use among individuals, strong household internet connectivity and a growing level of digital skills reflect a digitally engaged population and provide a favourable environment for digital transformation across the economy. However, structural challenges remain in fibre-to-the-premises deployment, advanced digital skills and ICT specialist shortages, ultrafast broadband uptake and the scale-up of innovative firms.

Some of the structural gaps identified may affect Belgium’s ability to fully translate its strong digital foundations into productivity gains, economic growth and overall competitiveness. Shortages of advanced digital skills and ICT specialists may limit the diffusion of advanced digital technologies across sectors and constrain firms’ capacity to innovate and scale. Likewise, delayed fibre-to-the-premises deployment and moderate uptake of ultrafast broadband may reduce the potential benefits of next-generation connectivity for businesses and public services.

Belgium can nevertheless rely on several strong digital leadership assets. The country hosts one of Europe’s leading semiconductor research ecosystems through Imec and remains highly active in emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI), quantum computing and edge computing infrastructure. Belgium also benefits from a dynamic innovation ecosystem and strong collaboration between research institutions, industry and public authorities, which supports the development and deployment of advanced digital technologies.

Belgium in the Digital Decade

Belgium shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 14 national targets (out of 14 possible), 93% of which aligned with the EU’s targets for 2030. In its national roadmap, Belgium provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is pursuing them moderately well, with 58% considered on track. Belgium addressed 71% of the 7 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (14%) or making some changes (57%) through new measures.

Belgium submitted an updated national Digital Decade roadmap in January 2026. The roadmap contains 128 measures, of which 37 are new measures. The total budget is EUR 664 million (mostly coming from public budgets), corresponding to approximately 0.1% of Belgium’s GDP in 2025. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 24% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 248 million, constituting 37% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the 2026 Digital Decade Eurobarometer, 80% of Belgians consider that digital policy should have a very high or high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, EU bodies should cooperate with Member States to improve cybersecurity and protection from online threats (93%), strengthen the regulation of online platforms (84%) and promote digital education and skills programmes (83%). In addition, 81% of Belgian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital technology from outside the EU, and 86% that the EU should prioritise investment in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and regulated in Europe. Meanwhile, 61% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects

Belgium has allocated 27% of its total recovery and resilience plan (EUR 1.3 billion) to digital technologies. In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.4 million, representing 14% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Belgium’s digital transformation.

Belgium hosts the EUROPEUM European digital infrastructure consortium (EDIC). It is also a member of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. Belgian entities are indirect or associated partners in the Important Projects of Common European Interest on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next-Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Belgium is a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Belgium

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Latest available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

BE

EU

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

93.8%

96.2%

2.6%

96.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

30.7%

35.5%

15.7%

40.0%

74.1%

7.1%

82.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

96.9%

99.9%

3.2%

99.5%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

176

-

34

7451

-

164

10 000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity*

74.5%

84.4%

6.4%

81.9%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud*

47.7%

58.5%

10.8%

67.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

24.7%

34.5%

39.8%

20.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics*

44.5%

52.1%

8.2%

53.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics*

64.2%

74.5%

7.7%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

7

8

14.3%

-

324

10.2%

14

500

At least basic digital skills*

59.4%

61.2%

1.5%

65.6%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

5.7%

5.9%

3.5%

7.6%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Digital public services for citizens

81.4

81.6

0.2%

89.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

95.4

96

0.6%

96.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

100.0

 

100.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note

(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Belgium combines strong technological assets with persistent structural bottlenecks in digital infrastructure. It benefits from a high-performing research and innovation ecosystem and plays a leading role in strategic technologies, notably semiconductors through Imec, while also strengthening its position in quantum computing and edge computing infrastructure. Belgian businesses perform strongly in adopting advanced digital technologies, with high levels of SME digitalisation and adoption by companies of cloud, data analytics and AI. However, these strengths have not yet fully translated into scale-up performance and broader business dynamism for long-term competitiveness, with constraints in growth financing, scaling and diffusion of advanced technologies – including AI – across the wider economy, as well as in translating strong adoption into large-scale deployment and integration across strategic sectors.

Connectivity and cybersecurity remain key constraints on technological competitiveness. Belgium benefits from very high VHCN coverage and near-universal 5G, but FTTP rollout remains the lowest in the EU. Gaps also persist in the deployment and effective use of 5G pioneer bands, especially in the 3.4-3.8 GHz band. Fragmented permitting procedures, regulatory divergence across governance levels, modest gigabit uptake and limited demand for parts of the 5G spectrum continue to reduce the economic impact of connectivity. At the same time, Belgium is well equipped in cybersecurity, with strong institutional capacity, high SME uptake of cybersecurity measures and progress in implementing NIS2. However, uneven SME maturity, shortages of specialised profiles and emerging risks linked to cloud dependencies, supply chains and AI-enabled threats remain weak points.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Belgium combines broad digital participation with persistent inclusion and skills gaps. Basic digital skills are slightly above the EU average, internet use is widespread and the use of generative AI is comparatively high, reflecting a digitally engaged population. However, progress in improving basic digital skills remains slower than the EU average and the share of people with above-basic digital skills remains below the EU average. Structural disparities also persist, particularly among women, older people and, especially, individuals with low formal education, while digital safety skills remain below the EU average. Together with continued exposure to hostile or degrading online content, these gaps point to the need for targeted training efforts, particularly for people with low levels of education, older adults and women, alongside stronger digital safety and media literacy skills. More outcome-oriented coordination across education, adult learning, labour-market and local inclusion policies could help improve effectiveness and monitoring of interventions.

Belgium also performs very strongly in digital public services, especially for businesses and in access to electronic health records; this is supported by a mature digital identity ecosystem and continued progress in eHealth. High use of eGovernment and fully operational access to electronic health records are important strengths. At the same time, citizen-facing services remain less advanced than business-oriented ones, and gaps persist in transparency, cross-border performance and the integration of services across life events and governance levels. Fragmentation across federal, regional and local responsibilities therefore remains a structural obstacle to fully seamless, user-centric public digital services.

Recommendations

-Basic digital skills: Strengthen Belgium’s digital skills base, particularly among groups facing persistent digital inclusion barriers, while improving coordination, monitoring and policy effectiveness across governance levels.

-ICT specialists: Increase the supply of ICT specialists by strengthening skills pipelines and better aligning education, training and labour-market needs, including for advanced digital technologies and underrepresented groups.

-Digitalisation of SMEs and advanced technologies take-up: Strengthen the digitalisation of SMEs and the uptake of advanced digital technologies by improving the effectiveness, visibility and coordination of support measures and facilitating the deployment of advanced digital solutions.

-Artificial intelligence: Accelerate the adoption and scaling of AI, particularly by SMEs and in strategic sectors, by strengthening AI infrastructure and ecosystem support, facilitating the deployment of AI solutions and use cases, and improving coordination across governance levels and key stakeholders.

-Fixed and mobile connectivity: Accelerate the rollout and take-up of gigabit-capable connectivity by addressing persistent deployment bottlenecks, supporting fibre and 5G deployment across all regions, fostering the copper networks switch off, promoting effective use of next-generation connectivity infrastructure, and strengthening conditions for investment and adoption.

-Cybersecurity: Strengthen cybersecurity resilience among SMEs and critical sectors, including by supporting preparedness, improving the uptake of cybersecurity measures among less mature organisations, and reinforcing resilience against emerging risks such as AI-enabled threats.

-Green and digital: Translate monitoring of the environmental footprint of digitalisation into coordinated policy action, including through measurable objectives, strengthened reporting and actions to reduce the environmental footprint of digital infrastructures and services.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 






Executive summary

Bulgaria continues to make progress in the Digital Decade, supported by strong connectivity infrastructure and gradual improvements in digital public services. However significant gaps remain in digital skills, SME digitalisation and the uptake of advanced technologies. The country benefits from extensive fibre coverage, increasing mobile broadband use and continued policy engagement in digital transformation. It has also expanded investment e-government and eHealth services, while strengthening its participation in European digital initiatives. At the same time, Bulgaria’s overall digital performance is hampered by persistent structural weaknesses, including low levels of digital skills, SME digital intensity that is among the lowest in the EU, and low adoption of cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and data analytics.

Some of the structural gaps identified may affect Bulgaria’s capacity to translate its solid infrastructure foundations into broader digital transformation across the economy and society, fully benefit from digital transformation, and strengthen its competitiveness within the EU digital economy. Structural constraints, including relatively low R&D intensity, fragmented research funding, limited scale-up capacity and relatively little connection between research and business affect Bulgaria’s innovation ecosystem. Limited adoption of advanced digital technologies and low SME digital intensity may constrain productivity growth and the integration of Bulgarian firms into higher-value-added segments of European value chains. Persistent shortages of digital skills and uneven cybersecurity maturity also risk slowing the spread of digital technologies across sectors and regions. Without stronger investment in skills, innovation capacity and technology uptake it will take time to achieve the Digital Decade objectives.

Despite these challenges, Bulgaria contributes to the EU’s digital leadership in several emerging domains. The country is strengthening its participation in European initiatives relating to semiconductors and quantum technologies and continues to develop research capabilities in these areas. Bulgaria’s ICT sector is dynamic and provides a strong foundation for digital innovation. Initiatives supporting start-ups, technology transfer and venture financing aim to gradually strengthen the scale-up ecosystem. Continued integration into EU research and innovation networks will help further develop these capabilities and support Bulgaria’s contribution to Europe’s technological leadership.

Bulgaria in the Digital Decade

Bulgaria shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national targets (out of a possible 14), half of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Bulgaria provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is on track to meet 75% of them. Bulgaria addressed 56% of the nine recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, 48% of the measures will have been completed by the end of 2026. The total public budget allocated to these measures is EUR 597 million, which accounts for 27% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

Bulgaria is working hard to meet the Digital Decade objectives. The national Digital Decade roadmap, initially submitted in April 2024, has undergone only minor updates and continues to prioritise the digitalisation of public services, the development of digital skills and the digital transformation of businesses. It includes 60 measures and is largely aligned with the National Recovery and Resilience Plan (RRP) and EU funding programmes. Bulgaria has addressed most recommendations, mainly through clarifications and references to existing measures.

Bulgaria continues to base its strategy on its existing framework, the Digital Transformation of Bulgaria 2024–2030. This year, the authorities are planning to present the National Strategy for the Digital Transformation of the Republic of Bulgaria 2026–2030, which is currently at the stage of development and stakeholder consultation. It is drawing up priorities on business digitalisation and innovation, secure and inclusive digital transformation, modernisation of public administration, digital skills development, interoperable digital services, cybersecurity, and the wider use of data and emerging technologies to support economic and social development. While this strategy is set to provide a forward-looking policy direction and is designed to align Bulgaria’s digital development with the Digital Decade 2030 goals, it is not yet formally integrated into the national Digital Decade roadmap and forms no part of the measures submitted.

According to the 2026 Digital Decade Eurobarometer, 74% of Bulgarians consider that digital policy should be a high/very high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (88%), promote digital education and skills programmes (84%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (81%). In addition, 73% of Bulgarian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital technology from outside the EU, and 80% that the EU should prioritise investment in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 45% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if that meant slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Bulgaria allocates close to 21% of its total RRP to digital (EUR 1.2 billion). Under cohesion policy, EUR 1.2 billion, 11% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Bulgaria’s digital transformation.

Bulgaria is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC. It is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Bulgaria

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Latest available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

BG

EU

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

90.4%

93.5%

3.5%

96.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

90.4%

93.5%

3.5%

96.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100%

-

Basic 5G coverage

81.3%

94.8%

16.6%

96.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

112

-

-

7451

-

-

10 000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity*

28.4%

38.3 %

16.2%

51.8%

71.4%

11.0%

60.0%

90%

Cloud*

14.2%

15.7 %

5.2%

11.9%

46.7%

9.5%

15.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

6.5%

8.6 %

32.1%

5.7%

20.0%

48.0%

11.0%

75%

Data analytics*

21.9%

27.1 %

11.3%

7.5%

39.9%

9.5%

9.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics*

29.3%

34.6 %

8.6%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

0

1

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills*

35.5%

38.3 %

3.8%

40.4%

60.4%

4.3%

52.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.6%

4.8%

4.3%

4.4%

5.0%

2.0%

5.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

 

 

 

Digital public services for citizens

68.0

71.08

4.6%

90.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

94.0

94.04

0.1%

95.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

87.5

89.6

2.4%

85.6

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note

(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Connectivity infrastructure is one of Bulgaria’s strongest digital assets, with very high fibre and very high-capacity network (VHCN) coverage, and significant progress in 5G rollout. However, the main challenge is shifting from deployment to effective use: gigabit uptake remains limited despite high coverage, reflecting affordability constraints and territorial disparities. Progress in the deployment and effective use of 5G networks in the 3.4–3.8 GHz band remains uneven.

There is a major shortfall in the digitalisation of businesses. SMEs lag far behind the EU average in basic digital intensity, and the uptake of cloud solutions, AI and data analytics is still limited. A broad range of support measures has been put in place and progress is visible in some areas, but these measures have not yet translated into large-scale transformation, reflecting challenges in their accessibility, consistency and effective uptake by businesses, particularly SMEs, including through existing support structures. Key barriers include skills shortages, high investment costs, regulatory complexity, cybersecurity concerns and a lack of connection between science and business. In addition, the absence of a comprehensive action plan to implement the national AI strategy limits the coordination and impact of efforts to promote AI uptake. Priorities include strengthening advisory, skills and investment support, improving innovation support instruments, and complementing the national AI strategy with a clear implementation framework.

Bulgaria is strengthening its technological capacities, including in data infrastructure, edge computing and quantum research. However, the innovation ecosystem remains relatively small, with limited private investment and weak commercialisation of research.

Cybersecurity preparedness remains low, particularly among SMEs. Recent progress, including the transposition of the NIS2 Directive and targeted support measures, provides a basis for improvement, but further efforts are needed to ensure effective implementation and wider uptake.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Bulgaria’s digital transformation is severely hampered by low levels of digital skills. Digital skills gaps are particularly pronounced among older populations, people with lower levels of education and people living in rural areas. These deficits limit the ability of individuals and businesses to adopt and use digital technologies effectively and are closely linked to the country’s poor performance in SME digitalisation. The evidence suggests that progress will depend on a combination of targeted training efforts, continued attention to teacher preparation and curriculum development, local digital inclusion initiatives, and effective coordination across delivery channels.

At the same time, Bulgaria continues to expand initiatives aimed at improving digital skills and boosting workforce capabilities. EU-funded programmes support upskilling and reskilling, while education and vocational-training reforms aim to increase the supply of ICT specialists and to help reflect the needs of the labour market. Despite these initiatives, shortages of digital talent remain a major constraint and may hinder the adoption of advanced digital technologies.

Digital public services continue to improve, supported by ongoing investment in e-government infrastructure and interoperability frameworks. The availability of electronic services continues to expand, and Bulgaria performs comparatively well in digital public services for businesses. However, the uptake of e-government services, particularly among citizens, remains low compared with the EU average, also in the field of justice, highlighting the need to improve user-friendliness, awareness and trust to derive maximum benefit from public sector digitalisation, including for cross-border services. Notably, In Bulgaria, the digitalisation of public judicial services lags behind as concerns the deployment of the necessary IT solutions which are indispensable for cross-border judicial cooperation as a key reform of digital public services.

Recommendations

-Basic digital skills: Strengthen Bulgaria’s digital skills base, particularly among groups facing persistent digital inclusion barriers, through education, training and local inclusion initiatives, while improving coordination and monitoring across delivery channels.

-ICT specialists: Increase the supply of ICT specialists by strengthening education and training pathways, improving links between education, research and industry, and addressing persistent challenges in the digital talent pipeline.

-Digitalisation of SMEs and take-up of advanced technologies: Strengthen framework conditions for SME digitalisation and innovation, including by improving links between research and business, facilitating investment in digital transformation and enhancing the effectiveness of innovation support ecosystems.

-Artificial intelligence: Accelerate the uptake of AI, cloud computing and data analytics, particularly among SMEs, by strengthening advisory, skills and innovation support, facilitating deployment by businesses, and improving strategic coordination.

-Cybersecurity: Strengthen cybersecurity resilience among SMEs and critical sectors, including by supporting preparedness, improving the uptake of cybersecurity measures among less mature organisations, and reinforcing resilience against emerging risks such as AI-enabled threats.

-Key public services: Improve the uptake, quality and interoperability of digital public services for citizens by accelerating the digitalisation and simplification of priority services, strengthening user-friendliness and accessibility, expanding the use of digital identity, and improving digital justice and cross-border public services.

-e-Health: Expand access to and uptake of digital health services by improving the availability, interoperability and usability of eHealth solutions, addressing barriers to access and use, and strengthening the integration of health data across the healthcare system.

-Fixed and mobile connectivity: Foster demand for gigabit connectivity and strengthen the deployment and resilience of connectivity infrastructure by addressing affordability and digital readiness barriers, accelerating fibre and 5G deployment (including 5G SA and the 3.4–3.8 GHz band), supporting investment-friendly conditions for future network development, and reinforcing the resilience and security of submarine cable infrastructure.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Croatia





Executive summary

Overall, Croatia has strong digital assets in connectivity and selected strategic technology areas, notably fast-improving fixed and mobile coverage and growing engagement in quantum communication and semiconductors. However, it is not fully reaping the benefits of digitalisation across the wider economy, as SMEs continue to lag in basic digital intensity and in the uptake of advanced technologies. Persistent gaps in digital skills and weaknesses in the ICT specialist pipeline also remain significant constraints.

The weaknesses identified in the digitalisation of businesses weigh on Croatia’s competitiveness, as low and uneven SME digitalisation limits productivity gains, process modernisation and the diffusion of innovation in an economy dominated by smaller firms. Shortages and mismatches in ICT specialist profiles, together with broader gaps in digital skills, also constrain business transformation and the wider adoption of digital tools across sectors.

Croatia can, however, build on several digital leadership assets. It is strengthening its position in strategic European technology areas through quantum communication infrastructure and the Croatian Competence Centre for Semiconductors. The country is also improving its connectivity base and building capacities linked to cybersecurity and sovereign digital infrastructure. These strengths will provide a basis for stronger digital sovereignty and technological leadership if they are translated into broader digital upgrading across the economy.

Croatia in the Digital Decade

Croatia shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 13 Croatia demonstrates a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 13 national targets out of a possible 14, 77% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Croatia provided 13 trajectory points for 2025 out of 13 analysed. The country is following them moderately well, with 54% considered to be on track. Croatia addressed 88% of the eight recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 39% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 106 million, representing 17% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 84% of Croatian people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping the future of Europeans. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to make digital tools more accessible for everyone, especially vulnerable groups, older people and people with disabilities (91%), reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (91%) and promote digital education and skills programmes (88%). In addition, 84% of Croatian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital solutions from non-EU countries, and 87% think that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 73% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Croatia allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.5 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.9 billion, representing 10% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Croatia’s digital transformation.

Croatia is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies European digital infrastructure consortium (EDIC), the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC, of the EUROPEUM EDIC and of the IMPACTS EDIC. Croatian entities are indirect partners in the important project of common European interest (IPCEI) on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Croatia is a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Croatia 

EU 

Digital Decade target by 2030 

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

HR

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

78.9%

82.7%

4.8%

73.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

75.4%

77.9%

3.4%

71.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

94.2%

97.8%

3.8%

87.9%

96.8%

2.6%

99.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

75

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

56.0%

57.1%

1.0%

65.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

40.7%

43.3%

3.1%

53.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

11.8%

15.2%

29.2%

14.0%

20.0%

48.0%

20.0%

75%

Data analytics *

51.7%

41.9%

-10.0%

22.0%

39.9%

9.5%

30.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

65.6%

60.8%

-3.7%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

2

2

0.0%

2

324

10.2%

4

500

At least basic digital skills *

59.0%

63.4%

3.7%

69.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

5.0%

4.9%

-2.0%

4.9%

5.0%

2.0%

7.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

75.2

75.3

0.2%

80.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

65.3

67.6

3.5%

80.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

86.6

87.1

0.6%

100.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024)
except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)
(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership 

Croatia is performing increasingly well in connectivity, with progress in VHCN, FTTP and 5G coverage bringing it closer to the EU average. The remaining challenge is concentrated in rural, island and other market-failure areas, where delivery risks have increased, while progress on stand-alone, higher-capacity 5G and the transition from legacy networks remains limited. Croatia is also strengthening its position in strategic technologies, notably through quantum communication and the Croatian Competence Centre for Semiconductors.

On the business side, SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity remain a central weakness, with Croatia still below the EU average and progressing too slowly relative to the EU pace. Cloud computing and AI uptake also remain below the EU average, while data analytics and the overall take-up of advanced technologies have weakened. Croatia is strengthening support through vouchers, EDIHs and AI-related instruments, but support remains fragmented and stronger results among larger firms are not yet translating into broad-based digitalisation across business. Access to later-stage financing also remains limited, constraining the scaling and retention of innovative firms. Croatian enterprises also remain below the EU average in cybersecurity measures, limiting trusted digitalisation and business resilience. Relevant green digital initiatives are emerging, but the use of digital technologies for the green transition is not yet sufficiently systematic across sectors and territories.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society 

Croatia’s performance in basic digital skills is mixed. The headline result is slightly above the EU average, but remains below the 2030 target and masks deep gaps by age, education and territory, especially among older, less educated and rural populations. The proportion of ICT specialists is around the EU average, but the pipeline remains constrained by weak progression, skills mismatches, retention pressures and insufficient alignment between education and labour market needs.

Digital public services also remain uneven. Services for citizens and access to e-Health records are comparatively stronger, while business-facing and cross-border services remain weaker. Croatia has made progress on interoperability, e-Citizens, the Once-Only Technical System and preparations linked to the European Digital Identity Wallet, but major gaps remain in register integration, practical usability and the interoperability of sectoral services, including in health. Indicators and user experience still point to administrative friction and a weaker contribution of digital public administration to competitiveness than the stronger parts of the system would suggest.

Recommendations 

-Uptake of advanced digital technologies by businesses, especially SMEs: Accelerate the uptake of AI and other advanced technologies, especially in SMEs and microenterprises, by strengthening awareness, advisory and investment support for cloud computing, AI, data-driven and, where relevant, edge-enabled solutions; target lagging and low-digital-intensity firms; improve progress across vouchers, financial instruments and EDIH services; and promote secure, trustworthy and, where relevant, European solutions.

-ICT Specialists & Digital skills: Reduce dropout and improve progression into ICT-related pathways, including for women and girls, better aligning STEM, ICT, VET, higher education and lifelong learning with labour market needs. Improve digital skills by expanding accessible training for older people, low-skilled adults, inactive people and rural communities; improve coordination and monitoring across vouchers, adult learning providers and local delivery channels; reinforce media literacy and critical online information skills.

-Connectivity: Strengthen Croatia’s connectivity infrastructure by ensuring continuity and financing for gigabit roll-out in rural, island and other commercially unviable areas, also following terminated broadband projects; and advance higher-capacity 5G, including 3.4-3.8 GHz deployment and, where economically justified, stand-alone 5G use cases in underserved and strategic economic areas.

-Digital public services: Strengthen Croatia’s digital public services by accelerating end-to-end digitalisation and simplifying priority citizen and business services, especially regular business operations; strengthen interoperability and practical application of the once-only principle through better register integration and evidence exchange; improve cross-border usability; and integrate sectoral digital services, also in health, more effectively into wider public digital platforms.

-Scale-ups and innovative firms: Strengthen conditions for scaling and retaining innovative firms by improving later-stage finance for high-growth digital and technology-based firms; improve coherence between start-up, scale-up, innovation, commercialisation and growth-finance support; strengthen pathways from research and innovation to high-growth firms; and support access to European pilot lines and specialised infrastructures in strategic technologies, including semiconductors where relevant.

-Green & Digital: Strengthen the systematic use of digital technologies for the green transition by developing interoperable environmental, climate and ESG data infrastructures; scale up digital solutions for greening in priority sectors and municipalities; and improve monitoring of both the footprint of digital technologies and the emissions-reduction effects of digital solutions.

-Cybersecurity and resilience: Strengthen cybersecurity resilience across enterprises and public institutions by expanding targeted SME support from maturity assessment to implementation follow-up; promote regular risk assessment, security testing, monitoring and secure access practices beyond minimum compliance; accelerate incident-response and resilience capacities, also by developing the Security Operations Centre and national situational awareness; reinforce advisory, training and operational delivery, also through CARNET / NCC-HR; and support the gradual deployment of secure next-generation communication infrastructures, including quantum communication where relevant.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Cyprus




Executive summary

Cyprus possesses a strong foundation for its digital transition with its extensive gigabit connectivity coverage across the territory, performing well in all key connectivity indicators. A significant proportion of SMEs in Cyprus have reached at least a basic level of digital intensity, but few have achieved a higher-level of digital intensity. In terms of AI uptake, Cypriot enterprises are lagging behind the EU average overall. At the same time, the share of ICT specialists in employment in the country is around the EU average, but with no signs of progress.

The slow adoption of AI by enterprises in Cyprus may limit their ability to fully harness the transformative potential of this technology across all economic sectors and enhance competitiveness. Additionally, while the share of the population with at least basic digital skills is improving, the current level remains a constraint, limiting access to digital opportunities, public services, and professional development. This skills gap could further hinder participation in the labour market and reduce the broader benefits of a digital economy and society. Online access to public services for people has improved, but it is still below the EU average.

Cyprus demonstrates digital leadership in strategic areas, for example, by participating in a major European project to strengthen digital sovereignty. Cyprus’s Quantum Communication infrastructure (CYQCI) initiative is part of a pan-European project to develop a secure, scalable quantum network connecting the national quantum communication infrastructures of four EU countries. This project will provide ultra‑secure communication channels reinforcing Europe’s cybersecurity resilience. In terms of cross-border cybersecurity cooperation, Cyprus is also hosting one of the three EU Cyber Hubs established under the Cyber Solidarity Act. Through its federated and standards-based approach, the project contributes to the broader European vision of interconnected and resilient cross-border security operation centre (SOC) ecosystems. Furthermore, with its dynamic start-up ecosystem, Cyprus has implemented measures to attract and facilitate the relocation of start-ups, reinforcing its position as an emerging start-up ecosystem.

Cyprus in the Digital Decade

Cyprus shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets (out of a possible 14), 86% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Cyprus provided 13 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them well with 77% considered on track. Cyprus addressed 40% of the five recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (20%) or making some changes (20%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 50% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 117 million, representing 16% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade 2026’, 89% of people in Cyprus consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping Europe’s future. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to: (i) reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (93%); (ii) promote digital education and skills programmes (91%); and (iii) strengthen the regulation of online platforms (e.g. online social media networks, marketplaces, app stores, etc.) (88%). In addition, 76% of Cypriot respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital services from third countries, and 85% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 49% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it meant slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects

Cyprus is allocating 30% of its total recovery and resilience plan (RRP) to digital (EUR 0.3 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.1 billion – representing 12% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding – is also being dedicated to advancing Cyprus’s digital transformation.

Cyprus is a member of the EUROPEUM-EDIC (European Digital Infrastructure Consortium) to deepen cooperation on blockchain services. Cyprus is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Cyprus

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

CY

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage

89.1%

95.5%

7.2%

84.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

89.1%

95.5%

7.2%

84.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

100.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

14

-

2

7451

-

10

10 000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

67.3%

74.4%

5.1%

75.6%

71.4%

11.0%

90.1%

90%

Cloud *

45.5%

48.5%

3.2%

54.2%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

7.9%

9.3%

17.3%

11.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

33.5%

42.8%

13.1%

37.2%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

58.0%

64.7%

5.6%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

4

4

0.0%

0

324

10.2%

5

500

At least basic digital skills *

49.5%

55.8%

6.2%

55.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

5.0%

4.9%

-2.0%

6.1%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

77.6

80.3

3.5%

80.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

86.0

85.9

-0.1%

89.3

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

75.4

78.8

4.4%

78.2

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Cyprus continues to deploy its fixed gigabit network at a rapid pace. A very efficient symmetrical access regime has helped develop the networks, as has – in underserved areas – the implementation of a major investment project funded by the recovery and resilience facility (RRF), with full network deployment scheduled for mid-2026. The country also demonstrates strong performance in 5G coverage. Regarding digital infrastructure, Cyprus is active in all aspects of the security and resilience of submarine cables, which is increasingly important in the current geopolitical environment. It is intensifying its efforts to enhance the submarine ecosystem, having a strategic target to become a regional connectivity hub. On the business side, Cyprus shows promising advancements in digitalisation of SMEs and uptake of cloud and data analytics by businesses, but there is room for improvement in the adoption of artificial intelligence. Policies and initiatives aimed at enhancing these areas could further bolster Cyprus’s digital competitiveness, in particular the implementation of the upcoming new national AI strategy. Continued focus on digital transformation and investment in advanced technologies will be crucial for sustaining and enhancing Cyprus’s position in the digital landscape.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Cyprus continues to work towards narrowing the digital skills gap, although it demonstrates a positive trend in digital skills acquisition. Significant disparities based on education level and age, persist, particularly among older adults and those with low formal education. Cyprus is making progress in digital public services but still lags behind EU averages, particularly in cross-border services (including judicial services) and local government digitalisation, as well as in the digitalisation of its justice system. However, Cyprus is actively advancing the practical deployment of artificial intelligence in the public sector through its programme ‘AI-in-Government’ to support the development and implementation of innovative AI-driven solutions in key domains such as meteorology, labour market monitoring, and transport, contributing to improved public service delivery and enhanced decision-making. Cyprus is also developing an integrated national digital health ecosystem and participate in the European cross-border e-health services network. Currently, people have access to their health data through an online portal, but the mobile Health application is under development. Cyprus reached all major preparatory milestones and started the implementation phase in early 2026, but the project’s completion is expected by the end of 2027.

Recommendations

-Adoption of AI by businesses: Swiftly turn the new national AI strategy into concrete support measures for greater AI adoption by businesses, including SMEs, by: (i) developing targeted AI capacity-building initiatives, particularly for traditional, non-ICT sectors; (ii) taking advantage of the sectoral approach outlined in the EU Apply AI Strategy; (iii) addressing cross-cutting challenges, such as enabling an AI-ready workforce and attracting and retaining top AI talent; (iv) promoting access for all types of enterprises (incl. SMEs, start-ups) to the recently created AI Factory Antenna in Cyprus; (v) leveraging the widespread fixed high-speed broadband coverage to accelerate efforts to create a local ecosystem of AI excellence around the AI Factory Antenna.

-Building technological leadership: With a view to the sovereignty of the digital backbone infrastructure of the island and the EU, secure investment to enhance Cyprus’s submarine cable ecosystem, and to participate in the Team Europe strategy on Submarine cable security and resilience for the Mediterranean regional sea basin.

-Cybersecurity: Strengthen Cyprus’s cybersecurity resilience in response to ever-increasing risks, especially to critical infrastructure (in particular submarine cables); further explore the use of an experimental national quantum communication infrastructure to enhance protection of critical assets.

-Digital public services: Accelerate implementation of the digital transformation strategy for the public sector, prioritising seamless and inclusive access to digital services for all citizens, with a focus on weaker areas, such as (i) boosting cross-border digital services, especially for Transport, Health, Business Start-Ups, and Justice; and (ii) supporting central and local authorities in digitalising services. Improve the efficiency of the justice system by leveraging innovative digital technologies to introduce well-functioning digital tools and procedures.

-Basic digital skills: Strengthen and expand targeted initiatives to enhance the digital skills of the population. Provide accessible and tailored training programmes, especially for groups presenting a lower percentage of at least basic digital skills, such as (i) people with no or low formal education and (ii) older people, and targeted awareness raising actions to help ensure inclusive development of digital skills across all population groups.

-E-health: Secure swift implementation of ongoing projects to ensure: (i) people will have access to their e-health records through a mobile application as soon as possible; (ii) timely availability of medical images and hospital discharge reports, (iii) equality of access to electronic health records (EHRs) for all demographic groups (e.g. by providing the legal basis and technical features for authorised persons to access EHRs on behalf of others;  an online access service that fully complies with web accessibility guidelines and by promoting the use of e-health solutions also by people with no or low formal education).

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Czechia





Executive summary

Overall, Czechia shows solid foundations in basic digital skills and a well-performing eGovernment ecosystem. It also demonstrates strengths in advanced research areas such as AI and quantum technologies. However, important gaps remain in the digitalisation of SMEs, particularly in the uptake of advanced technologies (AI, cloud, data analytics), as well as in the availability of ICT specialists. Structural weaknesses also persist in areas such as interoperability, data use in public administration and the absence of a comprehensive green-digital strategy.

The remaining gaps in SME digitalisation and advanced technology uptake weigh on productivity and competitiveness, limiting the ability of businesses to scale, innovate and integrate into digital value chains. Shortages of ICT specialists further constrain digital transformation across sectors. At the same time, incomplete interoperability and limited data-sharing practices reduce the efficiency gains that could be achieved through fully digital public administration, while gaps in eHealth uptake and integration affect the broader performance of the system.

Czechia can nevertheless rely on several assets for digital leadership. It is developing a structured approach to AI through the National Artificial Intelligence Strategy of the Czech Republic 2030 and related support initiatives (including the advanced tech TWIST programme and EDIHs), while maintaining strong participation in European initiatives such as EuroHPC and quantum research. The innovation ecosystem is supported by incubation and internationalisation programmes, although scaling-up remains a challenge. Continued investment in advanced technologies, combined with stronger links between research and industry, will be key to consolidating this position.

Czechia in the Digital Decade 

Czechia shows a low level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets (out of 14 possible), 43% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. Czechia also set a target of 60% for the combined adoption of technologies by businesses, shy of the 75% at EU level. In its national roadmap, Czechia provided 14 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 14 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 64% considered on track. Czechia addressed 17% of the 6 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 69% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 988 million, representing 31% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on 'the Digital Decade' 2026, 72% of Czech people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (86%), promote digital education and skills programs (80%) and develop shared digital public services (74%). In addition, 77% of Czech respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from third countries, and 77% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 45% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects  

Czechia allocates 22% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.8 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 1.8 billion, representing 9% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Czechia’s digital transformation.

Czechia is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC and of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. Czechia is directly participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT), supported under National Recovery Plan. Czechia is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Czechia

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory (3)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

CZ

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

53.9%

54.7%

1.4%

68.9%

85.5%

3.7%

95.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

40.6%

44.8%

10.4%

42.9%

74.1%

7.1%

60.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

99.1%

99.7%

0.6%

89.4%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate)

-

295

-

37

7451

-

144

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

49.3%

70.5%

19.5%

72.5%

71.4%

11.0%

80.0%

90%

Cloud *

35.2%

42.9%

10.4%

47.5%

46.7%

9.5%

60.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

11.3%

17.6%

56.3%

10.7%

20.0%

48.0%

21.0%

75%

Data analytics *

19.5%

44.6%

51.3%

23.9%

39.9%

9.5%

35.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

43.1%

61.0%

19.0%

45.9%

63.2%

7.5%

60.0%

75%

Unicorns

3

3

0.0%

4

324

10.2%

6

500

At least basic digital skills *

69.1%

70.5%

1.0%

67.3%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.5%

4.7%

4.4%

5.4%

5.0%

2.0%

7.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

81.5

87.2

7.0%

100.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

86.3

100.0

15.9%

100.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to e-health records

77.4

77.4

0.0%

62.1

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) expect for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership 

Despite maintaining investments in fibre and 5G infrastructure and ongoing reforms to address permitting bottlenecks and support rollout in underserved areas Czechia is below the EU average in connectivity; demand-side factors, including limited perceived benefits and price sensitivity, continue to affect uptake and the business case for deployment, particularly in rural areas.

SME digitalisation is supported through a broad set of programmes under OP TAC, including Digital Enterprise and DEEP TECH calls, which have mobilised significant funding and demonstrated strong demand. These measures increasingly focus on advanced technologies and are aligned with Digital Decade targets. However, structural barriers such as administrative complexity, limited advisory capacity and regulatory constraints affect uptake. While regional innovation ecosystems are supported through EDIHs and testing facilities, further efforts are needed to improve visibility, accessibility and effectiveness of support tools. Czechia also lags behind its trajectory on unicorns, reflecting broader challenges in scaling innovative firms and access to finance.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Czechia performs well in basic digital skills, with limited structural gaps across the population. Ongoing education reforms, notably the revision of the Framework Education Programme, strengthen digital competences and computational thinking from an early stage. However, shortages of ICT specialists persist, particularly in advanced fields such as AI, cybersecurity and data analytics, despite upskilling and reskilling efforts. Measures to increase women participation and improve labour market relevance are in place but remain limited in scale.

Digital public services continue to improve, with a strong focus on user-centric design, life-event-based services and the gradual integration of AI tools. Progress on the national digital wallet and interoperability frameworks is ongoing, supported by investments in core infrastructure and governance. However, barriers remain in data sharing, system integration and uneven capacities across administrations. In eHealth, access to digital health records has expanded, but challenges persist in interoperability, uptake by professionals and support for smaller healthcare providers.

Recommendations

-Connectivity: (a) Promote the rollout of fibre infrastructure by supporting the expansion of fibre networks through coordinated funding programmes and regulatory measures at both national and regional levels, ensuring a balanced deployment, including in rural areas; (b) strengthen fibre take-up by supporting, through targeted funding and appropriate regulation, the deployment of the fibre connections to end users. (c) foster the copper networks switch-off with a view to ensuring the take up of fibre, unlock the benefits of the connectivity ecosystem and maximise the socio-economic value of high-speed infrastructure; (d) Improve availability and coverage in the 5G mid-spectrum band (3.4-3.8 GHz) in order to ensure sufficient availability of mid-band spectrum for high-quality public 5G networks.

-Unicorns: Strengthen framework conditions for scaling innovative firms, including start-ups and spin-offs in deep-tech sectors, by improving access to scale-up support and facilitating the commercial uptake of research results through stronger academia-business links.

-ICT specialists: Reinforce the supply of ICT specialists and advanced digital skills, with particular attention to cybersecurity, AI and data-related skills, by further aligning education and reskilling programmes with labour market needs and stepping up efforts to attract women and girls into ICT careers.

-E-Health: Strengthen interoperability and uptake of digital health services by accelerating the adoption of common health data standards across healthcare providers, supporting the digitalisation of smaller healthcare providers, and improving the use and awareness of eHealth services among healthcare professionals and patients.

-Green-Digital nexus: Develop a more coherent green-digital approach, including measures to monitor the environmental footprint of digital infrastructures and to better integrate digitalisation into climate, energy and circular economy policies.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Denmark





Executive summary

Denmark has built a very advanced digital ecosystem, supported by a robust infrastructure, an excellent research base, a population with strong digital skills and a long-standing use of digital solutions in both the private and public sectors. However, the next stage of digitalisation is proving to be more challenging, particularly for Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs). Although companies are increasingly investing in advanced technologies – such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), cloud-based solutions and data analytics – to transform their internal processes and leverage data, adoption at the deeper level remains uneven because of skills and financial constraints. At the same time, the increasing demand for ICT specialists is putting pressure on the labour market, with smaller companies in particular facing difficulties in attracting and retaining the necessary expertise. These challenges can affect Denmark’s ability to sustain its high levels of productivity and competitiveness, as companies that do not integrate more advanced digital use risk lagging behind on innovation.

Denmark can rely on solid foundations supporting its digital leadership, including advanced digital infrastructure and a strong innovation system. Strengthening the link between research and market deployment will be essential to ensure that Denmark’s innovation base translates into real applications, supporting the scaling up of digital solutions and their diffusion across the economy. This approach is already visible in some strategic sectors, such as quantum technologies, where strong connections are being created between research – including in life sciences and advanced sensing – and industrial capabilities. Recent policy initiatives are also seeking to reinforce this link, including in the recent multi-annual investment plan for Research and Innovation 2026-2029 and the political agreement on knowledge and technology transfer . Moreover, the country now finds itself at a pivotal moment, as recent national elections coincide with the upcoming end of its current digitalisation strategy in 2027, prompting a reassessment of priorities and funding needs. While AI, SMEs, digital skills and ICT development are expected to remain central pillars, policy discussions increasingly reflect the need to balance competitiveness and digital leadership with resilience and technological sovereignty. This is demonstrated by a growing focus on critical digital infrastructures – such as cloud, quantum technologies and connectivity – not only as drivers of innovation, but also as key enablers of strategic autonomy.

Denmark in the Digital Decade

Denmark shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, with 10 national targets (out of 14), 90% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, it provided 8 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following these trajectories well, with 88% of them being on track. Denmark has addressed 60% of the 5 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, 51% of the measures are set to expire by the end of 2026. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 200 million, representing 24% of the total public budget set out in the roadmap. 

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 88% of Danish people consider that digital policy should have a very high or high priority for the EU. They also think that, over the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (98%), build an independent European digital infrastructure (broadband, 5G cloud, semiconductors) (87%) and promote digital education and skills programmes (86%). In addition, 87% of Danes think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from third countries, and 92% think that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 76% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects

Denmark allocates 28% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 0.4 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.06 billion, representing 14% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Denmark’s digital transformation.

Denmark is a member of the ‘Alliance for Language Technologies’ European Digital Infrastructure Consortium. It also participates in the European High-Performance Computing Joint Undertaking (JU) and in the Chips JU.

 

Denmark 

EU 

Digital Decade target by 2030  

Digital Decade KPI (1) 

Last available data (2) 

DESI 2026 (year 2025) 

Annual progress 

National trajectory 2025 (3) 

DESI 2026 

Annual progress 

DK 

EU 

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 

96.8%

97.7%

1.0%

98.0%

85.5%

3.7%

-

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 

87.2%

90.3%

3.5%

-

74.1%

7.1%

-

-

Basic 5G coverage 

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

100.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology) 

-

132

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity * 

75.3%

92.5%

10.8%

82.9%

71.4%

11.0%

95.0%

90%

Cloud * 

66.2%

67.6%

1.1%

71.0%

46.7%

9.5%

77.2%

75%

Artificial Intelligence 

27.6%

42.0%

52.4%

36.8%

20.0%

48.0%

76.6%

75%

Data analytics * 

49.5%

60.0%

10.1%

59.4%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics * 

77.4%

82.3%

3.1%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns 

10

11

10.0%

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills * 

69.6%

81.5%

8.2%

73.6%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists 

5.8%

5.7%

-1.7%

6.6%

5.0%

2.0%

7.7%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification 

Yes

Digital public services for citizens 

79.5

82.2

3.4%

-

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses 

87.5

89.1

1.8%

-

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records 

97.9

97.9

0.0%

-

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1 Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023) 

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap 

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Denmark enjoys strong connectivity, with very high broadband coverage, though uptake of fibre and 5G on the demand side remains a work in progress. Overall, most SMEs display a basic level of digital intensity, with widespread use of digital tools supported by initiatives like SME:Digital, which has helped drive early adoption and awareness. However, the programme has received little attention in recent budget planning, limiting its potential to support deeper digitalisation in the future. While companies are showing higher investment and innovation activity, skill shortages continue to weigh on productivity gains. Adoption of advanced technologies, including AI, cloud and data analytics, has increased – especially for AI – but remains uneven, with smaller companies struggling to keep pace with larger competitors because of financial, skills and time constraints. The AI-Boost hub and the broader European Digital Innovation Hub (EDIH) network play a key role in bridging these gaps by providing access to expertise, testing and implementation support. Denmark has a strong pipeline of start-ups and scale-ups, but weaker growth-stage funding makes scaling more difficult. Late-stage financing is heavily dependent on foreign investors, while regulatory and administrative burdens continue to hinder growth. As a result, a strong early-stage innovation ecosystem is not translating into sufficient commercialisation or conversion of research into ready-made businesses. Cybersecurity awareness is high, but maintaining resilience remains an ongoing challenge, given the continuously evolving nature of threats and technologies. A new political agreement was reached to strengthen cyber and information security support to citizens and SMEs, enhance cyber coordination and improve cyber education until 2029. Building on this framework, the key challenge now is to turn increased awareness and institutional support into consistent, widespread implementation of basic cybersecurity practices across SMEs.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Denmark remains one of the EU’s strongest countries when it comes to digital skills, thanks to a long-standing model that links mandatory use of digital tools with public service delivery and skills formation. Some gaps linked to education levels remain and the country is now starting to integrate ‘Technology Comprehension’ as an approach across core subjects in primary education and as an elective subject in lower secondary education starting from 2027-2028. Implementation across the country remains to be seen, particularly in lower secondary education, where the subject will remain optional for students. Young people are particularly vulnerable to misleading content online, which has led Denmark to prioritising online safety and protecting children, particularly during its EU Presidency of the Council. At the same time, shortages of ICT specialists and STEM graduates persist, with smaller companies struggling to find the talent they need to be truly competitive. As part of the higher education reform, Denmark is seeking to raise the number of international students to address labour market needs. For example, by expanding English-taught master’s programmes and creating new places in STEM and IT fields. However, its effectiveness will depend on the ability to retain STEM graduates. Digital public services continue to be widely used and trusted, with healthcare representing a key application area. As systems face pressures from an ageing populations and workforce shortages, AI is increasingly being explored and adopted for its potential to improve efficiency, accessibility and service delivery.

Recommendations

·Digitalisation of SMEs and adoption of advanced digital technologies: Accelerate SME digitalisation beyond basic adoption towards the productive use of advanced digital and AI-based solutions. This includes: (i) maintaining and expanding existing SME digitalisation support schemes, while also reducing fragmentation among programmes; (ii) strengthening coordination with innovation infrastructures such as the AI-Boost hub, European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) and the EU Testing and Experimentation Facilities (TEFs); (iii) fostering stronger collaboration between SMEs, research institutions and innovation intermediaries to improve knowledge diffusion and facilitate the uptake of cutting-edge technologies; and (iv) promoting AI uptake in strategic sectors, supporting the EU’s Apply AI strategy.

·ICT specialists: Address shortages of ICT specialists and strengthen digital skills across the workforce by: (i) increasing the supply of ICT and STEM graduates, including through the effective implementation of higher education reforms and the expansion of relevant study places; (ii) attracting and retaining ICT talent by strengthening pathways from study to employment and facilitating graduates’ integration into the Danish labour market; (iii) scaling advanced digital skills, upskilling and reskilling programmes for both ICT specialists and workers in sectors undergoing digital transformation, ensuring alignment with labour market needs.

·Innovation ecosystems: Strengthen the country’s capacity to turn digital and deep-tech research into scalable commercial innovation, including by effectively implementing and monitoring the recent agreements on technology transfer and on funding for research and innovation. Improve access to scale-up funding for innovative digital companies by addressing the late-stage funding gap and enabling businesses to scale domestically.

·Quantum technologies: Consolidate the country’s quantum leadership by: (i) leveraging existing strengths in life sciences and quantum sensing to develop market-ready applications and grow industrial adoption; (ii) expanding commercialisation support to speed up research-to-market transitions; and (iii) deepening cross-border collaboration to contribute to the building of a European quantum supply chain. 

·Cybersecurity: Ensure the effective implementation of the new national cyber and information security strategy and the strengthening of coordination mechanisms across public and private stakeholders. Moreover, further encourage the uptake of cybersecurity measures by SMEs through targeted awareness, training and funding initiatives.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 





Executive summary

Overall, Estonia has a strong record in digitalisation, with excellent digital public services, strong take-up of advanced technologies and a vibrant tech start-up ecosystem. However, there is still room for improvement when it comes to connectivity and the implementation of cybersecurity measures by businesses. The number of ICT specialists, while currently above the EU average, is still a crucial area of development to meet demand on Estonia’s job market, with a growing emphasis not only on quantity but on the quality of skills and the progression from advanced to top-level expertise. Additionally, while the overall level of basic digital skills in Estonia is above the EU average, it has stagnated over recent years and certain groups, such as older individuals are less digitally skilled than their EU counterparts.

While Estonia has performed well overall in its digital transition, its connectivity weaknesses in the area of very high capacity networks (VHCNs), are having an impact on its competitiveness, as strong digital infrastructure is the foundation for a thriving digital society. Low levels of implementation of cybersecurity measures by businesses also represent a significant risk, especially in the current geo-political environment. Estonia has identified that a shortage in ICT specialists is the key bottleneck to ongoing digitalisation efforts and the adoption of advanced technologies across all sectors in the country. By increasing the supply of ICT specialists on the employment market, combined with stronger and more systematic emphasis on skills development, Estonia could further improve its competitiveness through increased digitalisation.

Estonia is a digital leader in several areas. It is home to one of the most digitised governments in the EU thanks to the early implementation of digital public services. Additionally, Estonia’s public policies have strongly shifted towards the adoption of AI, including by building local AI infrastructure through a Nordic-wide consortium and the adoption of AI in education and throughout the public and private sector with initiatives such as the AI Leap and Eesti.ai. Estonia has also committed to large public investments in its start-up sector, building on one of the existing strengths of the country. In the area of emerging technologies such as semiconductors and quantum computing, Estonia is an active participant in EU-level initiatives while simultaneously cooperating with neighbouring countries.

Estonia in the Digital Decade

Estonia shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets (out of 14 possible), 93% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Estonia provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them well with 83% considered on track. Estonia addressed 86% of the 7 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (29%) or making some changes (57%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 0% of the measures will come to an end.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 71% of Estonian people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (93%), promote digital education and skills programs (88%), and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (e.g. online social networks, marketplaces, app stores, etc.) (80%).

In addition, 69% of Estonian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from third countries, and 70% that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 35% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and Multi-Country Projects

Estonia allocates 24% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 0.2 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.4 billion, representing 10% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Estonia’s digital transformation.

Estonia is a member of the Local Digital Twins towards a CitiVERSE EDIC. Estonia is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1) 

Estonia 

EU 

Digital Decade target by 2030 

Last available data (2) 

DESI 2026 (year 2025) 

Annual progress 

National trajectory 2025 (3) 

DESI 2026 

Annual progress 

EE 

EU 

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage 

76.3%

81.1%

6.4%

78.5%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 

76.3%

81.1%

6.4%

78.5%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage 

91.5%

100.0%

9.2%

95.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology) 

-

28

-

0

7451

-

5

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity * 

55.9%

72.1%

13.6%

65.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud * 

52.6%

56.2%

3.4%

58.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence 

13.9%

23.4%

68.5%

20.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics * 

25.6%

56.0%

48.0%

35.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics * 

60.6%

75.0%

11.3%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns 

2

2

0.0%

-

324

10.2%

5

500

At least basic digital skills * 

62.6%

62.5%

-0.1%

67.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists 

7.2%

6.8%

-5.6%

7.5%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification 

Yes

Digital public services for citizens 

96.1

97.2

1.1%

100.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses 

97.5

97.5

0.0%

100.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records 

100.0

100.0

0.0%

100.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023) 
(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap 

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Estonia has a mixed performance in connectivity, with its fibre and basic 5G coverage above the EU average after impressive growth over the last two years. However, its VHCN coverage remains below the EU average. To address this, Estonia has implemented support measures to increase its VHCN coverage, specifically targeting rural areas.

On the business side, basic digitalisation in SMEs is above the EU average. Moreover, Estonian businesses have demonstrated impressive take-up of data analytics and cloud computing. Building on an already strong uptake of advanced technologies by businesses, Estonia has embraced the goal of becoming a global leader in AI. The country is aiming to use the technology to grow its economy by 50% by 2035 through the launch of Eesti.ai and other initiatives. However, the Eesti.ai initiative is still in its initial stages and will need additional definition and further implementation to achieve its high goals. In its transition to AI, Estonia is also supported by its historically strong start-up ecosystem which grew significantly in 2025. However, the number of newly formed companies and overall investment in the sector has declined over several years, warranting further support.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

In Estonia, the overall level of basic digital skills is above the EU average but has stagnated over recent years and among certain groups. For example, older individuals in Estonia have lower digital skills than their EU counterparts. The need for digital skills is all the more crucial given the high degree of digitalisation of public services in Estonia, creating increased barriers to participation in public life especially for vulnerable groups. Further work to ensure the accessibility of public services is crucial in Estonia. While the share of ICT specialists remains above the EU average, Estonia has nevertheless identified the number of ICT specialists as a key factor limiting its digital transition across all sectors.

Recommendations

-ICT specialists: Further implement measures to educate ICT specialists, particularly in critical fields such as AI and cybersecurity, and reverse the decline in ICT specialists in employment, including by (i) providing lifelong learning opportunities, (ii) offering courses specifically targeted at upskilling junior ICT specialists and recent ICT graduates, (iii) decreasing the dropout rate of ICT-related courses, and (iv) renewing efforts to attract more women to the ICT sector.

-AI uptake: Continue implementing measures to position Estonia as a future AI leader by advancing AI adoption in education, the economy and the public sector. This should be done by (i) further developing the AI Leap programme in education, (ii) accelerating the implementation of Eesti.ai and similar initiatives to boost AI uptake across the business sector, (iii) further adopting AI in the public sector to increase usability and reduce the cost of digital public services, and (iv) strengthening local AI infrastructure through initiatives such as the Nordic AI consortium.

-Basic digital skills: Continue implementing measures to increase digital skills throughout society by (i) consolidating the fragmented efforts of the digital skills development system, (ii) expanding access to and the range of free e-learning opportunities, (iii) providing in-person digital training targeted at older adults and rural communities, and (iv) introducing measures aimed at increasing the fact-checking skills of the public.

-Cybersecurity: Step up efforts to support companies, especially SMEs and entities that operate in critical infrastructure to implement cybersecurity measures. Pursue efforts to minimise the impact of online fraud by organising awareness-raising campaigns targeting the general public and particularly vulnerable groups in society.

-Unicorns: Support the Estonian start-up ecosystem by (i) further developing accelerator programmes and start-up incubators to foster the formation of new start-ups, (ii) better leveraging public investment in R&I and addressing obstacles to commercialisation of R&I, and (iii) improving access to finance for scaling up of start-ups.

-Green transition: Follow up on the sustainability initiatives of the Digital Society Development plan 2035, particularly by (i) institutionalising the measurement of the ICT carbon footprint of each public sector institution, and (ii) consolidating ICT management across the public sector.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Finland





Executive summary

Finland has established itself as a digital frontrunner, with digitally agile enterprises, strong digital skills and leadership in artificial intelligence (AI) and supercomputing. However, Finland has not fully harnessed its digital potential due to persistent connectivity gaps in rural areas, stagnant cloud adoption and a shortage of ICT professionals.

Finland benefits from a range of strong digital leadership assets. It is advancing semiconductor innovation and research, and promoting cross-sector AI adoption, including hosting one of the EU’s first AI factories, LUMI, and strengthening AI education. Finnish businesses are highly digitalised, supported by sustained public and private investments. People in Finland demonstrate strong digital proficiency alongside robust awareness of privacy issues and critical content-evaluation skills, while e-Government services are widely adopted across society.

Addressing persistent connectivity gaps in rural areas remains important to ensuring that all communities can benefit from the digital economy and have equitable access to services such as e-government, remote work, and digital education. At the same time, stagnant cloud adoption may create long-term issues, given that growing demand for high-performance computing will necessitate additional investment. ICT talent shortages threaten Finland’s ability to capitalise on its technological leadership, meaning it could fall behind in AI innovation, data-driven industries and high-performance computing (areas where the country currently excels). If these challenges are not addressed, Finland may struggle to sustain its competitive edge in digitalisation and to fully realise the economic and societal benefits of its advanced digital infrastructure.

Finland in the Digital Decade

Finland shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national targets (out of 14 possible), 100% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Finland provided 10 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them well with 80% considered on track. Finland addressed 86% of the 7 recommendations issued by the European Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (29%) or making some changes (57%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 43% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 70 million, representing 13% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 83% of Finnish people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (96%), promote digital education and skills programs (90%), and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (83%).

In addition, 87% of Finnish respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from non-EU countries, and 93% that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 68% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Finland allocates 29% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 0.5 billion). In addition, under the cohesion policy, EUR 0.4 billion, representing 19% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Finland’s digital transformation.

Finland is an observer of the Alliance for Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC). It is directly participating in the Important Project of Common European Interest on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). The country is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Finland

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

FI

EU

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

81.7%

84.6%

3.6%

72.1%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

68.3%

80.0%

17.2%

72.1%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

99.5%

100.0%

0.5%

99.6%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

110

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

85.6%

94.0%

4.8%

91.5%

71.4%

11.0%

95.0%

90%

Cloud *

73.0%

73.1%

0.1%

73.6%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

24.4%

37.8%

55.2%

35.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

40.6%

45.1%

5.5%

52.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

79.5%

81.0%

0.9%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

6

8

33.3%

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills *

82.0%

81.0%

-0.6%

83.4%

60.4%

4.3%

87.0%

80%

ICT specialists

7.8%

7.8%

0.0%

8.3%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

96.3

97.4

1.2%

92.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

98.8

98.8

0.0%

-

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

84.7

91.4

7.9%

-

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) The latest available data is from DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)
(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Finland’s 2025 digital and technological landscape reflects strong performance in key areas but reveals mixed progress in adoption, infrastructure, and innovation. Digital connectivity shows steady improvement with the decommission of copper, adoption of a 6G roadmap, near-universal 5G coverage and Fibre-to-the-Premises (FTTP) adoption surpassing EU averages. On the other hand, Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage lags behind, and gaps in rural area coverage (FTTP and VHCN) is a threat to further deepen the digital divide. Finland excels in the digitalisation of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), though growth rates for cloud adoption and data analytics have slowed. AI adoption remains a standout, driven by initiatives like the LUMI AI Factory. Finland’s 2025-2035 Quantum Technology Strategy position the country as a global leader by integrating research, industrial policy, and infrastructure, while expanding commercialisation, quantum-secure communications, and export-driven innovation through Business Finland’s quantum program. By accelerating private-sector growth, cross-border partnerships, and market capture, would allow Finland to full capitalise on its world-class ecosystem. In semiconductors, Finland has strengthened its ecosystem through initiatives such as the VTT Technical Research Centre of Finland’s (VTT) pilot lines (e.g. FAMES and NanoIC), Tampere University’s wide-bandgap (WBG) packaging hub and the Finnish Chips Competence Centre (FiCCC). These efforts bring together academia and industry while also supporting collaboration across the Nordic and Baltic regions. Cybersecurity continues to be a national strength, although reliance on non-European providers and fragmented funding structures risk weakening long-term resilience. Meanwhile, the start-up ecosystem is seeing a decline in the number of new ventures, even as investment – particularly in deep tech – continue to grow.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Finland’s digital society in 2025 demonstrates exceptional strength in skills and public services, though persistent gaps exist in the availability of ICT specialists. The level of basic digital skills continues to be significantly above the EU average, standing out due to women outperforming men. However, stagnant skills growth and the urban-rural divide risks eroding Finland’s lead. While ICT education in Finland is expanding, domestic output has been short of industry demand. This makes strategic international recruitment of high-skilled digital talent essential to fill persistent gaps, capitalise on the country’s strong ICT reputation and support businesses driving growth through next-generation technologies. Recently, due to the general economic situation, unemployment of the recently graduated has been rising. Digital public services continue to rank among the best in the EU, with initiatives such as suomi.fi leading the way. Finland is in the process of harmonising the EU Digital Identity (EUDI) Wallet.

Recommendations

-Connectivity: Finland should close the remaining fixed gigabit coverage gap in rural and sparsely populated areas in particular by: (i) maintaining Finnish leadership on mobile networks and on the next-generation roadmap, including through the sustained implementation of the national 6G roadmap published in June 2025 promotion of the deployment of 5G SA networks and of the national project on secure and future-proof communication networks. (ii) it should take advantage of the upcoming expiry rights of use to negotiate pro-investment conditions, (iii) scaling up existing broadband support measures for areas where market failure is evident, complemented by targeted state-aid schemes and community-led initiatives.

-ICT specialists: to meet the fast-growing demand for ICT specialists from Finnish industry and to address persistent gaps in supply, Finland should deploy a coordinated set of training, attraction and retention measures aligned with the country's priority technology domains, in particular by: (i) offering tailored training pathways for ICT specialists already in the workforce, aligned with the demand from the LUMI AI Factory, from the Finnish Chips Competence Centre and from the quantum ecosystem, including by building on the national doctoral-training pilot programme 2024-2027; (ii) reinforcing the attraction and retention of ICT specialists from abroad, and addressing the persistent gender gap in the field (iii) intensifying efforts to increase women’s participation in ICT studies and careers.

-Take-up of technologies: Further promote cooperation between academia, businesses, and other stakeholders, with a view to advancing innovation with the support of digital technologies with a particular emphasis on cloud and data analytics.

-Cybersecurity: Reinforce further efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly for enterprises and public administration. To strengthen digital sovereignty and align with EU strategic priorities, Finland should expand its reliance on European cybersecurity suppliers while addressing current funding gaps and structuring investments more effectively. Ensure the effective operation of the national cybersecurity services for information security threat detection and attack surface mapping, including by securing predictability of public funding for these services. Finalise efforts to ensure imposition of cybersecurity measures necessary to enhance the cyber posture of critical infrastructure.

-Quantum: Accelerate the transition from infrastructure excellence toward a broader industrial and export-oriented base, widening the company landscape beyond the current concentrated core. Reinforce Finland's instruments for attracting foreign investment and supporting commercial scale-up. Enforce the integration of the Finnish ecosystem into European value chains and intensify collaboration and contribute to building a European quantum supply-chain.

-Semiconductors: Continue investing in the development and manufacturing of critical technologies in the areas of digital and deep tech.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

France





Executive summary

Overall, France has strong assets in digitalisation such as a good fibre coverage, a digitally skilled population and a vibrant AI ecosystem. However, while the country has made strong progress in expanding digital adoption across businesses, it is still not fully reaping the fruits of digital transition when it comes to the general population of businesses, which lags behind in basic digitalisation and adoption of key technologies. The number of ICT specialists is also sub-par and experiencing sluggish growth, while the digitalisation of public services seems to have stagnated in recent years.

The weaknesses identified in the digitalisation of businesses are having an impact on France’s competitiveness as low digitalised businesses cannot take advantage of productivity gains brought by digital tools (basic and advanced), nor can they access new online markets. More ICT specialists in the job market could relieve skills shortages in all sectors and help businesses access the expertise required to digitalise. More widespread digital public services could also foster the digitalisation of businesses while alleviating their administrative burden.

France can, however, count on several digital leadership assets. It is home to one of the most attractive AI ecosystems for start-ups thanks to a pool of engineering and research talent and considerable public support programmes. Public policies recently shifted heavily toward AI for the digitalisation of all businesses, and for research and infrastructure with large-scale projects such as the AI Factory France (AI2F). Massive investments in research and the production of semiconductors were committed through the Digital Decade roadmap. In quantum technology, France is a frontrunner in the EU and at the forefront of computing research with the inauguration of the Ruby quantum processor in 2025 as part of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking.

France in the Digital Decade

France shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 9 national targets (out of 14 possible), 100% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. France also set a target of 65% for the combined adoption of technologies by businesses, shy of the 75% EU level target. In its national roadmap, France provided 10 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 14 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 50% considered on track. France addressed 67% of the 6 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (33%) or making some changes (33%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 27% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 3.15 billion, representing 28% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap. 

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 72% of French people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (95%), promote digital education and skills programs (88%), and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (88%). In addition, 83% of French respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from third countries, and 83% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 49% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

France allocates 22% of its total recovery and resilience plan to the digital transition (EUR 8.1 billion). In addition, under the cohesion policy, EUR 2.0 billion, representing 12% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing France’s digital transformation.

France is the host Member State for the Alliance for Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (ALT-EDIC) and for the Digital Commons EDIC. France is also a member of the Local Digital Twins towards CitiVERSE EDIC. France participates directly in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT), in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS), and in the IPCEI Tech4Cure. France is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

France

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

FR

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

87.5%

91.7%

4.9%

100.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

87.5%

91.7%

4.9%

-

74.1%

7.1%

-

-

Basic 5G coverage

94.3%

96.4%

2.2%

100.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

854

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

52.0%

69.4%

15.6%

62.9%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

23.0%

36.5%

26.0%

-

46.7%

9.5%

-

75%

Artificial Intelligence

9.9%

18.2%

83.2%

-

20.0%

48.0%

-

75%

Data analytics *

33.9%

39.3%

7.6%

-

39.9%

9.5%

-

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

44.9%

57.9%

13.6%

50.6%

63.2%

7.5%

65.0%

75%

Unicorns

47

50

6.4%

57

324

10.2%

100

500

At least basic digital skills *

59.7%

65.7%

5.0%

65.5%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.8%

4.9%

2.1%

6.2%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital public services for citizens

71.2

72.0

1.1%

80.1

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

76.9

74.6

-3.0%

85.2

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

84.2

88.4

4.9%

85.2

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

France is performing well in connectivity, being above the EU average in fibre coverage and slightly below for 5G. Coverage of fibre to the last non-covered premises, especially in very dense areas and outermost regions, will be key to achieving full coverage by 2030. There is a high take-up of fibre in France as it is leading in the EU in terms of the share of fixed broadband subscriptions >=1Gbps, but it is in the group of the worst performing countries for 5G take-up although a recent acceleration has been observed. The French quantum strategy is one of the most advanced in the EU but needs updating with a view to consolidating the scale-up and industrial stages. Semiconductor research facilities and production capacities are well developed, though smaller than global players.

On the business side, SMEs are still lagging in basic digitalisation, though catching up with the EU average. Training and diagnostics under the France Num scheme proved to be efficient and popular in terms of engaging smaller businesses in digitalising, despite bottlenecks related to skills availability and concerns about cybersecurity risks. Businesses’ uptake of advanced technologies such as cloud or AI is also sub-par. France decidedly embraced AI as the leading technology to digitalise its economy and in 2025 launched the plan ‘Osez l’IA’ to foster AI adoption by businesses of all sizes. The start-up and frontier AI ecosystem is very well developed and attracted record investments for AI infrastructure in 2025, further supported by a national plan to facilitate the implementation of data centres. However, as in other EU countries, French start-ups face issues in scaling up due to limited access to venture capital and could benefit from increased international visibility.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

The level of basic digital skills of the population is satisfactory, above the EU average. Conversely, the share of ICT specialists remains below average and has been stagnating for several years, leading to constraints in the ICT job market. While the ICT training offer seems to be sufficient, its take-up is weak. Tackling this issue – linked to weak performance in STEM education – could boost the spread of innovation and digitalisation across all business sectors.

France has engaged in many initiatives for digitalising public services, with strong priority given to sovereignty. While many services are available online, indicators point to weak progress in digitalisation efforts, including in justice. Cross-border availability in particular is low and many users report difficulties with online administrative procedures. The digitalisation of healthcare continues to improve, including by using AI technologies and strengthening data storage sovereignty.

Recommendations

-Digitalisation of SMEs: Improve SMEs basic digitalisation by designing dedicated public support measures, including training, diagnostics and targeted financial support, to accompany businesses in cybersecurity, digital business management, and digital business development.

-ICT specialists: Expand the supply of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) specialists, in particular by improving the job market relevance of existing training pathways (higher education, vocational training, and reskilling) and aligning them with industry needs, paying particular attention to AI and cybersecurity specialists. Strengthen the ongoing national effort in mathematics in secondary education, thereby addressing the weakness in math foundations which hinders entry into the field of ICT studies. Deploy earlier-stage awareness-raising measures and career guidance in the education system to raise take-up of existing training pathways. Intensify efforts to increase womens participation in ICT studies and careers.

-Uptake of AI: Accelerate the uptake of AI in businesses, especially SMEs, by ensuring that the recently launched national plan on AI adoption delivers on its stated training and take-up targets, with regular reporting on take-up broken down by business size. Invest in AI computing infrastructure and accelerate permitting procedures, including for data centres. Ensure effective access to the national AI factory infrastructure for SMEs and deploy sector-specific applications through the sectoral flagships of the EU Apply AI Strategy. Intensify support for European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) which are a key support tool helping businesses to adopt advanced digital technologies, especially AI, and are embedded in the wider EU AI ecosystem.

-Digital Public Services: Accelerate the digitalisation of public services for citizens and businesses, in particular by implementing cross-border public services capabilities and prioritising high-volume cross-border procedures. Step up efforts to digitalise the justice system to allow citizens to initiate and follow proceedings online. Continue the implementation of digital public services with a focus on Family, Health, and Career life events for citizens, and Regular Business Operations life events for businesses, and on regional-level services. Implement the once-only technical system (OOTS) systematically.

-Semiconductor: Sustain and deepen domestic production capacities in the semiconductor sector, in particular in back-end capacities and manufacturing of advanced chips for AI usage.

-Quantum: Consolidate Frances leadership in quantum technologies and translate it into industrial deployment, in particular by building on the achievements of the National Quantum Plan (2021-2025) and adopting a post-2025 roadmap with a clear multiannual budgetary trajectory, in order to avoid a funding gap for emerging industrial players. Deepen integration with the European supply chain and support cross-border cooperation.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Germany





Executive summary

Overall, Germany has strong assets in digitalisation, including a leading position in high-tech sectors such as semiconductors and quantum technology. However, persistent structural challenges – particularly in connectivity and digital public services – have constrained more substantial progress for many years. With the establishment of the new Ministry for Digital Transformation and Government Modernisation, some momentum for change has been generated, and several promising initiatives are being launched to address these challenges. However, it remains to be seen whether these efforts will translate into lasting structural improvements.

The persistent structural weaknesses limit the potential leverage that digitalisation can provide for competitiveness. Efficiency gains and reductions in administrative burden are often hindered by complex systemic issues (e.g. linked to fragmented responsibilities and implementation modes), which have been identified but not yet resolved. While gradual improvements are underway, they are so far too slow and limited in scale to generate substantial impact. Given the challenging economic situation overall, faster and more profound adjustments are needed to boost competitiveness and productivity.

At the same time, Germany remains among the leading EU Member States in several high-tech domains. It is the largest data centre as well as microelectronics location in the EU and plays a major role in semiconductor research and manufacturing. Germany also demonstrates a leading position in quantum technologies, supported by advanced research capabilities, cutting-edge infrastructure (e.g. exascale supercomputer JUPITER) and, to date, comparatively high levels of public funding.

Germany in the Digital Decade

Germany shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 9 national targets (out of a possible 14), 89% of which align with the EU 2030 targets. Germany has also set a target of 75% for the combined adoption of technologies by businesses, in line with the target at EU level. In its national roadmap, Germany provided 8 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 14 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 50% considered on track. Germany addressed 86% of the 7 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (14%) or making some changes (72%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 66% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 15.33 billion, representing 33% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap. 

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 84% of Germans consider that digital policy should be a very high or high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (92%), promote digital education and skills programmes (91%) and build an independent European digital infrastructure (broadband, 5G, cloud computing, semiconductors (85%)). In addition, 87% of German respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependence on digital technology from third countries, and 89% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 57% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.



Funding for digital and multi-country projects

Germany allocates 46% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 12.8 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 2.4 billion, representing 12% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Germany’s digital transformation.

Germany is a member of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC, and a member of the Digital Commons EDIC. The country participates directly in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Germany is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Germany

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

DE

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

77.4%

79.9%

3.2%

-

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

36.8%

44.0%

19.6%

50.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

99.1%

99.5%

0.4%

-

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

1948

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

61.4%

73.6%

9.5%

82.0%

71.4%

11.0%

91.0%

90%

Cloud *

38.5%

46.0%

9.3%

-

46.7%

9.5%

-

75%

Artificial Intelligence

19.8%

26.0%

31.5%

-

20.0%

48.0%

-

75%

Data analytics *

37.1%

37.7%

0.8%

-

39.9%

9.5%

-

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

58.0%

63.2%

4.4%

24.0%

63.2%

7.5%

75.0%

75%

Unicorns

66

74

12.1%

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills *

52.2%

59.6%

6.8%

60.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

5.1%

5.5%

7.8%

5.0%

5.0%

2.0%

5.3%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital public services for citizens

78.9

78.1

-1.0%

80.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

77.5

77.8

0.3%

82.5

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

87.0

87.7

0.9%

100.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

In the area of connectivity, fibre rollout has accelerated in recent years and differences between urban and rural rollout levels are narrowing, but regional disparities persist. Germany still scores second-to-last on fibre coverage in the EU and has relatively low take-up rates, with a particular challenge in establishing ‘last metre' connection, i.e. bringing fibre that is already available in close proximity to additional households. Germany is working on improving the framework conditions limiting rollout, including with adjustments to its national laws. It remains to be seen whether these measures will be sufficient to overcome structural challenges, such as fragmented stakeholder interests and deployment landscape. At the same time, preparatory work for copper switch-off is ongoing. In 5G, Germany performs below the EU average in the mid-band spectrum (3.4-3.8 GHz), which is crucial for delivering both broad coverage and high capacity.

At the business level, companies perceive gaps in their uptake of advanced technologies, such as artificial intelligence (AI), and there especially within the manufacturing sector. The usage of digital technologies is often focused on productivity gains, while applications related to innovation and business model transformation remain less common. Moreover, implementation challenges such as limited human and financial resources, shortcomings in data processing and regulatory complexity persist. Against this background, Germany has continued to implement European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) and the Mittelstand-Digital funding priority to support SMEs in their digital transformation efforts. It also hosts two of the 19 European AI Factories , driving advancements in AI application in different industrial sectors. In the area of start-ups, measures to reduce administrative burden are being prepared, while efforts to improve access to funding for tech start-ups are ongoing.

Despite Germany's strong position in quantum research and infrastructure, its performance remains relatively modest in more commercialisation-oriented quantum technology activities. This is reflected in limited planned private investment, partly due to the technology's early stage of development. Against the background of increasing cyber threats and gaps in companies’ preparedness, public support measures for businesses continue, but have not been expanded accordingly.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

The level of basic digital skills of the population is very close to the EU average, and the Digital Pact 2.0 will continue to support the digital transformation of the education system. Although Germany’s share of ICT specialists exceeds the EU average, ICT specialist shortages remain a constraint for the German economy. Demand is also rising for highly skilled professionals in areas such as AI, quantum technologies and semiconductors. It remains to be seen whether the speed and scope of ongoing and planned measures (e.g. National Skills Strategy, Skilled Labour Strategy, Work and Stay Agency) will be sufficient to address these shortages, as well as structural issues such as complex administrative procedures to attract and retain ICT talents.

Comparatively low availability and use of digital public services have been among the key challenges in Germany over recent years. Decentralised rollout is hindered by technical, organisational and political challenges, aggravated by fragmented responsibilities across different levels of government. The new Ministry for Digital Transformation and Government Modernisation has created some momentum to change dynamics, including moving from the ‘one for all’ (Einer für Alle, EfA) principle towards more standardised solutions, and launching some pilot projects to deliver a few quick positive signals and demonstrate the potential of cross-level collaboration. In this context, increasing interoperability across the fragmented IT landscape will be key, as it is also a prerequisite for the functionality of the EUDI Wallet. This is especially relevant given that eID uptake remains very low, while the EUDI Wallet could help address some of the challenges currently associated with eID usage.



Recommendations

-Digital public services: Accelerate and expand the nationwide rollout of digital public services and uptake of eID by enhancing interoperability and ensuring end-to-end digitalisation, including through greater use of standardised digital building blocks and improved connectivity between IT systems. Systematically address structural implementation barriers, including by strengthening collaboration and ensuring a more coherent allocation of resources and responsibilities across levels of government, as well as intensifying cross-border collaboration. Improve the user-friendliness of digital public services and simplify and promote eID usage, including by making it easier to (re)activate eID cards.

-Connectivity: Accelerate the rollout of very high-capacity networks, especially fibre optic infrastructure, with a focus on connecting end users and reducing regional disparities in coverage. Improve framework conditions for fibre deployment, including by strengthening efforts to streamline and standardise rollout procedures and fostering the copper networks switch-off. Promote take-up, including by increasing awareness of the benefits of fibre connectivity. Improve availability and coverage in the 5G mid-spectrum band (3.4-3.8 GHz) and take advantage of the upcoming expiry of rights of use to implement pro-investment conditions.

-Uptake of advanced technologies, especially AI: Accelerate the adoption of advanced technologies, such as AI, across businesses, including by fostering deeper integration of digital technologies to support innovation and business model transformation. In the field of AI, support the deployment of innovation infrastructures for businesses, such as AI Factories, AI Testing and Experimentation Facilities and European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIH). Promote AI uptake in strategic sectors, such as manufacturing, supporting the EU’s Apply AI Strategy’s actions.

-ICT specialists: Increase the supply of ICT specialists by attracting more young people into ICT-related studies and careers, including through further development of existing and planned measures. Strengthen efforts to attract and retain ICT talent by streamlining administrative procedures and enhancing collaboration. Ensure a sufficiently large pool of highly skilled professionals in cutting-edge technologies to support innovation and their continued development.

-Quantum technologies: Leverage the country’s strong position in quantum technologies with adequate funding, including by ensuring continued public financial support and by incentivising private investment, in particular into the German quantum startup landscape. Accelerate commercial uptake by reinforcing technology transfer mechanisms between the country's research base and industry. Intensify cross-border collaboration and contribute to building a European quantum supply chain.

-Cybersecurity: Improve cybersecurity resilience for private and public entities, including by raising awareness of existing support and complementing it with targeted measures to improve preparedness for the evolving threat and technology development landscape.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Greece




Executive summary

Overall, Greece has made significant progress in its digital transition, particularly in establishing a framework for the safe and resilient use of digital technologies across the economy and society. Recent key achievements include the adoption of a new national framework for data governance and a cybersecurity strategy to strengthen the country’s digital resilience. However, these advancements have yet to be translated into tangible benefits, notably for businesses, which continue to lag behind in both basic digital adoption and the uptake of advanced technologies. Structural weaknesses in digital skills also persist. While the vast majority of young people have at least basic digital skills, the proportion of the entire population with at least basic digital skills has shown no progress since 2023.

The slow pace of business digitalisation risks undermining Greece’s competitiveness. Low levels of digital adoption prevent businesses from capitalising on digital innovation and emerging transformative technologies. Furthermore, the persistent gap in digital skills and the shortage of ICT specialists limit access to a trained workforce, further hindering digital transformation.

Despite these challenges, Greece is rapidly developing assets that could drive future progress in digital leadership. The AI Factory ‘Pharos’ was formally established as a legal entity in 2025; four additional AI Factory Antennas have also been launched in countries of the region. In the area of quantum communications, Greece is coordinating a project to develop a secure and scalable infrastructure connecting the national quantum communication infrastructures of four EU countries. The initiative will provide ultra‑secure communication channels bolstering Europe’s cybersecurity resilience. Greece is also investing in semiconductors, having recently established the Hellenic Chips Competence Centre. Public and private stakeholders in the sector have started initial collaboration with the prospect of developing an ecosystem in Greece. Additionally, a major European Investment Bank (EIB) investment in a new gallium production facility in Greece marks a significant step toward strengthening Europe’s strategic autonomy in critical raw materials.

Greece in the Digital Decade

Greece shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets (out of 14 possible), 57% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Greece provided 13 trajectories points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 62% considered to be on track. Greece has addressed 83% of the six recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (16%) or making some changes (67%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 42% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 3.69 billion, representing 60% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade 2026’, 76% of respondents in Greece consider that digital policy should be a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping Europe’s future. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection online (93%), promote digital education and skills programmes (90%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms - e.g. online social media networks, marketplaces, app stores, etc) (84%). In addition, 82% of respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependence on digital from third countries, and 85% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. 56% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it meant slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects

Greece allocates 22% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 7.8 billion). In addition, under the cohesion policy, EUR 3.1 billion, representing 15% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Greece’s digital transformation.

Greece is the host Member State of the IMPACTS-EDIC, a European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC) established in December 2025 to boost interoperable digital solutions and services for public administrations across multiple countries. The country is also a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC, which seeks to strengthen cooperation on blockchain. Furthermore, Greece has been chosen by applicant Member States to host the CSC-EDIC on cybersecurity skills. Greece is directly participating in the Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and is a participating Member State of two Joint Undertakings (JUs), the EuroHPC and the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Greece

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

EL

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage

46.1%

59.8%

29.7%

51.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

46.1%

59.8%

29.7%

51.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Overall 5G coverage

99.8%

99.5%

-0.3%

90.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

89

-

5

7451

-

95

10 000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

43.3%

56.0%

13.7%

55.6%

71.4%

11.0%

79.7%

90%

Cloud *

18.1%

21.3%

8.4%

23.2%

46.7%

9.5%

56.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

9.8%

8.9%

-9.0%

12.0%

20.0%

48.0%

32.0%

75%

Data analytics *

25.0%

31.5%

12.2%

18.3%

39.9%

9.5%

40.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

33.5%

40.8%

10.3%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

3

3

0.0%

6

324

10.2%

20

500

At least basic digital skills *

52.4%

51.0%

-1.4%

61.4%

60.4%

4.3%

70.2%

80%

ICT specialists

2.5%

2.5%

0.0%

3.2%

5.0%

2.0%

4.5%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

No

Digital public services for citizens

76.7

79.4

3.4%

76.2

84.6

2.8%

98.2

100

Digital public services for businesses

78.6

86.0

9.4%

84.4

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

73.8

93.8

27.0%

72.1

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

On gigabit connectivity, Greece continues to make steady progress in fibre deployment, in line with its national trajectory, though it remains below the EU average. In sparsely populated areas, a very low level of coverage is observed across regions, with significant disparities between urban and rural areas. On the other hand, 5G coverage is equally well deployed across the country. Leveraging its strategic geographical position at the crossroads of three continents, Greece has also taken steps to enhance connectivity across borders and strengthen the resilience and security of its digital infrastructure. This includes the development of submarine cables and attracting investment for the deployment of data centres, creating significant opportunities in a rapidly expanding sector. However, the digital transformation of SMEs is progressing too slowly to meaningfully contribute to economic growth and competitiveness. Persistent challenges remain, including a limited absorption capacity, particularly among micro enterprises, a shortage of digital skills and remaining administrative bottlenecks, all of which risk hindering progress towards the 2030 Digital Decade target. The uptake of AI by businesses overall was also slow compared to the EU average in 2025. On a positive note, the emerging AI ecosystem centred around the AI Factory, along with broader investments in high-tech sectors – such as quantum communications and data centres – could generate a positive spillover effect for the wider economy. Greece is rapidly developing its digital leadership capabilities, and in 2025, it further strengthened the framework conditions for thriving digital economy by adopting a new framework for data governance and a national cybersecurity strategy to enhance cyber resilience in the face of evolving threats in line with EU regulations.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

In 2025, only half of people aged 16 to 74 (50.96%) in Greece possessed at least basic digital skills, a 1.4% annual decline since 2023, broadening the gap with the EU average of 60.40%. This trend is particularly alarming compared to the EU’s annual growth rate of 4.3% over the same period. Greece has implemented several initiatives to integrate digital skills into the education system, and the key performance indicator confirms that educational attainment significantly influences digital proficiency. Individuals with no or low formal education face considerable challenge, 22.62% only having at least a basic level of digital skills. This underlines the importance of educational initiatives to address the digital skills gap. Additionally, the country has launched large-scale upskilling and reskilling programmes across different population segments. Despite these efforts, however, in 2025 the KPI overall performance showed a slight decrease while disparities between age groups remain. In particular a drastic fall in the percentage of people having at least basic digital skills is observed in age groups above 34 years old. Furthermore, the share of ICT specialists in employment is stagnating at 2.5% since the previous year. To address this issue, Greece has intensified efforts to expand its pipeline of future digital talent and ICT specialists through multiple channels, including education reforms, reskilling and upskilling programmes, monitoring of the situation and use of a labour market diagnostic tool. Nevertheless, the shortage of ICT specialists in employment remains one of Greece’s most pressing challenges in its digital transition.

Greece continues to progress in implementing its national strategy for digitalisation of public services with significant milestones reached in 2025 in terms of enhancing the resilience and security of public services and data. Extensive use of the new Governmental Cloud (G-Cloud) funded by the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), significantly improved efficiency and security. The new national data governance framework also serves as the foundation for interoperability across government clouds (G-Cloud); standardisation of health data formats; privacy safeguards and interoperability with the health Cloud (H-Cloud). As regards the availability of digital public services online, the availability of cross-border services for businesses improved considerably but remained below the EU average. In terms of domestic online services for citizens by governance level, central government services scored highest, followed by regional government, with local government services lagging behind. The justice system is becoming more digital but there is room to further expand the use of digital communication with courts.



Recommendations

-Building technological leadership: Strategically consolidate the emerging innovation-enabling framework in Greece to foster and sustain public and private investments into a high-tech digital infrastructure for the country (edge computing, quantum infrastructure, data centres). Leverage available public funding to consolidate the recently established assets, such as ‘Pharos’ the national AI Factory, the Hellenic Chips Competence Centre, the quantum communication projects. A special attention should be given to emerging technologies (e.g. semiconductors), as enablers for many other applications and sectors.

-Digital skills: Address the widening digital skills gap and reverse the declining trend in basic digital skills. Strengthen targeted interventions, as a priority, for groups presenting the lowest percentage of at least basic digital skills, such as (i) people without formal education or with a low level of formal education, (ii) older people, (iii) rural population, to help ensure an inclusive development of digital skills across all population groups.

-Uptake of AI: Reinforce measures to accelerate the uptake of AI by enterprises in their sectors to optimise their growth capabilities and remain competitive. By taking advantage of the recent national strategies in AI and data, shape and adapt the emerging AI ecosystem, in a timely way, around the ‘Pharos’ AI Factory with other actors of the ecosystem (such as the Greek EDIHs, the Testing and Experimentation Facilities (TEFs), the future AI regulatory sandboxes). Foster a culture of innovation and digital literacy within enterprises to enable the adoption of AI and respond to challenges and priorities in line with the EU Apply AI Strategy.

-Digitalisation of SMEs: Encourage SMEs to speed up their digitalisation path through the adoption of innovative technological solutions to boost their productivity and competitiveness. Create incentives in different sectors to strengthen the capacities of SMEs and enable them to benefit from the spillover effect of public and private investments in innovative advanced digital technology that are rapidly developing in the country, to include the SMEs in growth opportunities and to create partnerships useful for their productivity and competitiveness.

-ICT specialists: Intensify effort, investment and incentives, to attract and retain ICT specialists in Greece to close the persistent gap in the supply of ICT specialists and ensure that the human capital matches the scale of the country’s ongoing digital transition, and the need for gender balance. Monitor the labour market to strengthen the offer of training in high-in-demand digital sectors. Acting in formal education path to increase the share of ICT graduates and in aligning upskilling and reskilling programmes to the demand generated by the rapid deployment of digital technologies in all sectors, for workers and the economy to rapidly benefit from the digital transition.

-Connectivity: Pursue the redundancy of backbone networks including submarine cables. Accelerate the rollout of fibre infrastructure, including through more coordinated approach to regulation at national and regional level ensuring a balanced deployment in rural areas. Where deemed necessary, in particular to reduce regional disparities, leverage available public funding to accelerate the deployment and take-up of advanced electronic communication infrastructure. In this context, foster the copper networks switch-off, as a key enabling factor to boost investment and accelerate the greater availability of VHCN; use upcoming spectrum licence renewals to introduce pro-investment conditions. 

-Digital Public Services: Accelerate the availability of cross-border public services online for businesses and people. Expand the implementation of the country’s national strategy for digitalisation of the public services and sector, with a special attention to support local and regional authorities in digitalising services. Further digitalise judicial proceedings—including cross-border services—by deploying necessary IT solutions and increasing the uptake of digital tools by courts to improve their electronic access for citizens and businesses.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Hungary





Executive summary

Hungary boasts a good fibre infrastructure and a strong position in digital public services for citizens, especially in the area of access to e-Health records. However, the country continues to lag in business digitalisation and the uptake of key technologies, especially in the case of small to medium size enterprises (SMEs), as well as in basic digital skills of the population.

The weaknesses identified in business digitalisation undermine Hungary’s competitiveness, as enterprises with low digital intensity are less able to achieve productivity gains from both basic and advanced digital tools and to expand into new business opportunities. Moreover, limited digital literacy constrains citizens’ effective use of technology and e-services, weakens labour productivity growth, and reduces businesses’ capacity to reap the full benefits of digital adoption.

In order to improve its digital leadership assets, Hungary will host one of the European AI Factory Antennas, under the AI Factory programme of the European High Performance Computing Joint Undertaking (EuroHPC JU). This will give access to the computational capacity of the existing EU AI Factory, without the need to build a stand-alone national infrastructure. There are currently no digital unicorns in Hungary, which represents a serious gap in the development of the digital economy.

Hungary in the Digital Decade

Hungary shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets (out of 14 possible), 71% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Hungary provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is progressing towards them moderately well with 50% considered on track. Hungary addressed 33% of the 9 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by introducing new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 48% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 575 million, representing 32% of the total public budget provided for in the roadmap. According to the special 2026 Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’, 85% of Hungarian respondents consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They are also of the opinion that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (92%), promote digital education and skills programmes (90%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (e.g. online social networks, marketplaces, app stores, etc.) (89%).

In addition, 81% of Hungarian respondents think that the EU should reduce its digital dependencies on non-EU countries, and 89% are of the opinion that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 56% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Hungary allocates 29% of its total funding under the recovery and resilience plan (RRP) to digital (EUR 1.7 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 2.8 billion, representing 13% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Hungary’s digital transformation.

Hungary is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies, a European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC) and of the IMPACTS EDIC. Hungary is directly participating in the Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS) and in the Tech4Cure IPCEI. Hungarian entities are indirect and/or associated partners in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Hungary is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Hungary

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

HU

EU

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network coverage

86.0%

87.4%

1.7%

88.0%

85.5%

3.7%

97.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

79.9%

81.8%

2.4% 

83.0%

74.1% 

7.1%

95.0%

-

Overall 5G coverage

85.6%

 94.0%

9.9% 

76.0%

96.8%

2.6%

99.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate)

-

152

 -

28

7451

-

82

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

53.2%

59.8%

6.1%

61.5%

71.4%

11.0%

89.0%

90%

Cloud *

37.1%

40.8%

4.9%

48.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

7.4%

10.4%

39.9%

9.0%

20.0%

48.0%

24.0%

75%

Data analytics *

53.2%

40.6%

-12.7%

59.5%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

65.6%

59.7%

-4.7%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

0

0

-

-

324

10.2%

2

500

At least basic digital skills *

58.9%

57.3%

-1.3%

66.0%

60.4%

4.3%

70.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.5%

4.6% 

2.2% 

5.3%

 5.0%

2.0% 

8.3%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital public services for citizens

77.7

85.6 

10.3% 

77.3

84.6

2.8%

96.3

100

Digital public services for businesses

80.0

 80.0

 0.0%

84.7

88.6

2.7%

97.2

100

Access to electronic health records

86.0

88.1

2.4% 

96.4

86.5 

4.6% 

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Hungary is performing well in connectivity, being above the EU average in fibre coverage and slightly below for 5G. Coverage of last premises, especially in rural areas, will be key to achieving full coverage by 2030.

Hungary has achieved mixed progress in the digitalisation of businesses. While there have been improvements in certain areas, such as the adoption of AI among SMEs and large enterprises, Hungarian enterprises, particularly SMEs, continue to lag behind their EU counterparts in most areas of technology adoption. The growth rates in most areas are also lower than the EU averages, indicating that while Hungary is making strides, it is not keeping pace with the broader EU trends.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Hungary’s digital skills profile reveals several areas of concern. While performance in urban areas and among young adults is good, the county’s overall digital skills rate has declined. The gender gap, educational disparities, and the urban-rural divide are notable challenges. Targeted interventions are necessary to address these disparities, especially in rural areas and among populations with lower education. Strengthening digital education and training programmes could help Hungary close the gap with the EU average and ensure more inclusive digital participation.

Even though Hungary is performing well in terms of digital public services for citizens, especially in e-Health, further improvement in cross-border services and the notification of an e-ID scheme would further contribute to the improvement of these indicators.

Recommendations

-Digitalisation of SMEs: Improve SMEs basic digitalisation by designing dedicated public support measures, including training programmes, diagnostics and targeted financial support, to assist businesses in cybersecurity, digital business management, and AI.

-ICT specialists: Continue to improve the job market relevance of ICT specialist training pathways (higher education, vocational training, and re- and upskilling), aligning them with industry needs, with particular attention to AI and cybersecurity specialists. Encourage people to pursue ICT training pathways including via raising awareness at earlier stages of education, career guidance, validating prior learning, identifying and reducing barrier to entry, and advertising campaigns. Intensify efforts to increase women’s participation in ICT studies and careers.

-Uptake of AI: Continue to support the adoption of AI by businesses by ensuring the proper implementation of current national measures. Strengthen access to AI infrastructures for SMEs, including AI factories, and promote AI adoption by SMEs via the sectoral flagships initiatives of the Apply AI strategy and skills development.

-Basic digital skills: Accelerate the country’s efforts to bridge the digital divide by developing and investing in inclusion policies that focus on vulnerable groups, such as those with lower levels of formal education and those living in rural areas.

-Cybersecurity: Accelerate efforts to implement cybersecurity legislation measures necessary to strengthen the cybersecurity position of the country. Increase efforts in ICT security for enterprises, particularly by raising employees’ awareness and improving their preparedness amid the ever-changing cyber threat and technology landscape. 

-Digital Public Services: Accelerate the implementation of cross-border capabilities of public services, prioritising high-volume cross-border procedures.

-e-Health: Continue to cooperate and invest in digitalisation of its health systems to achieve the 2030 eHealth target and advance the adoption and integration of AI in healthcare. A key focus should be making the data type of medical images available to citizens through the online access service.

-5G coverage: Hungary should accelerate 5G rollout in the 3.4–3.8 GHz band. It should also promote the deployment of 5G SA networks while enabling advanced use cases. In addition, Hungary should take advantage of the upcoming expiry of rights of use to promote pro-investment authorisation.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Ireland





Executive summary

Overall, Ireland has strong assets in digitalisation, such as strong fixed connectivity, high levels of basic digital skills and a dynamic ICT ecosystem. However, it does not fully translate these strengths across the whole of its economy and society. Parts of Ireland’s SME base still lag behind in digitalisation, while growth in the number of ICT specialists remains too slow, and public-service digitalisation remains uneven, with weak access to e-Health records and the and the justice system.

Ireland’s internationally competitive global tech business base is an important asset for productivity and competitiveness. However, the uneven level of digitalisation of businesses across the wider economy weighs on performance, as firms that remain less digitalised are less well placed to improve productivity, adopt more efficient processes, and scale across markets. A stronger supply of ICT specialists could help relieve skills shortages across the Irish economy and support digital transformation, to better empower indigenous firms in benefiting from productivity gains that stem from the strong multinational base.. Finally, the more widespread provision of digital public services, in particular better access to e-Health records, could increase the efficiency gains from digitalisation and widen benefits for the public, businesses and public administration.

Ireland has several digital leadership assets. It combines a vibrant start-up ecosystem with the presence of major global technology players, and it remains one of the EU’s stronger performers on the number of digital unicorns relative to its size. Public policy in Ireland has also shifted more clearly in recent years towards promoting AI, with the updated National Digital & AI Strategy for 2030 positioning Ireland both as: (i) a location of choice for AI and digital start-ups; and (ii) a global hub for applied AI innovation. At the same time, Ireland is strengthening its role in strategic technologies through its 2025 semiconductor strategy ‘Silicon Island’ and the planned establishment of an Irish quantum centre of excellence, while digital growth is also raising challenges for the green transition and for infrastructure more broadly.

Ireland in the Digital Decade

Ireland shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 11 national targets (out of 14 possible), 91% of which are aligned with the EU’s 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Ireland provided 10 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following these trajectory points moderately well, with 60% considered on track. Ireland has addressed 88% of the eight recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (for 25% of recommendations) or making some changes (63% of recommendations) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 47% of Ireland’s roadmap measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 535 million, representing 11% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special 2026 Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 84% of Irish people consider that digital policy should have a high/very high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to strengthen cybersecurity and protection from online threats (97% agree), promote digital education and skills programmes (92% agree) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (e.g. online social networks, marketplaces, app stores, etc.) (84% agree). In addition, 79% of Irish respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from non-EU countries, and 86% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 59% of Irish respondents to the Eurobarometer would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it meant slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Ireland is allocating 33% of its total recovery and resilience plan (RRP) to digital (EUR 0.3 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.04 billion, representing 4% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Ireland’s digital transformation.

Ireland is a member of both the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC and the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. Ireland is also directly participating in the important project of common European interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies. In addition, Ireland is a participating state in both the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1) 

Ireland 

EU 

Digital Decade target by 2030 

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

IE

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

87.2%

89.0%

2.1%

95.2%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

73.5%

84.5%

15.0%

-

74.1%

7.1%

-

-

Basic 5G coverage

89.9%

96.3%

7.1%

89.3%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

114

-

23

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

66.1%

79.3%

9.5%

86.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

53.1%

63.0%

9.0%

53.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

14.9%

19.6%

31.8%

28.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

37.1%

40.8%

4.9%

37.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

64.1%

71.7%

5.8%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

17

18

5.9%

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills *

72.9%

82.8%

6.6%

72.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

6.3%

6.2%

-1.6%

7.9%

5.0%

2.0%

9.6%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

No

Digital public services for citizens

87.1

91.4

5.0%

82.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

100.0

100.0

0.0%

100.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

24.5

44.0

79.5%

-

86.5

4.6%

80.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024)
except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)
(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Ireland is performing well in connectivity, with rates of fixed infrastructure connectivity above the EU average, and the national broadband plan continuing to extend gigabit-capable coverage. However, the remaining challenge for connectivity in Ireland is increasingly the last phase of rollout and effective take-up of fixed-infrastructure internet connectivity. Ireland has also largely achieved broad national 5G availability, but higher-capacity deployment remains weaker, with coverage in the 3.4-3.8 GHz band still below the EU average, including in sparsely populated areas, no demand for 26 GHz connectivity, and no dedicated strategy as yet for 5G standalone or large-scale industrial use cases. As an island economy and major data hub, Ireland also faces longer-term needs related to the diversification and resilience of international connectivity infrastructure.

On the business side, Ireland ranks above the EU average in both SME digitalisation and in the uptake of advanced technologies by businesses, but its rate of growth in these areas is slower than at EU level, pointing to weak rates of diffusion across the broader domestic business base. Policy has shifted more clearly towards promoting AI in recent years, with new measures taken in 2025 to promote sectoral adoption, SME awareness, experimentation, and research infrastructure. Ireland is also strengthening its position in strategic technologies such as semiconductors, but the main challenge it faces now is to translate this into stronger domestic scale-up of its semiconductor sector. This is because access to specialised skills, commercialisation support and scale-up finance remains more limited for indigenous firms and start-ups. Cybersecurity preparedness across businesses and public services also remains uneven in Ireland, limiting both trusted digitalisation and resilience as the uptake of digital technologies increases. At the same time, better alignment between digital development and the green transition will be important to ensure that digital investment also supports decarbonisation and resource efficiency.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society 

Ireland performs strongly on basic digital skills and remains well above the EU average on this measure. By contrast, growth in ICT specialists as a percentage of Ireland’s workforce remains modest and below the pace needed to meet the country’s 2030 target, while evidence points to persistent shortages in advanced digital skills across the economy. These shortages constrain firms’ capacity to adopt and scale digital technologies and may limit wider productivity gains, especially in domestic sectors already facing skills and capability gaps.

Ireland also performs strongly in digital public services, especially for businesses, and citizen-facing services are also comparatively well developed. Significant progress has also been made on digital identity, with MyGovID expected to become the basis for Ireland’s EUDI Wallet. However, important legal, interoperability and rollout steps must still be addressed before the country will have a fully operational and cross-border digital identity framework in place. . The same can be said for digitalisation of justice where some proceedings still rely on paper.. Access to e-Health records remains low despite recent progress and ongoing implementation of the country’s ‘Digital for Care’ strategy.

Recommendations 

-Digital skills: Strengthen Ireland’s ICT specialist pipeline and broader digital skills base by scaling up and better aligning ICT education, training, upskilling and reskilling with enterprise demand, including in AI and cybersecurity; broadening participation in ICT careers, notably through targeted measures to increase women’s participation and reduce bottlenecks in the domestic talent pipeline; and improving the scale, accessibility and targeting of digital skills provision for groups still at risk of exclusion, notably lower-skilled adults and older people.

-E-health: Accelerate the digital transformation of the health system by speeding up the onboarding of healthcare providers to interoperable electronic health-record systems across the public and private health system; expanding the availability and effective use of core digital health services and data-sharing tools, including the Shared Care Record, ePrescribing and patient access solutions; and ensuring full, secure and user-friendly access to electronic health records for patients, including legal guardians and authorised persons, supported by stronger interoperability, governance and implementation capacity.

-SME digitalisation: Strengthen the digitalisation of SMEs by directing existing and future support more explicitly towards SMEs with lower digital maturity, including through tailored outreach, advisory support and implementation pathways; ensuring continuity and visibility of SME digitalisation support beyond the current RRF funding period; and accelerating the practical uptake of more advanced digital tools, including artificial intelligence, through accessible skills, experimentation and implementation support.

-Cybersecurity: Strengthen cybersecurity resilience across the economy and public administration by expanding practical cybersecurity support, guidance and preparedness tools for SMEs and other less digitally mature organisations; reinforcing incident response, information-sharing and supply-chain risk management across critical sectors and public services; ensuring that the rollout of AI, cloud and digital public infrastructure is underpinned by secure-by-design procurement, updated risk assessment and strong operational cyber capacity; and accelerating cybersecurity measures to strengthen the cyber posture of critical infrastructure.

-Connectivity & Resilience: Support the effective use and resilience of advanced connectivity infrastructure by facilitating stand-alone 5G, mid-band, edge and private-network use cases in strategic sectors, including through stronger demand aggregation and coordination; accelerating migration from legacy networks and addressing remaining final-phase rollout bottlenecks; and strengthening the diversification, repair capacity and resilience of international connectivity infrastructure.

-Semiconductors: Strengthen the scale-up of indigenous semiconductor firms and start-ups, including by improving access to scale-up finance, commercialisation support, pilot-line access and specialised skills, and by reinforcing links between research capacity, SMEs and EU semiconductor instruments.

-Green & Digital: Strengthen the alignment between digital growth and the green transition, in particular by improving the monitoring and deployment of digital solutions that support decarbonisation, resource efficiency and regional smart-transition projects, including through stronger coordination and scaling of successful local initiatives.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Italy





Executive summary

Italy has made notable progress in digitalisation in recent years, particularly in rolling out fibre-to-the-premises (FTTP), SME digitalisation, and the uptake of cloud and data analytics. On these metrics, Italy outperforms the EU average. The country also benefits from strong industrial and research foundations and has assets in strategic technologies, notably semiconductors, high-performance computing and quantum. Its digital public services are well developed, including advanced digital identity and digital health. Despite promising growth, structural weaknesses persist, including low FTTP coverage in rural areas, below-EU-average basic digital skills, and uneven uptake and integration of advanced technologies in business operations. These challenges risk delaying the full roll-out of fibre, widening inequalities and fragmenting the national digital ecosystem. At the same time, too few SMEs have reached very high level of digital intensity and challenges of weak technology transfer and persistent ICT skills shortages may hamper their ability to achieve innovation and productivity gains.

Such shortcomings undermine Italy’s competitiveness, especially in high-value sectors where scaling and innovation are critical. Limited level of AI adoption, combined with weak strategic integration of AI in businesses, reduces the productivity and competitiveness of enterprises, particularly SMEs, which make up most of Italy’s business landscape. The limited progress on scaling start-ups also reflects a broader challenge in commercialising research and achieving global market reach.

Italy has the tools needed to consolidate its digital leadership. The country has a large and diversified semiconductor ecosystem, combining strong industrial players with a network of specialised SMEs active in equipment, materials and design. It benefits from strong academic and industrial capabilities in quantum technologies, guided by the Italian Strategy for Quantum Technologies (2025). The governance framework for AI and the Italian Strategy for Artificial Intelligence (2024-2026) signal ambition in this area. More broadly, Italy has mobilised national public funding for targeted investment in strategic digital infrastructure, including high-performance computing (HPC) and Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI). This demonstrates strong policy alignment with the EU industrial strategy. The investments are designed to attract private capital, boost domestic industrial capacity and position Italy in key European value chains.

Italy in the Digital Decade

Italy shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade. It has set 14 (out of 14) national targets, 79% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Italy provided 13 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is monitoring progress very well with 92% of the targets considered on track. Italy addressed 13% of the eight recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 88% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget allocated to these measures is EUR 33.95 billion, or 54% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 81% of Italian people thought that digital policy should have a very high/high priority in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (91%), promote digital education and skills programmes (91%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (90%).

In addition, 85% of Italian respondents thought that the EU should reduce its dependency on non-EU countries to provide digital services, and 86% thought that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 66% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Italy allocates 26.5% of the funding under its total recovery and resilience plan to digital policies (EUR 49.8 billion). In addition, it allocates EUR 6.1 billion of cohesion policy funding, representing 14% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, to action to advance Italy’s digital transformation.

Italy is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC), the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC, the EUROPEUM EDIC and the Digital Commons EDIC. Italy directly participates in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT), in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS) and the Tech4Cure IPCEI. It also participates in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking and of the Chips Joint Undertaking.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Italy

EU

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

IT

EU

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

70.7%

77.6%

9.6%

79.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

70.7%

77.6%

9.6%

79.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

99.5%

99.8%

0.3%

99.7%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

674

-

269

7451

-

946

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

60.7%

79.5%

14.4%

78.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

55.1%

68.1%

11.1%

60.0%

46.7%

9.5%

74.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

8.2%

16.4%

100.0%

10.0%

20.0%

48.0%

60.0%

75%

Data analytics *

26.6%

42.7%

26.7%

12.0%

39.9%

9.5%

60.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

63.1%

77.9%

11.1%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

11

13

18.2%

3

324

10.2%

16

500

At least basic digital skills *

45.8%

54.3%

8.9%

51.7%

60.4%

4.3%

80.1%

80%

ICT specialists

4.0%

3.8%

-5.0%

5.3%

5.0%

2.0%

8.4%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

83.6

86.1

3.0%

75.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

80.9

80.7

-0.2%

82.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

84.1

89.9

6.9%

77.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note

(2) Last available data is DESI 2025 (reference year 2024) expect for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI 2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap"                                

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Italy has made strong progress on connectivity and it is above the EU average on both fibre-to-the-premises (FTTP) rollout and 5G coverage. However, persisting rural coverage gaps in VHCN/FTTP and low fibre take-up, also due to the persistence of consumers on the copper networks, could delay the transition to a full fibre environment. Italy also plays an important role in advancing EU capabilities in strategic technologies, with a large semiconductor ecosystem, strong high-performance computing infrastructure and a growing quantum sector, supported by national strategies, EU initiatives, and a solid research environment. In the future, it will be important to continue strengthening these capabilities to achieve long-term competitiveness and translate Italy’s strengths in research into industrial leadership.

Italian SMEs perform well on basic digitalisation and on rate of adoption of technologies such as cloud and data analytics, but they lag behind on high digital intensity rates. Although the uptake of advanced digital technologies is improving across the business population, a key gap remains in their full and strategic integration into business models, with take-up varying by technology, region, sector and size of business. In 2025, Italy drew up its AI governance framework (Law n. 132/2025), in line with the EU's AI Act, establishing a comprehensive legal structure for safe, human-centric AI deployment. The framework also includes rules to bolster cybersecurity and enhance public digital literacy and is backed with EUR 1 billion to support AI start-ups and SMEs. Although the uptake of AI is growing rapidly, it remains below potential, particularly for SMEs. At the same time, Italy’s strong computing resources and HPC capacity provide a solid basis for AI development, with the main challenge being to consolidate the ecosystem, while attracting capital and talent.

Although in 2026, Italy counts 13 unicorns, signalling a degree of progress, this figure remains low compared with leading European innovation ecosystems, indicating structural weaknesses in industrial scaling. The growth trajectory of start-ups is constrained by limited venture capital availability, especially in terms of access to late-stage financing, along with weak technology transfer from universities and research centres.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Italy’s digital skills landscape shows a mixed picture. On the one hand, the country has recorded solid growth in the share of citizens with at least basic digital skills; on the other, it still has a structural gap compared with the EU average. Domestic inequalities remain a challenge, especially by education level, with a wide gap in digital skills for people with low levels of education, alongside persistent gaps by gender, age and the urban-rural divide. The positive trend in digital skills acquisition suggests that public policies (such as the Digital Facilitation Service Network), with substantial support from the recovery and resilience plan (RRP), have had a positive impact. However, continued action will be needed to consolidate this progress.

The shortage of ICT specialists represents a structural weakness. Although ICT-related programmes and measures to strengthen skills, attract talent and improve alignment between higher education and labour market needs have expanded, the education and training system still does not fully meet demand, and women remain under-represented in ICT fields.

On digital public services, Italy has achieved a solid performance on public services for citizens by creating well-developed online services for national citizens and businesses, but it has room for improvement on cross-border availability of digital public services, especially for businesses. The country has continued to improve its digital identity systems, for example by further developing the IT Wallet. It has also made progress on data interoperability and on migrating public services to qualified cloud infrastructure. On digital health, Italy has advanced significantly, with the Electronic Health Record and the Health Data Ecosystem reaching significant levels of maturity. The focus on AI in healthcare and life sciences is growing, supported by the Italian Strategy for Artificial Intelligence 2024-2026.

Recommendations

-Connectivity: Sustain the roll-out of fibre-to-the-premises infrastructure across the entire country and combine infrastructure support with take-up and spectrum measures to progress towards a full fibre network. Notably, close the persistent gap in rural FTTP coverage, and ensure continuity of public investment in both fixed and mobile network development. Effectively support fibre adoption, including via measures to address the connection to the last meter infrastructure gap, and facilitate the switch-off of copper networks. Promote the deployment of 5G SA (standalone) networks while enabling advanced use cases. In addition, take advantage of the upcoming expiry of rights of use to negotiate pro-investment conditions. Continue to improve high-capacity links with the islands.

-ICT specialists and basic digital skills: Strengthen the supply of ICT specialists and close the basic digital skills gap, with particular attention to people with no or low levels of formal education, by combining actions across initial education, continuing education, and digital inclusion infrastructure (e.g. consolidating the Digital Facilitation Service Network as a permanent component of the national digital inclusion infrastructure). Intensify efforts to upskill and reskill in both the private and the public sector, especially in strategic sectors (e.g. quantum, semiconductors, AI), and to increase women’s participation in ICT studies and careers.

-AI: Accelerate action to operationalise the national AI governance framework, especially by supporting AI adoption by businesses, in particular SMEs, while ensuring close coordination among relevant initiatives and stakeholders. Promote AI use cases in strategic sectors (e.g. manufacturing and robotics), in line with broader EU priorities and initiatives. Reinforce centres of excellence in AI, research and development activities, and related enabling technologies, while maintaining strong links with industry.

-Quantum: Strengthen the Italian quantum ecosystem by supporting the development and industrial uptake of quantum technologies and strengthening connections between industrial players, while leveraging emerging regional strengths to support pilot activities. Foster collaboration between academia and industry and integrate national infrastructure into the EU’s quantum ecosystem (e.g. through sustained participation in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking and alignment with the forthcoming Quantum Act).

-Semiconductors: Consolidate Italy's position in the semiconductor value chain, by finalising its strategic framework and improving ecosystem coordination, while ensuring complementarity with EU-level capacities and initiatives. Strengthen coordination among research centres, universities, and industry, and provide support, especially for SMEs (e.g. through shared infrastructure, pilot lines, and technology transfer services). Moreover, continue to advance the development and use of the pilot line on wide bandgap semiconductors through effective cross-border collaboration.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Latvia





Executive summary

Overall, Latvia continues to rely on strong digitalisation of public services and e-Health. It has made notable progress in emerging technologies, in 5G coverage (where it now surpasses the EU average) and quantum and semiconductor initiatives. However, persistent disparities and uneven progress hold back broader transformation.

Persistent rural connectivity gaps in very high capacity networks (VHCNs) and fibre to the premises (FTTP) risk marginalising communities from the digital economy, entrenching regional disparities and restricting access to critical services. Meanwhile, uneven SME digitalisation, marked by lagging adoption of cloud and AI technologies (despite impressive year-on-year growth on these measures) threatens to undermine long-term productivity, particularly as demand for advanced digital tools intensifies. The worsening ICT skills shortage further erodes Latvia’s ability to make the most of its emerging strengths in AI, quantum, and e-Health, sectors where early progress could otherwise drive future growth. Without intervention, these interlinked challenges (in the area of infrastructure deficits, patchy business digitalisation, and skill gaps) could stifle competitiveness. This could in turn prevent Latvia from fully capitalising on its leadership in public digital services or realising the broader economic and social benefits of its technological progress. Left unaddressed, these challenges risk leaving businesses and citizens behind in an increasingly digital-dependent world.

Latvia has several digital leadership assets. To fully capitalise on its strengths (cross-Baltic collaborations, quantum and AI leadership initiatives, and a dynamic start-up scene) Latvia must accelerate SME digitalisation, bridge skill and infrastructure gaps, and scale up its cybersecurity defences. Finally, deeper regional cooperation in semiconductors and quantum – building on projects like the quantum communication infrastructure (QCI) network – could solidify Latvia’s role as a digital frontrunner in the Baltic region, provided the country addresses challenges in funding, adoption, and resilience.

Latvia in the Digital Decade

Latvia shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets (out of 14 possible), 86% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Latvia provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them not well with 42% considered on track. Latvia addressed 40% of the 5 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 52% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 414 million, representing 21% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 80% of Latvian people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that the EU should cooperate with Member States in the next 10 years to ‘reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats’ (94% of Latvians agreed), ‘promote digital education and skills programmes’ (90% agreed), ‘strengthen the regulation of online platforms’ (84%) as well as to ‘develop shared digital public services’ (84% agreed). In addition, 75% of Latvian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital products and services from non-EU countries, and 80% agree that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 47% of Latvians said that they would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Latvia allocates 23% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 416 million). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 4 million, representing 10% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Latvia’s digital transformation.

Latvia is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC and of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. Latvian entities are indirect and/or associated partners in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS) and in the Tech4Cure IPCEI. Latvia is a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Latvia

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

LV

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

68.1%

66.7%

-2.2%

77.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

61.1%

62.1%

1.7%

77.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

71.1%

98.2%

38.2%

58.0%

96.8%

2.6%

70.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

40

-

0

7451

-

51

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

48.2%

58.5%

10.2%

63.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

29.0%

37.8%

14.1%

40.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

8.8%

12.2%

38.3%

22.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

36.9%

36.4%

-0.7%

29.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

48.2%

52.2%

4.1%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

1

1

0.0%

-

324

10.2%

2

500

At least basic digital skills *

45.3%

48.4%

3.4%

58.0%

60.4%

4.3%

70.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.9%

4.5%

-8.2%

6.4%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

93.5

95.1

1.7%

89.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

96.3

97.5

1.3%

88.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

85.9

94.2

9.7%

83.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)
(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

In 2025, Latvia showed progress in digital connectivity and emerging technologies, but still faced persistent disparities and evolving challenges. While 5G coverage surged in 2025 to exceed the EU average, adoption of VHCN and FTTP lagged significantly behind, particularly in rural areas, reflecting limited market incentives and high deployment costs. SME digitalisation in Latvia showed mixed results in 2025: although AI adoption grew, the use of cloud and data analytics trailed EU averages. Government support programmes, like the EUR 18.5 million digitalisation fund (exhausted ahead of schedule), highlight strong demand but insufficient scaling. In quantum and semiconductors, Latvia made progress in 2025 through: (i) education initiatives (the Latvian Quantum Initiative, the Chip Competence Centre); (ii) cross-Baltic collaborations (Memoranda of Understanding with Estonia/Lithuania); and (iii) infrastructure milestones (first Baltic quantum communication network, QCI project). However, both the disinterest of Latvian SMEs in quantum (due to skills gaps and AI prioritisation) and stagnant unicorn growth (Latvia had only 1 unicorn in 2026, with a target of 2 by 2030) signal untapped potential. Since Russia’s invasion against Ukraine in 2022, the number of cyber incidents has increased sixfold, targeting citizens and critical infrastructure. Public-sector AI integration (e.g. Hugo.lv, multiple chatbots, election security tools) and growth in the start-up ecosystem show promise: there are now 569 start-up firms in Latvia, and these start-ups raised EUR 78 million in funding in 2025.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

In 2025, Latvia continues performing well in digitalisation of public services for citizens and businesses and e-Health. However, the country lags behind EU averages in key areas, such as digital skills and ICT specialists. Although Latvian women slightly outperform men in digital skills, and Latvians’ adoption of generative AI exceeds the EU average, critical gaps persist. For example, Latvia trails EU benchmarks in both: (i) the number of older adults and low-educated individuals with digital skills; (ii) the digital safety skills of its population. Latvia continues to score highly on the provision of public digital services. For e-Health there is ongoing work on a new Citizen Portal for the country (launching in 2026). ICT specialist shortages remain, and Latvia reports a declining interest among its people in ICT training. Latvia’s work to develop an EUDI Wallet is well underway.

Recommendations

-Connectivity: (i) Promote the rollout of fibre infrastructure by supporting the expansion of fibre through coordinated funding programmes and regulatory measures at both national and regional levels, ensuring a balanced deployment, including in rural areas. (ii) Strengthen fibre take-up by supporting, through targeted funding and appropriate regulation, the deployment of fibre connections to end users. Foster the switch-off of copper networks. (iii) Accelerate 5G rollout in the 3.4–3.8 GHz band in rural areas. Promote the deployment of 5G SA networks to enable advanced use cases and enhance network performance. In addition, take advantage of upcoming spectrum licence renewals to put in place pro-investment conditions.

-ICT specialists: Develop and implement measures to increase the number of ICT specialists in employment while intensifying efforts to increase women’s participation in ICT studies and careers.

-Digital skills: Strengthen and continue to implement measures to increase digital skills across all ages with a special emphasis on people living in rural areas and those with lower educational background.

-Digitalisations of SMEs: (i) Accelerate SME digitalisation in Latvia, increase funding for high-demand programmes like AI and digital maturity support, (ii) expand rural outreach to demonstrate tangible benefits, (iii) and ensure long-term, scalable co-financing mechanisms to meet the demand.

-Unicorns: Sustain Latvia’s start-up sector growth and address stagnation in new ventures, including expanding access to early-stage funding, and strengthen incubation programmes.

-Cybersecurity: (i) Bolster Latvia’s resilient cybersecurity framework, and sustain proactive measures against escalating threats, particularly fraud. (ii) Continue efforts to implement cybersecurity measures, in particular for supply chain security, in companies, especially SMEs and those operating the critical infrastructures.

-E-health: Continue to cooperate and invest in digitalisation of healthcare to: (i) Offer a mobile application for citizens to access their electronic health records (ii). Connect more private rehabilitation centres to the online access service.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Lithuania




Executive summary

Overall, Lithuania has strong assets in digitalisation: near-universal 5G coverage, rapidly growing SME digital intensity that now exceeds the EU average, a world-class cybersecurity framework and a globally recognised laser and photonics industry that provides a natural entry point into quantum technologies. However, Lithuania is not yet fully reaping the benefits of this transformation. Basic digital skills remain significantly below the EU average, with especially wide gaps among older adults and rural populations. In rural areas, rollout of very high capacity networks (VHCN) is falling behind the national trajectory due to a lack of public financing for last-mile connections. Female participation in ICT fell sharply in 2024, dropping below the EU average, but recovered strongly in 2025, returning above the EU average; this progress has not yet been underpinned by dedicated policy measures. On the green-digital dimension, no integrated strategy or monitoring framework has been established, despite the twin transition being a core EU strategic priority.

The weaknesses identified have direct implications for Lithuania's digital competitiveness. As a small, open economy, Lithuania’s future productivity growth will depend on how widely digital technologies spread beyond the ICT-intensive core. Weak digital skills – particularly among older and rural populations – are constraining labour market participation and limiting returns on Lithuania's digital infrastructure investment.

Lithuania can also count on several digital leadership assets. Its laser and photonics industry remains a globally recognised strength and offers a natural entry point into quantum photonics, with the country already embedded in European quantum communication networks. The start-up ecosystem is the fastest-growing in Central and Eastern Europe, supported by the newly launched Baltic Innovation Fund 3 and a planned EUR 250 million Scale-Up Fund. Looking ahead, the LitAI AI Factory is set to provide sovereign AI infrastructure from 2027, with full sectoral services expected by late 2027 to early 2028. Lithuania's leadership of the EU Permanent Structured Cooperation (PESCO) Cyber Rapid Response Teams – coordinating multinational teams that respond to cyber incidents, assess vulnerabilities and support affected states – makes it a key contributor to European digital security. Lithuania significantly scaled up its cyber awareness efforts in 2025, including targeted training for seniors and small and medium-sized enterprises, but sustaining and extending this outreach to vulnerable groups and smaller enterprises remains crucial.

Lithuania in the Digital Decade 

Lithuania shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 12 national targets (out of 14 possible), 92% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Lithuania provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them well, with 75% considered on track. Lithuania addressed 83% of the 6 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, by implementing significant policy changes (50%) or making some changes (33%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 42% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget for these measures is EUR 468 million, representing 32% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 80% of Lithuanian people consider that digital policy should be a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping Europe’s future. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with EU countries to protect privacy and security online (94%), make digital tools more accessible for everyone, especially vulnerable groups, older ones, and people with disabilities (91%), and use digital tools and technologies to make life simpler for people and businesses (89%).

In addition, 74% of Lithuanian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from non-EU countries, while 80% think that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 53% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects  

Lithuania allocates 23% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 0.7 billion). Under cohesion policy, EUR 0.3 billion, representing 5% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is also dedicated to advancing Lithuania’s digital transformation.

Lithuania is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC). It is also a participating state of the Euro High-Performance Computing (HPC) Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Lithuania

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

LT

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage

78.3%

79.0%

0.9%

86.0%

85.5%

3.7%

98.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

78.3%

79.0%

0.9%

-

74.1%

7.1%

-

-

Basic 5G coverage

99.7%

99.7%

0.0%

95.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

75

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

60.0%

73.5%

10.7%

71.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

33.6%

54.9%

27.8%

46.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

8.8%

21.3%

143.2%

19.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

40.5%

54.1%

15.5%

24.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

53.5%

71.4%

15.5%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

3

3

0.0%

4

324

10.2%

6

500

At least basic digital skills *

52.9%

53.8%

0.8%

67.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

5.3%

5.7%

7.5%

5.7%

5.0%

2.0%

6.9%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

87.9

86.0

-2.1%

88.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

92.5

96.7

4.6%

96.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

95.4

97.9

2.6%

100.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Lithuania performs above the EU average in 5G coverage but below it on VHCN, and lags behind its national trajectory on VHCN coverage, with rural areas particularly underserved. VHCN and FTTP coverage figures are virtually identical in Lithuania, reflecting a network that is almost entirely fibre-based, meaning the rural coverage gap is the same for both indicators and arises out of the same structural cause. The absence of broad-scale public support for last-mile fibre deployment to ordinary households leaves commercially unattractive areas at risk of being permanently excluded from gigabit coverage. The remaining 5G gaps concern mid-band deployment in rural areas and the transition to standalone networks, needed to enable advanced industrial use cases. Lithuania's semiconductor ecosystem remains at an early stage, but the country's world-leading laser and photonics industry provides a natural entry point into semiconductor-adjacent technologies, particularly for back-end applications and quantum photonics. Building on this strength to develop back-end production capacities and specialised skills would enable Lithuania to carve out a strategic niche in the EU semiconductor value chain. The country does not participate in the EU Chips Act’s front-end pilot lines, and its semiconductor ecosystem remains concentrated in niche and back-end activities, with a need to develop both production capacities and specialised skills in these segments. On the business side, SMEs have largely caught up with the EU basic digital intensity average, supported by a well-structured portfolio of co-funded instruments further expanded and simplified in 2025. The adoption of advanced digital technologies is above the EU average across all three indicators, but this masks significant sectoral concentration: adoption remains low outside the ICT-intensive core, and large enterprises lag behind the EU average on AI adoption. Lithuania has invested a lot in AI infrastructure through the LitAI AI Factory, expected to be operational by early 2027, and has established GovAI, an AI Competence Centre for the Public Sector that has been providing services to public institutions since February 2026. The start-up ecosystem is the fastest-growing in Central and Eastern Europe, with record levels of venture capital raised in 2025, though structural gaps in late-stage financing and exit pathways limit unicorn emergence.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Basic digital skills remain significantly below the EU average and are increasing well below the EU trend, with Lithuania lagging far behind its national 2030 trajectory. The gap is widest among older adults – whose proficiency rate is nearly 20 percentage points below the EU average for the same age group – and among rural and suburban populations. The Prisijungusi Lietuva (Connected Lithuania) proximity-based training model has demonstrated measurable effectiveness at reaching these excluded groups, but operates at a scale that remains insufficient relative to the gap and relies on Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) funding whose continuation beyond 2026 is not guaranteed. The share of ICT specialists is among the highest in Europe, but the sector contracted in 2024 due to economic stagnation, with a particularly sharp decline in ICT specialists who are women, putting Lithuania below the EU average. The share of ICT specialists who are women recovered strongly in 2025, putting the country back above the EU average, but this progress has not yet been underpinned by dedicated policy measures. Digital public services perform well, with Lithuania among the best performing EU countries when it comes to open data maturity and delivering significant e-health infrastructure improvements in 2025, including new subsystems for maternal health, laboratory data, as well as a new mental health data set. The EU Digital Identity (EUDI) Wallet is in active preparation. On the link between the green and digital transitions, no integrated strategy or monitoring framework has been adopted, and the dual transition remains largely unrealised in policy terms. The LitAI AI Factory, which will operate on green energy and include smart industry among its priority sectors from 2026 onwards, is an emerging but not yet operational contribution to this agenda.

Recommendations

-Basic Digital Skills: Strengthen Lithuania’s digital skills base, in particular by: (i) scaling up proximity-based delivery by extending the Prisijungusi Lietuva model beyond its current scope to establish a sustainable national network of trained digital mediators systematically integrated into social and employment services, (ii) introducing demand-side incentives, such as targeted training vouchers for low-skilled adults and older citizens; (iii) developing tailored awareness campaigns to reach the most excluded groups.

-AI:  : Accelerate the adoption of AI across the business sector, in particular by: (i) promoting AI uptake in sectors outside the ICT-intensive core, such as manufacturing, construction and traditional services, through targeted awareness-raising and advisory support; (ii) participating in the sectoral Apply AI flagships to develop sector-specific AI applications; (iii) ensuring the timely operationalisation of the LitAI AI Factory to provide broad-based access to AI infrastructure for businesses of all sizes.

-Connectivity: Accelerate the deployment of high-capacity digital infrastructure, in particular by: (i) introducing targeted public support for last-mile fibre deployment in commercially unattractive rural areas to close the FTTP coverage gap; (ii) sustaining 5G rollout in the 3.4-3.8 GHz mid-band in rural areas and promoting the deployment of 5G Standalone networks to enable advanced use cases; (iii) taking advantage of upcoming spectrum licence renewals to put in place pro-investment conditions. 

-Cybersecurity: Build on the country’s strong cyber resilience by further enhancing public cyber awareness and institutional coordination. In particular: (i) continue scaling cyber awareness efforts across all population groups and sectors, with particular attention to vulnerable groups such as seniors and SMEs; (ii) consolidate the organisational framework for cybersecurity by strengthening measurable implementation targets and structured cross-sector cooperation mechanisms.

-ICT specialists: Strengthen the ICT talent pipeline and improve gender balance in the sector. In particular, (i) scale up retraining programmes to support career transitions into ICT; (ii) introduce targeted measures to increase and structurally embed female participation in ICT specialist roles, including dedicated programme design, clear targets and funding beyond the general instruments currently available.

-Green: Adopt an integrated green-digital strategy with measurable sector-specific targets and establish a national monitoring framework to track ICT-enabled emission reductions across the economy. Build on the LitAI AI Factory's green energy and smart industry pipeline to scale up digital solutions supporting climate goals among businesses and public sector entities.

-Semiconductors: Invest in the development of semiconductor back-end technologies, and support the development of specialised semiconductor skills in advanced semiconductor technologies.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Luxembourg




Executive summary

Overall, Luxembourg combines near-universal connectivity with a sovereign digital infrastructure strategy anchored in quantum technologies, AI Factory investment and world-class cybersecurity. However, cloud and data analytics adoption among companies trails the EU average despite strong AI performance, and basic digital skills are growing too slowly, with persistent gaps among those with a low level of education and older citizens. 

The weaknesses identified in business digitalisation have direct implications for Luxembourg’s competitiveness and economic resilience. An economy as specialised and internationally exposed as Luxembourg’s depends critically on the ability of its enterprise base to adopt productivity-enhancing digital tools. Cloud and data analytics gaps in particular limit businesses’ ability to scale operations, access cross-border markets and leverage the data infrastructure Luxembourg is building at national level. The drop observed in 2024 in the share of women ICT specialists has only been partially corrected in 2025, signalling a structural vulnerability in a labour market already reliant on attracting international talent. 

Luxembourg can, however, count on several digital leadership assets that position it well for the decade ahead. In 2025, the Government of Luxembourg launched the national strategic initiative  “Accelerating Digital Sovereignty 2030” , comprising three complementary strategies on data, artificial intelligence, and quantum technologies, supported by strategic actions and flagship projects in priority domains, aimed at benefiting public authorities, citizens and businesses. Selected in December 2024 as one of the first seven countries to host an  EuroHPC AI Factory , Luxembourg is deploying  MeluXina-AI , a new AI-optimised supercomputer operated by LuxProvide alongside the existing MeluXina infrastructure, providing sovereign high-performance computing to businesses, researchers and public administrations from the second half of 2026. The landmark cross-border quantum key distribution link achieved in June 2025, and the forthcoming  MeluXina-Q  quantum computer confirm Luxembourg’s ambition to be a strategically significant node in Europe’s emerging quantum infrastructure. The Mistral AI partnership and the  AI4LUX  campaign signal a new model of sovereign AI deployment in public services. Luxembourg’s dual positioning as a financial centre and a data-sovereign digital hub offers a distinctive basis for developing integrated public-private financing vehicles for the next generation of digital ventures. 

Luxembourg in the Digital Decade

Luxembourg shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national targets (out of 14 possible), 100% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets In its national roadmap, Luxembourg provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 67% considered to be on track. Luxembourg addressed 100% of the 6 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (17%) or making some changes (83%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 18% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 40 million, representing 8% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 79% of Luxembourg people consider that digital policy should have a high or very high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (100%), build an independent European digital infrastructure including broadband, 5G, cloud and semiconductors (90%), and promote digital education and skills programs (86%).

In addition, 87% of Luxembourg respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from third countries, and 89% that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 69% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects  

Luxembourg allocates 27% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 17 million). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.01 billion, representing 17% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Luxembourg’s digital transformation.

Luxembourg is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC), of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC, of the EUROPEUM EDIC, of the IMPACTS EDIC and of the Digital Commons EDIC. Luxembourgish entities are indirect partners in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Luxembourg also participates in the design of a new, upcoming candidate IPCEI on Artificial Intelligence. Luxembourg is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Luxembourg

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

LU

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage

95.2%

95.5%

0.3%

98.5%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

81.8%

85.2%

4.2%

92.9%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

99.6%

99.9%

0.3%

98.4%

96.79%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

28

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

57.9%

76.7%

15.1%

75.1%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

32.6%

43.7%

15.7%

37.8%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

23.7%

33.6%

41.6%

52.1%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

32.4%

38.2%

8.6%

68.6%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

52.0%

64.4%

11.2%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

2

2

0.0%

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills *

60.1%

62.4%

1.9%

71.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

8.0%

8.7%

8.7%

8.6%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

97.7

94.7

-3.1%

97.4

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

100.0

100.0

0.0%

98.3

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

76.1

77.1

1.4%

79.2

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Luxembourg performs well above the EU average on connectivity, with near-universal Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) and 5G coverage and a mature fibre deployment model driven primarily by a single national operator. The remaining challenge for fibre to the premises (FTTP) is concentrated in hard-to-reach premises in ‘WhiteSpot’ areas, where a new legal framework is still undergoing analysis without concrete deployment results, and in stimulating take-up among cost-sensitive households despite an expanding voucher scheme. On 5G, mid-band rural coverage and standalone deployment remain the key gaps that need to be addressed. On the business side, SMEs have made rapid progress in basic digital intensity, but cloud and data analytics adoption among enterprises continues to trail the EU average, with no dedicated instrument targeting enterprises introduced in 2025. Luxembourg has invested decisively in AI infrastructure and sovereign digital capabilities through the MeluXina-AI AI Factory and the Mistral AI partnership, positioning itself as a trusted AI hub in Europe. The start-up ecosystem benefits from Luxembourg’s unique positioning as a financial centre and data-sovereign hub, though scaling ventures beyond the early stages remains a structural challenge.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Luxembourg’s basic digital skills level is above the EU average but below the national trajectory point set by Luxembourg in its national roadmap in 2025. It is also growing more slowly than the EU overall, with persistent gaps among those with a low level of education, older citizens and women. The second National Action Plan for Digital Inclusion, adopted in January 2026, represents a meaningful governance upgrade but further efforts are needed to reach the most excluded groups. The share of ICT specialists in the total workforce is the second highest in Europe and recovered significantly in 2025, though the volatility in the number of women ICT specialists signals a structural vulnerability that warrants continued attention. On digital public services, Luxembourg achieves a perfect score for businesses, but citizen-facing services have declined slightly, and the country ranks among the lowest in the EU for digitalisation of judicial proceedings, with citizens and businesses still unable to fully initiate and follow court proceedings digitally. Access to electronic health records remains below the EU average.

On green digital technologies, Luxembourg’s ICT sector emits almost three times the EU average per capita, and while the ‘sustainable by design’ principle is embedded in the Digital Government Strategy 2026-2030, no national monitoring framework exists to quantify ICT-enabled emission reductions across sectors.

Recommendations

-Skills: Strengthen targeted digital skills interventions for the groups most at risk of exclusion, in particular older citizens, women and low-educated populations, by (i) scaling up proximity-based delivery and personalised support mechanisms, and (ii) ensuring programme continuity beyond current funding cycles.

-Advanced technologies take-up: Develop targeted policy measures to accelerate the adoption of advanced digital technologies among enterprises, in particular by: (i) accelerating cloud and data analytics adoption among private enterprises, notably by extending the existing SME support architecture beyond basic digitalisation toward advanced technology deployment and by scaling up sovereign cloud offerings adapted to private sector needs; (ii) continuing to support AI uptake by identifying and scaling AI use cases in strategic sectors of the Luxembourg economy, in line with the Apply AI Strategy.

-Green: Develop a national monitoring framework to systematically track and report ICT-enabled emission reductions across key sectors, with sector-specific indicators aligned with EU guidance, to give measurable substance to the "sustainable by design" commitment embedded in the Digital Government Strategy 2026–2030.

-Connectivity: Accelerate the deployment of high-capacity digital infrastructure. Improve voucher activation rates among eligible low-income households through enhanced outreach and integration into social support services. Accelerate 5G rollout in the 3.4-3.8 GHz mid-band in rural areas, promote the deployment of 5G Standalone networks to enable advanced use cases.

-Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address the evolving and increasing threats, including by: (i) accelerating efforts to ensure imposition of cybersecurity measures necessary to enhance the cyber posture of critical infrastructure; and (ii) pursuing cybersecurity trainings combining technical and human approaches, supporting lifelong learning and upskilling of the cybersecurity workforce.

-eHealth: accelerate the roll-out of electronic health record access and interoperability measures in line with the European Health Data Space framework, including by making ePrescription and eDispensation data available to citizens in a timely manner and by onboarding additional types of healthcare providers to increase the supply of health data.

-Digital public services (eJustice): Accelerate the digitalisation of judicial proceedings to allow citizens and businesses to initiate and follow court proceedings digitally.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

Accompanying the document

COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 




Malta

Executive summary

Overall, Malta has strong assets in digitalisation, notably in the connectivity infrastructure and the availability of digital public services. At the same time structural weaknesses persist, particularly in relation to the shortage of ICT specialists (including low Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) uptake and the representation of women in ICT), the digital skills gap among older people and people with lower levels of educational attainment and the development of cybersecurity capabilities.

The identified weaknesses in ICT specialists and digital skills constrain Malta’s competitiveness. The scarcity of specialised talent forces high-growth sectors like Fintech, Gaming and Interactive Entertainment to rely on foreign labour, which discourages long-term domestic R&D investment. Also, the significant divide in digital literacy among older people and people with lower levels of educational attainment hampers Malta’s transition to a fully inclusive knowledge-based economy. Simultaneously, high cybersecurity incident rates undermine trust in Malta as a secure digital hub, discouraging international investment in its critical tech sectors.

Regarding digital leadership assets, Malta will be launching the CALYPSO AI Factory Antenna, which provides start-ups and Small and Medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) with direct access to EuroHPC supercomputing. Also, the Malta Semiconductor Competence Centre (MSCC) supports start-ups in chip design, and Malta’s quantum landscape, through the PRISM project, aims to build a large-scale quantum-secured network in Malta, spanning the entire country. Furthermore, the Digital Innovation Hub, hosting Malta’s first High Performance Computer, grants SMEs and start-ups complimentary access to advanced AI capabilities, cloud-based tools, and data resources.

Malta in the Digital Decade

Malta shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national targets (out of 14 possible), 58% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Malta provided 8 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 63% considered on track. Malta addressed 33% of the 6 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. 

Malta submitted an updated national Digital Decade roadmap in January 2026. The roadmap contains 90 measures, of which 24 are new measures. The total budget is EUR 336 million (mostly coming from public budgets), corresponding to approximately 1.37% of Malta’s GDP in 2025. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 62% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 308 million, representing 91% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap. 

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 91% of Maltese consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (97%), promote digital education and skills programmes (95%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (e.g. online social networks, marketplaces, app stores, etc.) (93%). In addition, 66% of Maltese respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from third countries, and 88% that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 57% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

 

Funding for digital and multi-country projects

Malta allocates 27% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 0.07 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.1 billion, representing 14% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Malta’s digital transformation.

Malta is directly participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) through a total capital investment of EUR 250 million. Malta is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

  

Malta

EU  

Digital Decade target by 2030   

Digital Decade KPI (1)  

Last available data (2)  

DESI 2026 (year 2025)  

Annual progress  

National trajectory 2025 (3)  

DESI 2026  

Annual progress  

MT  

EU  

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage  

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

-

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage  

86.2%

90.4%

4.8%

-

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Overall 5G coverage  

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

100.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate)  

-

13

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *  

76.5%

83.5%

4.5%

80.3%

71.4%

11.0%

85.0%

90%

Cloud *  

58.2%

65.1%

5.7%

73.6%

46.7%

9.5%

80.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence  

17.3%

21.5%

24.3%

20.7%

20.0%

48.0%

27.2%

75%

Data analytics *  

35.6%

38.9%

4.5%

44.6%

39.9%

9.5%

51.1%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *  

68.3%

73.3%

3.6%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns  

5

5

0.0%

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills *  

62.8%

66.8%

3.2%

66.1%

60.4%

4.3%

75.0%

80%

ICT specialists  

5.3%

4.8%

-9.4%

5.7%

5.0%

2.0%

8.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification  

Yes

Digital public services for citizens  

99.7

99.1

-0.6%

100.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses  

100.0

100.0

0.0%

-

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records  

93.7

94.5

0.8%

-

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)  

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap  

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

In connectivity, progress has been supported by ongoing fibre deployment and resilience improvements. Yet, Malta lags behind in rural fibre deployment and shows stagnation in terms of 5G coverage in the 3.4-3.8GHz band. In quantum, Malta’s quantum landscape is driven towards practical infrastructure deployment, particularly through the PRISM project. Malta’s semiconductor ecosystem has been enhanced through the launch of the Malta Semiconductor Competence Centre (MSCC).

SMEs face difficulties in digitalisation, mostly derived from the shortage and limited access to specialised talent. The same applies to the uptake of advanced technologies by businesses. Despite new initiatives, like the AI Factory Antenna, and targeted incentives for SMEs, there are still challenges in the adoption of AI and data analytics from SMEs. Malta’s start-up ecosystem has been supported through targeted national initiatives. However, challenges, like limited scale-up capital and the constraints of Malta’s small domestic market, persist.

In terms of cybersecurity, the high rates of ICT security incidents, compounded by the shortage of qualified cybersecurity professionals, highlights the country’s vulnerability to cyberattacks and undermines its resilience.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Despite the fact that the level of basic digital skills of the population is above the EU average, persistent bottlenecks endure due to digital skills gap among older people and people with lower levels of educational attainment. Furthermore, the share of ICT specialists is below the EU average, with under-representation of women in ICT. This leads to a shortage of specialised talent, affecting Malta’s progress in digital transformation. On digital public services, Malta is improving user-centric delivery through the redevelopment of the servizz.gov portal, the planned roll-out of Business Portal and the Malta Business Wallet, and preparations for the EUDI Wallet procurement, focusing on, trust and streamlined service journeys. Nevertheless, Malta faces several critical hurdles in the full-scale digitalisation and AI integration of its healthcare system.

Recommendations

·ICT specialists: Enhance the attractiveness of ICT careers, by implementing more effective strategies to increase participation in ICT professions, especially from women. Strengthen and expand STEM-focused educational curricula to foster greater engagement in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) disciplines.

·Basic digital skills: Strengthen the development of basic digital skills, targeting vulnerable groups, including people with no or low formal education.

·Cybersecurity: Support the cybersecurity posture and preparedness of enterprises by promoting regular risk assessments, improving incident handling, and providing cybersecurity staff training. Focus on (i) implementing the National Cybersecurity Strategy and strengthening the technical and operational readiness of the National Coordination Centre for improved cyber incident response; (ii) expanding capacity development notably on Network and Information Systems Directive (NIS2) essential entities e.g. integrate AI into public services in line with the Maltas Cyber and AI initiative; and (iii) intensifying international cooperation and participation in cyber exercises.

·Digitalisation of SMEs: Facilitate the digitalisation of SMEs and uptake of advanced technologies, such as AI and data analytics, also by providing support to ensure that digital intensive SMEs can scale their activities.

·Connectivity infrastructure: Promote the deployment of fibre optics in rural areas. Accelerate 5G rollout in the 3.4-3.8 GHz band. Promote the deployment of 5G SA networks while enabling advanced use cases.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

The Netherlands





Executive summary

The Netherlands remains a leader in digitalisation, supported by excellent connectivity, a strong research base and a leading position in high-technology areas. However, these strengths are not yet widely felt across all businesses. SMEs continue to lag behind in the strategic use of advanced digital technologies, partly as a result of a lack of skills and limited financial resources, while the shortage of ICT specialists further constrains digital transformation. The tech start-up sector is also showing signs of slowing down. Digital skills, online safety and trusted public services remain important priorities. However, some structural issues continue to slow progress, including ongoing fragmentation in the delivery of public services, where government organisations operate separate systems and data infrastructures.

Overall, despite its strong technological base, the Netherlands has not fully translated its leadership in innovation into widespread productivity growth, limiting its potential to drive long-term economic development and competitiveness. The Netherlands now finds itself at a key moment of transition: its strengths and weaknesses have been clearly identified (including in Peter Wennink’s report ), and a new government and several strategic initiatives provide momentum to build on them. These initiatives include the coalition agreement; the Netherlands Digitalisation Strategy (NDS), which for the first time establishes a shared whole-of-government vision for digitalisation and interoperability; a renewed industrial policy  for key sectors like semiconductors and biotechnology; and a target to raise R&D investment to 3% of GDP by 2030 . The key challenge now is to turn this policy momentum into economy-wide impact, while ensuring consistency across initiatives and avoiding fragmentation.

Finally, the Netherlands is a global leader in digital innovation in key high-tech areas. It has an exceptionally strong and specialised semiconductor ecosystem, built on long-standing investments and expertise that make the country a critical node in the production of advanced chips. However, these strengths are concentrated among a few players, creating strategic vulnerabilities in an increasingly fragmented geopolitical context. Recognising this, the government has repeatedly emphasised the need to maintain control over critical infrastructure to strengthen digital sovereignty – including in the December 2025 vision on digital sovereignty and in the non-paper on ‘Strengthening cloud sovereignty of public administrations’ adopted in July 2025. The government is also supporting the development of initiatives such as the Artificial Intelligence (AI) Factory in Groningen to expand access to computing power and innovation capacity for businesses.

The Netherlands in the Digital Decade

The Netherlands shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, with 10 national targets (out of 14), 90% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, it provided 10 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). It is following these trajectories well and is on track for 80% of them. The Netherlands addressed 80% of the 5 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (40%) or making some changes (40%) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, 29% of the measures are set to expire by the end of 2026. The total public budget allocated to these measures is EUR 170 million, representing 3% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap. 

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 86% of Dutch people consider that digital policy should have a very high or high priority for the EU. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (95%), promote digital education and skills programmes (85%) and build an independent European digital infrastructure (broadband, 5G cloud, semiconductors) (84%). In addition, 85% of Dutch respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependence on digital technologies from third countries, and 90% think that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 68% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects

The Netherlands allocates 28% of its total funds under the recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.1 billion). In addition, under the cohesion policy, EUR 0.2 billion is dedicated to advancing the Netherlands’ digital transformation. This represents 10% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding.

The Netherlands is a member of the ‘Alliance for Language Technologies’ European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC), the ‘Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE’ EDIC, the ‘Innovative Massive Public Administration interConnected Transformation Services’ (IMPACTS) EDIC and the ‘Digital Commons’ EDIC. The Netherlands participates directly in the important project of common European interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). It is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and in the Chips JU.

 

The Netherlands 

EU 

Digital Decade target by 2030

Digital Decade KPI (1) 

Last available data (2) 

DESI 2026 (year 2025) 

Annual progress 

National trajectory 2025 (3) 

DESI 2026 

Annual progress 

NL 

EU 

Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 

98.4%

98.8%

0.3%

98.3%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 

85.3%

91.5%

7.2%

-

74.1%

7.1%

-

-

Basic 5G coverage 

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

100.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology) 

-

368

-

-

7 451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity * 

82.7%

88.8%

3.6%

81.7%

71.4%

11.0%

95.0%

90%

Cloud * 

60.4%

65.8%

4.4%

74.0%

46.7%

9.5%

85.3%

75%

Artificial Intelligence 

23.1%

33.2%

44.0%

32.0%

20.0%

48.0%

85.1%

75%

Data analytics * 

50.8%

56.0%

5.0%

54.5%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics * 

74.6%

79.7%

3.3%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns 

36

37

2.8%

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills * 

82.7%

83.6%

0.5%

86.5%

60.4%

4.3%

100.0%

80%

ICT specialists 

7.0%

7.2%

2.9%

8.0%

5.0%

2.0%

9.2%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification 

Yes

Digital public services for citizens 

88.5

90.7

2.4%

87.8

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses 

88.8

89.4

0.8%

87.8

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records 

65.2

69.3

6.4%

-

86.5

4.6%

-

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023) 

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap 

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

The Netherlands is performing very well on connectivity, with only a few scattered rural households still lacking fibre or high-quality gigabit access. On advanced digital technologies, it is well established in semiconductors and strengthening its position in quantum technologies through continued support for research, combined with increased emphasis on practical applications and talent development via the flagship Quantum Delta NL programme. While these efforts are promising, there is currently no defined funding trajectory beyond 2028, when the programme is due to phase out. At business level, SMEs show relatively high levels of basic digitalisation compared with their EU peers, although the transition from basic use to more strategic integration of digital technologies is still a work in progress. This is particularly evident in the adoption of AI and other advanced digital technologies, where more companies are recognising the need to invest for strategic and sovereignty reasons, but continue to face constraints related to skills, resources and access to infrastructure. Existing support structures, including the European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) and the planned AI Factory in Groningen, are intended to provide access to expertise, computing capacity and support for experimentation and adoption. However, their impact is constrained by limited coordination at regional and national level. The Dutch tech ecosystem is also starting to show some structural issues, with a slowdown in new start-up creation and a decline in investment rounds. Efforts are being made to mobilise institutional capital to support scale-ups but ensuring a more stable investment environment remains a challenge. Finally, Dutch people and businesses show strong cyber awareness and preparedness. However, the increasingly complex and unpredictable cybersecurity environment is placing growing pressure on municipal budgets, while challenges remain in role allocation, information sharing and the consistent implementation of security standards across different levels of government.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

The level of basic digital skills among the Dutch population remains generally strong, supported by efforts to introduce ‘Digital Literacy’ as a distinct area of learning in primary and secondary education. However, challenges remain in reaching low-educated individuals, older adults and young people, who are more commonly exposed to online risks. The share of ICT specialists in employment is also above the EU average, yet the labour market faces a significant supply-demand imbalance. This is due to many factors, including an ageing population, a high prevalence of part-time workers, a deterioration in the quality and funding of higher education, a lack of teachers, gender disparities and misconceptions about science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) careers. These structural constraints are compounded by uneven access to talent across companies and regions, with SMEs and peripheral areas disproportionately affected. The recent coalition agreement places strong emphasis on talent development and retention, as well as lifelong learning and strengthening education and skills systems to better meet labour-market needs. It also signals measures to support the attraction of international talent and improve conditions for workers already in the labour market. These commitments reflect a focus on strengthening the ICT talent pipeline, although concrete implementation measures and funding remain to be defined. In terms of public services, the Netherlands performs strongly in digital uptake and availability, but service delivery remains fragmented as different government organisations continue to operate separate systems and data infrastructures. The Netherlands Digitalisation Strategy offers an opportunity to move towards more unified and interoperable public services. Fragmentation is also visible in healthcare digitalisation, where progress is solid but key gaps remain. These include the lack of a comprehensive national overview of which hospitals share health data and the fact that access for legal guardians, while legally provided for, is not yet technically feasible in practice.

Recommendations

-ICT specialists: Address the digital talent shortage by attracting STEM students and retaining them in the workforce. In particular: (i) enhance student participation in STEM through early, targeted career guidance in schools and measures to reduce gender imbalances; and (ii) intensify efforts and investments to attract and retain ICT specialists, particularly in sectors with high digital potential.

-Adoption of advanced digital technologies: Increase SME adoption of advanced digital technologies by strengthening the coordination and effectiveness of existing support systems. In particular: (i) expand the role of European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) beyond advisory services to help SMEs identify needs, develop practical use cases and support the full adoption process from testing to integration; and (ii) improve coordination between EDIHs, local digitalisation initiatives (e.g. the ‘Local Digital Twins in the CitiVERSE’ EDIC) and national digital infrastructure (including the AI Factory in Groningen) to enable real-world testing, scale successful solutions, avoid duplication of efforts and provide SMEs with clear and standardised access to pathways to available support and facilities.

-Digital public services and e-Health: Strengthen digital public services and e-health through coordinated governance, interoperable data systems and improved access to digital health services. In particular: (i) establish an implementation roadmap under the Netherlands Digitalisation Strategy with clear milestones and a multi-year funding framework; (ii) simplify and standardise data-sharing rules to operationalise the ‘once-only’ principle and reduce fragmentation in public service delivery, while aligning with European interoperability standards and relevant EU initiatives such as IMPACT-EDIC; and (iii) expand access to digital health services by making more types of health data available, increasing participation by healthcare providers and enabling appropriate access for patients’ legal guardians.

-Semiconductors: Strengthen the semiconductor and deep tech ecosystem by building on the Brainport Eindhoven cluster while supporting more balanced national development. In particular: (i) reinforce the innovation capacity of key semiconductor clusters, including through R&D and pilot infrastructure and by leveraging relevant EU programmes such as IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies and the Chips Joint Undertaking; (ii) support the development of complementary regional innovation ecosystems in other parts of the country through closer cooperation between companies,  universities and applied research organisations; and (iii) address skills and talent shortages by facilitating the attraction and retention of highly skilled workers in the sector.

-Quantum technologies: Consolidate the country’s leadership in quantum, including by: (i) securing public and private funding beyond the Quantum Delta NL horizon (2028) to avoid a financing cliff; (ii) strengthening support for the global scale-up of Dutch quantum start-ups; and (iii) deepening cross-border collaboration to contribute to the building of a European quantum supply chain.

-Cybersecurity: Strengthen national cybersecurity resilience by improving coordination and reducing fragmentation across responsible authorities. In particular: (i) enhance structured information-sharing between national authorities and Computer Security Incident Response Teams (CSIRTs); and (ii) ensure effective implementation of cybersecurity requirements for critical infrastructure.  

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Poland





Executive summary

Overall, Poland is making promising progress in digitalisation, particularly in continuously improving the availability of digital public services. However, it continues to lag behind in terms of business digitalisation and uptake of key technologies, especially among SMEs, in terms of the basic digital skills of the wider population and in terms of its pool of ICT specialists. While fibre coverage is above the EU average, progress appears to have slowed in recent years. The draft State Digitalisation Strategy until 2035 (Strategia Cyfryzacji Państwa do 2035), expected to be adopted in June 2026, offers a promising and comprehensive direction for Poland’s digital transformation. However, its impact will depend on the timely, well-coordinated identification and implementation of concrete measures. In this context, work is currently underway on an operational plan setting out the actions to be taken across the administration to implement the strategy.

The slow pace of digitalisation among SMEs is undermining Poland’s competitiveness, considering that SMEs account for the vast majority of firms in Poland and play a key role in value creation. Furthermore, businesses with low digital intensity are less able to realise productivity gains from both basic and advanced digital tools and to expand into new business opportunities. Moreover, limited digital literacy constrains citizens’ effective use of technology and weakens labour productivity growth, while a limited pool of ICT specialists reduces the capacity to fully leverage technological leadership assets.

In terms of digital leadership, Poland has been proactive in building quantum computing capabilities, notably through the launch of the PIAST‑Q quantum computer under the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking in June 2025. It is also increasing AI capacity, with two AI Factories under development, the first of which is expected to begin offering services in 2026, while actively contributing to the European AI Gigafactory project. Poland has also developed niche expertise in certain areas of microelectronics and ranks as a highly attractive location for establishing back-end production. However, it has not yet been able to attract major investments which would enable it to develop its manufacturing capacity.

Poland in the Digital Decade

Poland shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets (out of 14 possible), 71% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Poland provided 13 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them not well with only 31% considered on track. On the other hand, Poland addressed 70% of the 10 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 40% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 3.69 billion, representing 30% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 78% of the Polish people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (87%), promote digital education and skills programs (87%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (e.g. online social networks, marketplaces, app stores, etc.) (85%).

In addition, 80% of Polish respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from third countries, and 84% that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 64% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and Multi-Country Projects

Poland allocates 21.3% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 7.3 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 5.8 billion, representing 8% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Poland’s digital transformation.

Poland is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, of the EUROPEUM EDIC and of the IMPACTS EDIC. Poland is directly participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Poland is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Poland

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

PL

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

83.8%

84.1%

0.3%

90.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

77.8%

78.6%

1.1%

90.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

89.3%

94.0%

5.3%

99.6%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

574

-

21

7451

-

370

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

50.0%

59.0%

8.6%

71.9%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

46.5%

45.8%

-0.8%

58.6%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

5.9%

8.4%

41.7%

5.0%

20.0%

48.0%

10.0%

75%

Data analytics *

19.3%

24.5%

12.6%

23.3%

39.9%

9.5%

35.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

51.8%

52.7%

0.9%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

12

13

8.3%

14

324

10.2%

20

500

At least basic digital skills *

44.3%

50.4%

6.7%

54.5%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.5%

4.5%

0.0%

4.9%

5.0%

2.0%

6.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

70.7

83.9

18.7%

88.5

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

85.0

88.8

4.4%

91.9

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

91.8

91.8

0.0%

90.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)
(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Poland’s digital connectivity performance shows a mixed picture, with its FTTP coverage above the EU average and its VHCN and 5G coverage below the EU average, particularly in the key 3.4–3.8 GHz band. To allow for further progress in broadband coverage, overcoming urban-rural and regional disparities will be crucial, as significant gaps persist in VHCN and FTTP rural coverage particularly in northern Poland, driven by the challenging terrain, low population density and dispersed housing. Moreover, by further reinforcing its backbone infrastructures, including internal country links, Poland could strengthen its role as a secure regional data hub, also in view of connectivity with neighbouring regions.

On the business side, SMEs are still lagging behind in basic digitalisation, with key bottlenecks being difficulties in accessing funding opportunities, and limited skills, awareness and internal capacity leading to piecemeal implementation of digital solutions. Uptake of advanced technologies by businesses, especially SMEs, is also subpar, with adoption rates for data analytics and AI the lowest and second lowest in the EU respectively. Recent reports suggest the primary constraint for AI adoption is not necessarily a lack of awareness, but rather the transition to deployment, with doubts about the reliability of AI outputs, concerns over data security and high implementation costs cited as the main barriers. Meanwhile, limited access to finance, including venture capital funds, continues to restrict the growth of Polish start-ups, although Poland has taken measures to address this and plans to adopt a comprehensive strategy to develop its startup ecosystem.

In the area of cybersecurity, Poland is strengthening its cybersecurity governance framework, notably through an amendment to the Act on the National Cybersecurity System as part of reforms under the Polish recovery and resilience plan (RRP). It is also implementing measures to improve cybersecurity in public administration and businesses. However, Poland’s geopolitical situation and its heightened exposure to hostile activity, including an attempt to infiltrate the country’s energy system in December 2025, as well as a growing number of cyber-related incidents being reported by Polish businesses, underscore the need to sustain efforts to reinforce resilience.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Despite improvement, the level of basic digital skills remains below the EU average and significant urban-rural and age-related disparities persist, with several large-scale measures (e.g. Digital Development Clubs) so far in the early stages of implementation. Amid recent targeted Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI) linked to security incidents, Poland’s below-average performance in terms of verifying online information and its still fragmented coordination of counter-disinformation activities point to a need to strengthen efforts to foster online safety and critical-thinking skills.

The size of Poland’s pool of ICT specialists remains below the EU average and largely unchanged since 2024, potentially hindering Poland’s increased ambition to leverage its digital leadership assets in areas such as AI, quantum technologies and semiconductors. The share of women working as ICT specialists has been declining since 2023, with initiatives designed to address this showing limited results so far.

Poland has launched a number of initiatives to digitalise public services and administration, placing emphasis on digital sovereignty by developing state-owned cloud and open-source Polish LLMs, one of which is already in use for its public service app mObywatel. Poland performs at around EU average level in terms of availability of digital public services for businesses, but below the EU average in terms of availability for citizens. Nevertheless, the gap has narrowed as significant progress has been made since 2024, to a great extent thanks to investments under the Polish RRP. However, there is still room for improvement in the cross-border availability of digital public services for both citizens and businesses. Notably, the amendment to the Act on the Computerisation of the Operations of Entities Performing Public Tasks, adopted in 2025 as part of the Polish RRP reforms package, lays the groundwork for the development of solutions in the area of national and European interoperability.

Recommendations

-Digital skills: Foster digital skills and strengthen measures supporting social groups with lower digital skills, such as older adults and inhabitants of rural areas, including through raising awareness of existing and planned measures, and building on the ongoing revision of the Digital Competence Development Programme. Improve coordination and strengthen measures aimed at raising awareness of Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI) and fostering critical thinking skills.

-Digitalisation of SMEs and uptake of advanced technologies: Strengthen the digitalisation of SMEs and accelerate the uptake of advanced technologies, such as AI, in particular by: (i) directing existing and future support towards businesses with lower levels of digital maturity, especially micro-enterprises, including through tailored advisory services, and assistance in accessing funding opportunities; (ii) supporting the deployment and effective use of AI infrastructures for businesses such as AI Factories, AI Testing and Experimentation Facilities, and European Digital Innovation Hubs; (ii) translating the revised national AI policy into concrete measures for key sectors, including via sectoral flagship initiatives of the Apply AI Strategy.

-ICT specialists: Increase the ambition of measures to expand the supply of ICT specialists, especially in key frontier technologies, in particular by: (i) strengthening the national offer of training pathways for ICT specialists and increasing participation in STEM fields in higher education; (ii) introducing incentives to attract and retain ICT specialists; (iii) taking action to reverse the decline in the share of women among ICT specialists by scaling up targeted training and mentoring schemes.

-Connectivity: Strengthen connectivity infrastructure, in particular by: (i) accelerating the rollout of gigabit coverage and strengthening focus on reducing rural-urban and regional disparities, e.g. through strengthening the role of the local authorities on the telecommunications market, (ii) building on the achievements of the National Broadband Plan (2020-2025) by swiftly adopting a post-2025 roadmap, (iii) accelerating 5G rollout in the 3.4–3.8 GHz band and promoting the deployment of 5G SA networks, while enabling advanced use cases, and taking advantage of the upcoming expiry of rights of use to negotiate pro-investment conditions, (iv) reinforcing backbone infrastructure resilience to effectively play a role as a secure regional data hub, including diversifying submarine cable routes and enhancing high-capacity terrestrial links.

-Cybersecurity: Support the public and private sector, and in particular SMEs in implementing cybersecurity measures, in particular by increasing cybersecurity awareness and the cybersecurity talent pool in order to enhance resilience and preparedness for cybersecurity incidents.

-Digitalisation of public services: Build on recent legal achievements to strengthen digital public services and improve efficiency, in particular by strengthening interoperability and practical application of the once-only principle across different levels of government, as well as by improving cross-border usability.

-Semiconductors: Invest in the development of semiconductor back-end technologies, notably heterogeneous integration and advanced packaging and support the development and retention of specialised semiconductor skills, particularly in the fields of engineering, design, research and advanced semiconductor technologies.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Portugal





Executive summary

Portugal has strong assets in digitalisation, such as good connectivity infrastructure across the country and an outstanding position in digital public services for citizens and business. However, the country faces a series of challenges in achieving the successful digitalisation of businesses in advanced technologies, as it lags behind its European peers in the uptake of cloud computing and AI by enterprises. Meanwhile, Portugal has improved in overall basic digital skills more slowly than the EU average, even though the country continues to improve its share of ICT specialists.

Portugal is showing steady progress in its digital innovation and scale-up ecosystem, while also putting in place initiatives to increase its technological sovereignty. However, the efforts of the Portuguese authorities in this area may be hampered by the slow uptake of cloud technology and AI by its enterprises. This slow uptake could undermine the country’s digital competitiveness, as low digitalised enterprises cannot take advantage of the potential productivity gains brought by digital tools that allow them to access new online markets.

Portugal recently presented its 2026-2027 National Digital Strategy Action Plan as a short-term implementation instrument of the  National Digital Strategy adopted in December 2024. It turned the country’s objectives into concrete measures focused on: (i) data governance and extracting value from data; (ii) digital public services; (iii) artificial intelligence (AI); (iv) cybersecurity; and (v) the strengthening of digital infrastructure. The plan prioritises a more focused set of actions compared with the plan for the previous cycle and now features greater emphasis on execution, measurable outcomes, and regulatory alignment with European frameworks. The most recent action plan also strengthens the development of sovereign digital capabilities (including cloud infrastructure, data centres, and trusted data ecosystems) and aims to enhance Portugal’s competitiveness, resilience, and technological sovereignty.

Portugal in the Digital Decade

Portugal shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national targets (out of 14 possible), 92% of which are aligned with the EU’s 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Portugal provided 8 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is currently following these trajectory points very well, with 100% considered on track. Portugal addressed 89% of the 9 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (in 22% of cases) or making some changes (in 67% of cases) through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 62% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 1.6 billion, representing 75% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 72% of Portuguese people consider that digital policy should have a high or very high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce security and protection from online threats (89%), promote digital education and skills programmes (86%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (85%). In addition, 81% of Portuguese respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital technologies from non-EU countries, and 83% agreed that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 53% of respondents said that they would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Portugal allocates 21.5% of spending in its total recovery and resilience plan (RRP) to digital (EUR 4.7 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 2.3 billion, representing 10% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Portugal’s digital transformation.

Portugal is a member of both the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and the EUROPEUM EDIC. Portuguese entities are indirect and/or associated partners in the important project of common European interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Portugal is also a participating state in both the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and the Chips JU.

 

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Portugal

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

PT

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage

94.6%

97.1%

2.6%

96.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

93.2%

95.5%

2.5%

95.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

98.7%

99.1%

0.4%

98.3%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

150

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

53.6%

63.9%

9.2%

-

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

32.3%

34.1%

2.8%

-

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

8.6%

11.5%

33.7%

-

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

38.6%

45.0%

8.0%

-

39.9%

9.5%

-

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

54.4%

58.5%

3.7%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

1

2

100.0%

-

324

10.2%

2

500

At least basic digital skills *

56.0%

59.2%

2.8%

62.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

5.2%

5.4%

3.8%

5.0%

5.0%

2.0%

7.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

84.5

86.4

2.3%

88.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

84.3

90.0

6.8%

87.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

88.1

92.2

4.7%

88.1

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Portugal is performing very well in connectivity, and has very high levels of broadband coverage, particularly in very high capacity networks (VHCN), fibre to the premises (FTTP), and overall 5G, with it scoring consistently better than the EU averages in these areas. In order to enhance digital innovation, competitiveness, and technological sovereignty, the 2026-2027 National Digital Strategy Action Plan strengthens Portugal’s position by advancing plans for: (i) a Sovereign Cloud Strategy to ensure secure control and processing of critical data under national and EU jurisdiction; (ii) a National Data Centre Strategy aimed at strengthening resilient, energy-efficient infrastructure capable of supporting both sovereign and commercial cloud and advanced computing services; and (iii) a National Data Policy that sets out a framework for trusted data sharing, data reuse, and extracting data from value that is aligned with the EU.

Portugal has shown progress in the digitalisation of businesses since last year, particularly in the adoption of data analytics, where it surpasses the EU average. However, in other areas (such as cloud technologies, AI, and overall digital intensity) Portugal’s enterprises lags behind the EU averages. Portugal’s growth rates in most areas of digitalisation are also lower than the EU averages, indicating that although Portugal is making progress, it is not keeping pace with broader EU trends.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Portugal’s digital skills profile reveals a mixed performance. While the country has strengths in digital skills among young adults and in the adoption of generative AI, it lags behind the EU average in overall rates of growth in digital skills (and in particular among women, people with low levels of education, and older adults). The country’s government has approved the Digital Skills Pact Action Plan 2026-2030, which has a budget of EUR 80 million. The plan encompasses training across basic, intermediate, advanced, and emerging digital skills and aims to be a key instrument for promoting inclusion, building skills and strengthening national competitiveness.

In the area of digital public services, Portugal makes a strong contribution to the EU’s Digital Decade targets. The country performs particularly well in digital public services for citizens and business despite differences between regions. Portugal also shows a good performance in e-Government values and access to e-Health records.

Recommendations

-Connectivity/5G: Accelerate 5G rollout of the 3.4–3.8 GHz band in rural areas and promote the deployment of 5G SA networks while enabling advanced use cases. In addition, Portugal should continue to invest in the security and resilience of its submarine cable ecosystem. 

-Artificial Intelligence: Continue supporting AI take-up and thus enable innovation by enterprises, including by timely implementation of ongoing and planned measures, in particular, when revising the national AI strategy including through a stronger sectoral focus on key verticals.

-Cloud: Encourage cloud take-up, in particular implement the plans for sovereign cloud infrastructure.

-Unicorns: Accelerate efforts to improve scale-up capacity with access to financing and removing barriers to expansion.

-Basic digital skills: Continue to evaluate the take-up of the current measures and identify ways to address the remaining needs, notably to tackle the digital divide in the society.

-Cybersecurity: Continue efforts to enhance the cyberliteracy and awareness, and to consolidate the implementation of cybersecurity measures, ensuring robust supervision, mandatory risk management and incident reporting across all essential and important entities, including supplychain security and assessments of highrisk ICT suppliers in line with EU standards. In addition, Portugal should update its national strategy, leveraging resilience, innovation and resource allocation, aligned with common European objectives.

-Basic digital intensity of SMEs and advanced technologies: Continue fostering the adoption of advanced digital technologies by businesses identifying support measures for the medium-term.

-eHealth: To advance the adoption and integration of AI in healthcare, Portugal should (i) define up-to-date investment roadmaps for priority use cases aligned with its national strategy, and (ii) support healthcare organisations to participate in the Network of AI-Powered Advanced Medical Centres, by establishing co-funding schemes for piloting and deploying AI solutions in clinical environments.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

Accompanying the document

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


 

DIGITAL DECADE 
SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026


Executive summary

Romania continues to be an EU leader in connectivity, has strengthened its position in semiconductors and is signalling its ambition to become an AI regional leader. However, limited access to finance, particularly venture capital, low research and development (R&D) spending, and a sluggish digital startups ecosystem limit its competitiveness. While digital public services have clearly progressed, the focus must now shift to delivering value-for-investment for citizens and businesses by meeting their needs for streamlined administrative procedures and continuously improved services. Despite progress, particularly for civil servants, challenges remain in tackling low-level digital skills.

The structural gaps in digital skills and the limited availability of digital public services create a competitiveness ceiling for Romania. The efforts in connectivity, AI and semiconductors may be undermined by a startup sector that struggles to grow in the absence of widespread access to finance and insufficient stimulation of home-grown innovation. To go from being a regional tech outpost to a true digital leader, Romania must bridge the gap between its infrastructure strengths and its ecosystem weaknesses. To do this, Romania requires a comprehensive digitalisation strategy, backed by strong political will, sustainable post-Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) funding, a coherent regulatory framework, strong ICT expertise and a well-defined governance structure.

RRF funding has been used to kickstart key high-growth sectors that could help Romania become a digital leader, such as semiconductors and AI. By modernising universities and creating industrial ecosystems linked to the country’s industrial strengths, in particular the auto industry, Romania can capitalize on key growth opportunities. The upcoming AI factory and planned Black Sea AI gigafactory could further strengthen Romania’s and the EU’s digital sovereignty.

With RRF funding winding down, Romania must define its priorities moving forward and make full use of all funding opportunities in the next Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF), in particular the national and regional partnership plans (NRPPs) and the Digital Leadership instrument.

Romania in the Digital Decade

Romania shows a low level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 11 national targets (out of 14 possible), 36% of which are in line with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Romania provided 1 trajectory point for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following it very well as it is considered on track. Romania addressed 50% of the 8 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 38% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget for these measures is EUR 2.31 billion, representing 64% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

Romania did not submit an update of its national Digital Decade roadmap in 2025 but is planning to do so in 2026 to take stock of performance so far and adapt its projections and targets based on national priorities.

According to the 2026 Digital Decade Eurobarometer, 59% of Romanian people think that digital policy should be a high/very high priority for the EU in shaping the future. They also think that in the next 10 years the EU should cooperate with Member States to strengthen cybersecurity and protection from online threats (74%), promote digital education and skills programmes (71%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (71%). In addition, 64% of Romanian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from non-EU countries, and 69% agree that it should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 49% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects

Romania allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 4.5 billion). Under cohesion policy, EUR 3.2 billion, representing 10% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is also dedicated to advancing Romania’s digital transformation.

Romania is a member of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Romania is directly participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Romania is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Romania

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Latest available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

RO

EU

Fixed very high-capacity network (VHCN) coverage

95.9%

96.5%

0.6%

-

85.5%

3.7%

99.0% 

100%

Fibre to the premises (FTTP) coverage

95.7% 

96.3%

0.5%

-

74.1%

7.1%

99.0% 

-

Basic 5G coverage

46.8% 

59.3%

26.8%

38.0%

96.8%

2.6%

62.0% 

100%

Edge nodes (estimate, new methodology)

 -

252

-

7 451

-

10 000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity

26.8%

44.3%

28.7%

-

71.4%

11.0%

75.0% 

90%

Cloud*

15.5% 

22.1%

19.4%

-

46.7%

9.5%

40.0% 

75%

Artificial Intelligence

3.1% 

5.2%

69.7%

-

20.0%

48.0%

10.0% 

75%

Data analytics*

21.9% 

35.1%

26.6%

-

39.9%

9.5%

15.0% 

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics*

28.7% 

43.6%

23.1%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

0

-

324

10.2%

-

500

At least basic digital skills*

27.7% 

31.8%

7.2%

-

60.4%

4.3%

50.0% 

80%

ICT specialists

2.8% 

2.7

-3.6%

-

5.0%

2.0%

4.0% 

~10%

e ID scheme notification

  

Yes

-

Digital public services for citizens

62.7 

64.2

2.4%

-

84.6

2.8%

100.0 

100

Digital public services for businesses

55.1 

66.8

21.2%

-

88.6

2.7%

100.0 

100

Access to e-Health records

75.1 

75.1

0.0%

-

86.5

4.6%

-

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note

(2) Last available data is DESI 2025 (ref year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star for which it is DESI 2024 (ref year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Romania remains an EU leader in terms of connectivity, ranking first in the EU for fibre to the premises (FTTP) coverage for both businesses and consumers. Despite very strong year-on-year growth in 5G connectivity, Romania continues to rank last in the EU. More could be done to showcase how 5G connectivity could support manufacturing businesses and B2B interactions.

Romania has continued to strengthen its position in critical technologies. It is participating in the IPCEI on microelectronics and communication technologies. Additionally, Romania will host an AI factory and has submitted a bid to host an AI gigafactory.

Romania does not have an ICT or digital unicorn. Its startup ecosystem struggles with access to finance and the availability of risk capital. The country has a high ICT potential, which could benefit from further removal of legislative and administrative obstacles that affect rapid business development and innovation.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Romania has invested considerable resources in digitalising public services, so far focusing mostly on securing the necessary hardware and data centres needed for the governmental cloud. Good progress has been made on eID, digital signatures and improving overall digital interactions with the state. Next Romania must show what this high level of investment was for, by providing clear, easy-to-use digital services for companies and people. Digitalisation of the health sector remains problematic. New initiatives to digitise the activity of the Health Ministry and launch an upgraded health insurance platform are promising. These are much needed developments, as the sector lags significantly behind.

Despite progress, Romania continues to rank last in the EU for basic digital skills. Measures have been put in place to increase the advanced digital skills of public sector employees. However, support for people already employed by the private sector, remains limited. Romania has a high number of ICT graduates but continues to struggle with talent retention. The public sector struggles in engaging with the high level of ICT talent in the country. More could be done to encourage flexible cooperation between public and private sectors, including for upskilling and lifelong learning.

Recommendations

Digital public services: establish a unified multicloud ecosystem by interconnecting the Governmental cloud and sectorial cloud infrastructures. To fully implement the 'once-only' principle, the National Platform for Interoperability must be operationalized to facilitate seamless data exchange across state applications. Leverage ROePAS as the primary access point under the Single Digital Gateway Regulation. Launch the Governmental cloud marketplace in order to leverage agile private solutions to address public service needs. It should build the national EU Digital Identity wallet solution and should expand the use of advanced electronic signatures for citizens and especially SMEs for non-fiscal administrative procedures. These foundational infrastructures should be leveraged to further digitalise key sectoral domains, including tax administration, business licensing, and the judiciary.

E-health: adopt the national strategy for digital health and transform it in legally binding measures. Operationalise and adequately fund the modernised national health insurance platform (PIAS), develop a mobile application to access e-health records and establish incentives to increase the use of digital solutions in healthcare, ensuring equitable access across different socio-economic backgrounds. Make additional types of data available and improve authentication methods using a compliant eID solution. Support participation in the Network of AI-Powered Advanced Medical Centres, for example, by establishing co-funding schemes for piloting and deploying AI solutions in clinical environments, in line with existing measures in the national AI Strategy .

Skills: Boost basic digital skills as a core component of the education process, both for teachers and students. Do more to train teachers on integrating digital tools in teaching practices and explore ways of rewarding those who do using the teacher evaluation system. Continue the digital upskilling of public sector employees and make adult learning, particularly of employees in the private sector and older people, a policy priority. In this respect, Romania could look into the possibility of directly rewarding employees by means of individual learning accounts, linked to the digital wallet, with training possible only with providers certified under the Romanian Digital Competence Framework (DigCompRo). To retain skilled ICT workers and graduates, ramp up dual pathway university degrees, including by incorporating R&D into European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) credits.

Digitalisation of businesses: further strengthen support to innovative startups and scaleups via Startup Nation and the new Innovation Romania Holding Fund. Actively involve stakeholders in defining the financing priorities and performance-based milestones that will be used to measure performance under the next MFF. Identify ways of rewarding Romanian intellectual property (IP) solutions. Leverage Romanian European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIH) capabilities to increase the digital maturity of local and regional SMEs. Define clear institutional roles in AI and leverage the upcoming AI factory and the potential AI gigafactory to pivot from outsourcing to home grown players that use AI to provide industrial scale solutions in key economic areas of strength.

Cybersecurity: provide support for all relevant entities, such as specific guidance or dedicated ICT platforms and automation tools, to ensure that cybersecurity rules are applied consistently across all sectors. Focus on helping digital public services and SMEs adopt cybersecurity measures that are effective and balanced.

5G: embed 5G regional and local connectivity targets in the new national and regional partnership plans (NRPPs). Focus on increasing 5G coverage, including in the 3.4-3.8GHz band, and spectrum assignment, subject to market demands and investment envelopes. Uphold commitments to phase out fiscal burdens on telecom operators and make information on local construction works permitting more transparent (by setting up a digital permitting portal for example). Promote the deployment of 5G standalone networks while identifying ways of stimulating demand for 5G.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

Accompanying the document

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


 

DIGITAL DECADE 
SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026


Executive summary

Slovakia’s digital transformation is advancing, but structural weaknesses remain. A high share of young people display at least basic digital skills, but the overall proportion of individuals with at least basic digital skills is below the EU average, with particularly low levels among older groups. Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) are catching up in basic digitalisation and businesses are gradually increasing their use of advanced technologies, but Slovak businesses still show lower levels of digitalisation compared to their EU peers and face significant ICT specialist shortages. Connectivity infrastructure has been markedly improved, yet rural areas are still underserved by fixed gigabit networks. Overall, while Slovakia has put interlinked strategies in place to support its digital transformation, issues such as funding availability, long-term planning and investments, as well as efficient project implementation and monitoring still represent key challenges.

Existing shortcomings in Slovakia’s digital transition affect the country’s competitiveness. Persistent gaps in digital skills across the population and workforce, together with a shortage of ICT specialists, restrict the pool of workers able to support businesses’ digital transformation and slow down the adoption of tools such as cloud, data analytics and artificial intelligence (AI). Many SMEs still rely on relatively low‑tech processes and lack the managerial and technical capacity for more advanced digital investments, hampering potential gains in productivity and innovation. Digital public services also remain below the EU average, with room for improvement in terms of interoperability and user-friendliness.

Slovakia is still consolidating the strategic capabilities needed to increase its digital leadership. The frontier‑technology landscape – from deployment of advanced digital technologies at scale, to semiconductors, edge nodes, quantum technologies and a strong start‑up/scale‑up base – remains modest. Nevertheless, the ‘Vision for Artificial Intelligence in Slovakia’ and work on a national AI strategy, among other measures, signal growing ambition in AI uptake. In parallel, ongoing efforts supporting the development of a high‑performance computing (HPC) ecosystem represent an important step towards strengthening research and innovation capacity. Importantly, the success of these initiatives will depend on clear, time-bound plans and stable, long-term financing to ensure the economy can reap the benefits associated with such technologies.

Slovakia in the Digital Decade

Slovakia shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national targets (out of 14 possible), 83% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Slovakia provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is following them moderately well with 58% considered on track. Slovakia addressed 56% of the nine recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 72% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 1.63 billion, representing 72% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap. 

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 79% of Slovak people consider that digital policy should have a high or very high priority in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (93%), promote digital education and skills programmes (92%) and strengthen the regulation of online platforms (84%).

In addition, 79% of Slovak respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital from non-EU countries, and 86% that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 54% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects  

Slovakia allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.2 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.7 billion, representing 6% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Slovakia’s digital transformation.

Slovakia is a member of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC). Slovakia directly participates in the Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the Tech4Cure IPCEI. Slovakia is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Slovakia

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

SK

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

73.0%

83.6%

14.5%

64.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

67.8%

76.0%

12.2%

-

74.1%

7.1%

-

-

Basic 5G coverage

87.9%

93.9%

6.7%

85.0%

96.8%

2.6%

98.5%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

107

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

42.2%

57.1%

16.3%

65.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

30.2%

32.9%

4.5%

39.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

10.8%

18.0%

67.0%

18.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

30.2%

38.8%

13.3%

18.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

45.8%

55.1%

9.8%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

0

0

 

1

324

10.2%

3

500

At least basic digital skills *

51.3%

53.6%

2.2%

57.0%

60.4%

4.3%

70.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.6%

4.4%

-4.3%

4.0%

5.0%

2.0%

6.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital public services for citizens

72.6

76.3

5.1%

76.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

73.4

73.9

0.6%

87.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

72.0

72.0

0.0%

55.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Slovakia has made significant progress in deploying digital infrastructure. Very high capacity networks (VHCN) and fibre‑to‑the‑premises (FTTP) coverage experienced marked growth, while 5G networks in urban areas achieved near total coverage. However, VHCN and FTTP coverage remains significantly lower in rural areas, where low population density, high per‑premises deployment costs and complex permit procedures continue to slow roll‑out and limit commercial viability.

In the business sector, Slovakia is making efforts to address structural barriers to digitalisation, particularly among SMEs, but despite promising growth, SME basic digitalisation is still lagging behind. Ongoing support measures, such as European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) and dedicated loans, are well regarded by businesses and encourage medium‑ to long‑term planning, but the overall coverage of such initiatives is modest compared to the needs of the business population. Limited access to funding and understanding of digital technologies, as well as skills shortages within the workforce, represent underlying challenges to the digitalisation of businesses.

The uptake of advanced digital technologies has gradually improved in recent years but remains below broader EU levels. Slovakia is putting in place the policy and institutional framework to support wider adoption, with a particular focus on AI and high‑performance computing (HPC). However, progress in these areas needs to go hand-in-hand with raising the basic level of digitalisation in the business sector, as many businesses are not yet digitally mature enough to integrate advanced technologies effectively. The start‑up and scale‑up ecosystem remains relatively small and marked by structural weaknesses: venture capital activity is limited, access to first customers is difficult, and large companies are often reluctant to work with new businesses.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Digital skills of the population and ICT specialist availability remain bottlenecks in the digital transformation of the Slovak economy. Overall digital skills are below the EU average, with particularly low levels among older and disadvantaged population groups, despite a comparatively strong performance among young adults (16-24). A wide range of measures, including an ongoing curriculum reform, are being rolled out, but their full impact will take time to materialise. At the same time, Slovakia faces persistent shortages of ICT professionals across both public and private sectors, negatively affecting the digitalisation of the economy. Such shortages are compounded by limited opportunities and resources for upskilling and reskilling the workforce and limited participation of women in the ICT sector.

The digitalisation of the public sector is progressing but faces implementation challenges. Work on the digitalisation of 16 “priority life situations” continues, aiming to digitalise a set of key public services by 2026. However, further improvements are needed in relation to the user-friendliness, interoperability, transparency and the adoption of a uniform approach for eGovernment services across the public administration. The digitalisation of healthcare has advanced, promising time savings for the public and improved interoperability once fully implemented. However, Slovakia continues to lag behind the EU average in achieving universal public access to electronic health records (EHRs) by 2030.

Recommendations

-Digitalisation of SMEs: Strengthen and scale up the existing support framework for business digital transformation by ensuring the medium- to long-term continuity of key support structures (e.g. EDIHs) and expanding the scale and reach of existing instruments and access to finance. Improve the outreach and visibility of existing instruments, while ensuring that support measures are easy to access and do not impose an excessive administrative burden. Expand support for digital skills, managerial awareness, and digital transformation planning capacity within businesses, including by building on existing initiatives such as the “Digital Skills for a Green Future of Slovakia” project. Promote a gradual digitalisation pathway for SMEs, from basic digital foundations to the uptake of advanced technologies.

-ICT specialists: Scale up flexible, labour-market-oriented upskilling and reskilling opportunities for specialised ICT profiles in both the private and public sectors. Expand and adapt higher education and vocational ICT pathways in line with labour market needs, while strengthening measures to retain ICT graduates in Slovakia. Moreover, continue to address barriers to women’s entry, retention and progression in ICT studies and careers, for instance through targeted outreach, guidance, and support measures.

-Digital skills: Expand opportunities to acquire and regularly update digital skills, with a focus on the workforce and socio-economic groups with lower-than-average levels of digital skills, so as to better support labour market participation and businesses’ digital transformation. Moreover, further strengthen digital education across the school system, including through continued teacher training and support, as well as targeted measures for students from disadvantaged backgrounds and marginalised communities.

-Advanced digital technologies: To maximise the impact of investments in AI and HPC and promote tangible value creation for the economy, adopt a coherent national approach that supports long-term sustainability and scalability. Continue to strengthen the national AI ecosystem by building on existing national infrastructural and energy resources and expertise, and promote the integration of the Slovak AI ecosystem into the wider EU ecosystem (for instance through EDIHs, AI factories, and Technical Experimentation Facilities, as well as through greater use of sector-specific support under the Apply AI strategy).

-Digital public services: To improve user-friendliness and uptake, enhance interoperability, transparency, and consistency across digital public services, while strengthening implementation capacity of digital public service projects across the public administration, notably as regards inter-ministerial/agency coordination, monitoring and evaluation. Increase the availability of digital public services for cross-border citizens and businesses.

-Connectivity: Sustain the rollout of gigabit-capable fixed networks, prioritising the closure of gaps in rural and underserved areas, for instance by targeting public support to digital infrastructure deployment and by ensuring the coordination of funding programmes and regulatory measures at national and regional level to support balanced deployment. Foster demand and uptake, while cooperating with industry stakeholders to address deployment barriers and support timely rollout. Promote the deployment of 5G SA (standalone) networks and enable advanced use cases.

-Semiconductors: Strengthen the semiconductor ecosystem by ensuring that participation in EU semiconductor initiatives, in particular the current IPCEIs on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (ME-CT) and on Advanced Semiconductor Technologies (AST), receive full and timely support and translate into broader domestic capability-building for relevant companies.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE SHORT

COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Slovenia





Executive summary

Slovenia is very strong in some digital areas, including connectivity progress, active positioning in strategic technologies and relatively good uptake of artificial intelligence among businesses. Fibre coverage is relatively strong and 5G has progressed rapidly. However, Slovenia does not fully reap the benefits of digitalisation throughout the business world, as SMEs still lag behind in basic digitalisation and in the uptake of cloud and data analytics. Basic digital skills also remain persistently weak, the proportion of ICT specialists is below the EU average, and the start-up and scale-up ecosystem remains underdeveloped, with no unicorns. 

The weaknesses identified in business digitalisation and skills hinder Slovenia’s competitiveness. Uneven digital uptake among SMEs limits productivity gains in a small, open and industrialised economy, while ICT specialist shortages constrain business transformation and the diffusion of advanced technologies. Unfavourable scale-up conditions, including continued bottlenecks in risk capital, regulatory complexity and talent attraction, further limit the growth of high-value-added firms. Broader digital skills and stronger SME digitalisation would help Slovenia translate its strong performance in certain technologies into broader economic gains. 

Slovenia is taking a strong lead in a number of areas of digital technology. It is active in strategic European initiatives on semiconductors, cloud, AI and quantum technologies. Public policy has also given growing prominence to AI through the Slovenian AI Factory (SLAIF), the AI Competence Centre and related support measures as well as to quantum technologies with recently adopted National strategy for the development of quantum technologies in Slovenia up to 2035. Slovenia is also strengthening capacities in cybersecurity and advanced digital infrastructure, which provide a basis for further progress if benefits are spread more widely across the economy and across the wider business environment. 

Slovenia in the Digital Decade 

Slovenia is highly ambitious in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 14 national targets, all aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Slovenia provided 13 trajectory points for 2025, of which 46% are considered to be on track. Slovenia addressed all seven recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by taking new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 44% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 184 million, which accounts for 33% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.  

According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2026, 74% of Slovenian people consider that digital policy should be a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (94%), promote digital education and skills programmes (89%) and build an independent European digital infrastructure (87%). In addition, 78% of Slovenian respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital technology from outside the EU, and 84% think that the EU should prioritise investment in digital infrastructure and services developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 51% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if this means slightly higher costs. 

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Slovenia allocates 244% of its total recovery and resilience plan (RRP) to digital (EUR 0.5 billion). Under cohesion policy, EUR 0.3 billion, 8% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to Slovenia’s digital transformation. 

Slovenia is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Slovenia is directly participating in the Tech4Cure IPCEI. Slovenian entities are indirect and/or associated partners in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Slovenia is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Slovenia 

EU 

Digital Decade target by 2030 

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

SI

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage

79.6%

83.9%

5.3%

82.5%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

79.6%

83.9%

5.3%

85.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Basic 5G coverage

97.7%

99.4%

1.7%

78.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate, new methodology)

-

48

-

-

7451

-

200

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

50.4%

65.7%

14.2%

61.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

36.0%

43.0%

9.2%

52.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

20.9%

21.6%

3.4%

40.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

19.1%

30.9%

27.3%

40.0%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

44.7%

55.3%

11.2%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

0

0

3

324

10.2%

7

500

At least basic digital skills *

46.7%

46.5%

-0.2%

63.0%

60.4%

4.3%

80.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.3%

4.5%

4.7%

6.5%

5.0%

2.0%

10.0%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

Digital public services for citizens

78.6

84.2

7.2%

80.0

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

85.0

86.3

1.5%

92.0

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

87.5

92.6

5.8%

85.0

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024)
except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024

(reference year 2023)
(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Slovenia performs relatively well in connectivity, with high fibre coverage and rapidly improving 5G coverage. However, challenges remain in rural and hard-to-reach areas. Completing coverage in the most costly and dispersed areas, accelerating copper-to-fibre migration and translating strong coverage into more productive 5G use will help achieve the 2030 targets. 

On the business side, SMEs still lag behind the EU average in basic digitalisation, despite recent progress. Uptake of advanced technologies also remains uneven: Slovenia performs comparatively well in AI adoption, but trails the EU average in cloud, data analytics and combined uptake, especially among SMEs. Policy support has become more visible through the AI Factory, the AI Competence Centre, SMASH and the European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs). However, adoption remains concentrated in better-prepared firms, while SMEs still face bottlenecks relating to skills, managerial capability, access to finance and fragmented support. Scale-up conditions are unfavourable, with continued challenges in venture capital, business regulation and talent attraction. 

The cybersecurity framework has become more structured, but uptake of more advanced cybersecurity measures among businesses is below the EU average. Slovenia is also building a stronger framework for using digital technologies in the green transition, although current efforts remain fragmented and not yet sufficiently systematic. The start-up and scale-up ecosystem remains underdeveloped, with no unicorns and continued challenges in venture capital, regulatory barriers and talent attraction. 

Protecting and empowering EU people and society 

Basic digital skills remain below the EU average, with particularly pronounced gaps among older people and low-qualified adults. The proportion of ICT specialists is also below the EU average, despite some improvement, and continues to constrain business digitalisation and innovation. In the context of labour shortages and skills mismatches, these weaknesses remain a key obstacle to wider digital transformation. 

Slovenia has continued to develop digital public services from a relatively solid base, with e-Health among the stronger parts of its digital profile. However, progress is more incremental than transformative, especially in service availability, cross-border access and complex services such as judicial proceedings and the further development of access to e-Health records. At the same time, digital-safety skills remain weak and information-verification behaviour remains limited, which suggests vulnerabilities in media literacy, digital resilience and the safe use of emerging technologies. 

Recommendations

-Basic digital skills: Strengthen basic digital skills across the population by embedding them in compulsory education and teacher support, expanding accessible adult training for all population, in particular for older people (55+) and low-qualified adults, improving local outreach and guidance, and reinforcing digital safety, media literacy and critical use of digital tools.

- SMEs and scale-ups: Strengthen SME digitalisation and scale-up conditions by ensuring continued support for less digitally mature SMEs, linking basic digitalisation support with cloud, data, AI, skills and finance, simplifying business-support instruments, and improving access to risk capital, administrative simplification and talent attraction, and participation in EU-level initiatives and high-tech ecosystems. 

-ICT specialists: Strengthen the ICT-specialist pipeline by using labour-market intelligence to update training in AI, data, cybersecurity and semiconductor-related fields, reinforcing digital and ICT content in VET, accelerating labour-market-relevant higher-education reform and modular provision, and widening participation, especially among women and young people.

-Cybersecurity: Strengthen cybersecurity across the economy by increasing business uptake of advanced practices, especially among SMEs and critical-infrastructure entities, embedding cybersecurity in AI, data and cloud deployment, reinforcing resilience in public services, education and healthcare, and addressing cybersecurity skills shortages.

-Connectivity: Complete Slovenia’s connectivity transition by ensuring cost efficient solutions for remaining hard-to-reach areas, and fostering productive 5G use, including standalone deployment and industrial applications and making effective use of upcoming spectrum awards to develop investment and advanced 5G use cases. 

-Green and digital: Strengthen the use of digital technologies for the green transition by developing interoperable environmental, climate and ESG data infrastructures, scaling digital solutions in energy, mobility, circular economy and spatial planning, supporting municipalities and smart communities, and monitoring both the footprint and emissions-reduction effects of digital technologies.

-Digital public services: Strengthen the usability and completeness of digital public services by improving cross-border access through better support for foreign digital identities, translation, interoperability and practical use of OOTS; further digitalising judicial proceedings so citizens and businesses can initiate and follow civil/commercial, administrative and criminal cases digitally and improving access to e-health records.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Spain





Executive summary

Overall, Spain benefits from strong digital assets, including robust connectivity infrastructure, a digitally skilled population, and well-developed digital public services. However, the country is not yet fully capitalising on these strengths when it comes to the uptake of advanced technologies by enterprises or the share of ICT specialists within the overall labour market, despite the significant number of ICT graduates.

Some of the weaknesses affecting Spain’s competitiveness are linked to the low levels of advanced digitalisation among enterprises, particularly regarding cloud technologies, and its underdeveloped ecosystem for scale-ups and digital innovation. Increasing the share of ICT specialists in the labour market could support the further digitalisation of businesses, while improved access to funding for start-ups could help accelerate digital innovation in Spain.

Spain is also building on its progress in digitalisation to contribute to European technological sovereignty and digital leadership, notably through developing projects in quantum technologies and semiconductors. In addition, the efforts of national public authorities, supported by European funding, have played a key role in substantially digitalising public services and continuing to improve connectivity infrastructure.

Spain in the Digital Decade

Spain shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 13 national targets (out of a possible 14), 92% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Spain provided 13 trajectory points for 2025 (out of 13 analysed). The country is making good progress on these, with 85% considered on track. Spain addressed 33% of the six recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025 by making some changes through new measures. According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 87% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated with these measures is EUR 26.23 billion, representing 98% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 78% of Spanish people consider that digital policy should be a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next 10 years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce security and protection from online threats (92%), promote digital education and skills programmes (88%) and strengthen regulation of online platforms (87%). In addition, 78% of Spanish respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependency on digital technology from non-EU countries, and 82% think that the EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 54% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Spain allocates 23% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 22.2 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 4.9 billion, representing 14% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Spain’s digital transformation.

Spain is the host of Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC, a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, and of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Spain is directly participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Spain is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Spain

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

ES

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage

95.0%

96.0%

1.1%

98.0%

85.5%

3.7%

100.0%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

94.9%

96.0%

1.2%

97.0%

74.1%

7.1%

100.0%

-

Overall 5G coverage

95.7%

99.2%

3.6%

99.7%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate)

-

587

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

60.5%

75.4%

11.6%

63.0%

71.4%

11.0%

90.0%

90%

Cloud *

27.3%

37.9%

18.0%

36.0%

46.7%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

11.3%

20.3%

79.2%

13.0%

20.0%

48.0%

75.0%

75%

Data analytics *

38.0%

47.1%

11.3%

43.4%

39.9%

9.5%

75.0%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

49.9%

62.4%

11.9%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

11

12

9.1%

24

324

10.2%

24

500

At least basic digital skills *

66.2%

66.5%

0.2%

67.8%

60.4%

4.3%

85.0%

80%

ICT specialists

4.7%

4.8%

2.1%

5.3%

5.0%

2.0%

8.6%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

Yes

 

Digital public services for citizens

88.8

91.9

3.5%

90.2

84.6

2.8%

100.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

85.1

95.3

11.9%

96.5

88.6

2.7%

100.0

100

Access to electronic health records

88.3

89.6

1.5%

89.4

86.5

4.6%

100.0

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Spain performs strongly in connectivity, consistently surpassing the EU average across all KPIs, which makes the country one of the EU’s best performers in fixed and mobile coverage. Regarding semiconductors, Spain is trying to balance the significant reduction of its flagship programme ‘PERTE Chip’ with support for the Integrated Photonics Pilot Lines and R&D programmes, while the State Society for Technological Transformation (SETT) has achieved a sustainable rhythm of project investments. The country has also approved its Spanish Quantum Technologies Strategy 2025-2030 to position Spain as a leading European actor in quantum technologies by fostering a competitive ecosystem and preparing society for the disruptive impact of these technologies.

On the business side, Spain’s businesses exhibit a commendable level of digitalisation, particularly in adopting data analytics and artificial intelligence technologies. SMEs in Spain show a robust performance in basic digital intensity, surpassing the EU average, although there is room for improvement in achieving very high digital intensity levels. Regarding the take-up of advanced technologies by business, the adoption of cloud technologies lags behind the EU average, but Spain's higher growth rates indicate a positive trend. Although the country is prioritising developing its innovative scale-up ecosystem with strategic investments aimed at fostering the growth and competitiveness of innovative enterprises, there is still untapped potential that has not yet been fully realised.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

Spain continues to take positive steps to empower people and promote equal opportunities within the digital economy. The level of basic digital skills of the population is satisfying, above the EU average. Conversely, the share of ICT specialists remains below average leading to constraints in the ICT job market, despite a growing number of ICT graduates and an increase in ICT specialists, as this expansion has largely kept in pace with overall employment growth, resulting in only a marginal rise in their share of total employment.

In the area of Digital Public Services, Spain makes a strong contribution to the EU’s Digital Decade targets. The country performs particularly well in digital public services for citizens and business despite the differences between regions. Spain also shows a good performance in e-Government values and access to e-Health records. The Spanish authorities are also maintaining a strong focus on promoting digital rights and principles.

Recommendations

-AI, cloud and data analytics: continue the efforts to support the digitalisation of enterprises, focusing on advancing digital intensity and closing the gap in cloud adoption.

-Semiconductors and digital innovation: Spain need to foster its further development of its semiconductor industry, engaging with stakeholders and R&I, and allocating public funds.

-Quantum technologies: Spain should prioritise the development of sovereign European quantum hardware, accelerate the industrialisation and large-scale deployment, ensure rapid and secure uptake with strong intellectual property protection, attract and retain talent, align closely with EuroHPC JU governance and EU roadmaps, shift funding toward industrial scale-up ,transform HPC infrastructures into application platforms, and connect industry and research actors to Chips JU pilot lines to support end-to-end innovation and system integration.

-Unicorns: Facilitate business creation, innovation and expansion, supporting R&I investments and stronger science-business linkages improving coordination between research and universities to technology transfer centres, start-ups and scale-ups; expand access to scale-up financing; target incentives to key strategic sectors to accelerate the deployment of key digital technologies.

-Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, in particular, supporting enterprises and ensuring the imposition of cybersecurity measures that are necessary to enhance the cyber posture of critical infrastructure.

-ICT specialists: Spain should continue its efforts to strengthen the ICT specialist position in the labour market and retain ICT graduates. Moreover, Spain should intensify efforts to increase women’s participation in ICT studies and careers.

-Digital Public Services: Spain should improve the digitisation of public services across regions to enhance interoperability and cooperation between them and avoid regional imbalances, in particular, regarding the digitisation of the judicial system.

Top

Brussels, 17.6.2026

COM(2026) 288 final

ANNEX

to the

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions

State of the Digital Decade 2026: Closing structural gaps and mobilising investments for 2030 and beyond

{SWD(2026) 154 final} - {SWD(2026) 155 final} - {SWD(2026) 156 final} - {SWD(2026) 157 final}


DIGITAL DECADE

SHORT COUNTRY REPORT

2026

 

Sweden





Executive summary

Sweden is one of the front runners and is above the EU average on almost all indicators. The country has the ambition to become one of the global leaders in the digital field. Sweden remains attractive for start-ups, as the high number of unicorns shows. Sweden has performed and continues to perform particularly well on digital skills, with a population with good ICT skills and a highly skilled workforce. Individuals and business benefit from high-quality fixed and mobile connectivity. Operators have started to roll out 5G stand-alone (SA) networks. The country has improved fixed and mobile connectivity in the most populated areas. However, connecting the very last buildings to the fibre network remains an issue.

The country is actively working on its weaknesses. 5G coverage has increased substantially over the last years and is now close to 100% in many regions. However, to ensure that all rural areas can also fully benefit from increased digitalisation, Sweden needs to continue deploying fibre and 5G SA networks. For several years, Sweden has scored below the EU average on electronic access to health records but is now catching up with the EU average.

While Sweden  is among the leaders in the EU and has taken action to increase the uptake of AI; however, more needs to be done to promote the widespread adoption of AI technologies among enterprises. Over the last year, Sweden has updated several of its digital policies. This includes the presentation in May 2025 of a 2025-2030 national strategy on digitalisation 2025-2030 based on five pillars: digital skills, digitalisation of businesses, digitalisation of public services, and digitalisation of welfare and connectivity. In February 2026, Sweden presented an  AI strategy  in which it announced its ambition to be one of the top ten global leaders in AI. The AI strategy was accompanied by an action plan with a list of initiatives. 

Sweden in the Digital Decade

Sweden demonstrates a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 13 national trajectories (out of 14 possible), 54% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. In its national roadmap, Sweden provided 12 trajectory points for 2025 out of 13 analysed. The country is following them moderately well with 58% considered on track. Sweden addressed 67% of the 6 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2025, either by implementing significant policy changes (17%) or making some changes (50%) through new measures.

Sweden submitted an updated Digital Decade national roadmap on 24 February 2026. The roadmap contains 68 measures, of which 27 are new. The total budget is EUR 3.55 billion, with EUR 2.89 billion coming from public budgets (equivalent to approximately 0.49% of Sweden’s GDP in 2025). According to the national roadmap, by the end of 2026, 46% of the measures will come to an end. The total public budget associated to these measures is EUR 1.18 billion, representing 41% of the total public budget outlined in the roadmap.

According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2026, 83% of Swedish people consider that digital policy should have a very high/high priority for the EU in shaping our future in Europe. They also think that, in the next ten years, the EU should cooperate with Member States to reinforce cybersecurity and protection from online threats (98%), build and independent European digital infrastructure (broadband, 5G, cloud, semiconductors) (88%) and promote digital education and skills programme/develop shared digital public services (e.g. digital ID, eHealth) (both on 86%).

In addition, 88% of Swedish respondents think that the EU should reduce its dependencies on digital solutions from third countries, and 94% that EU should prioritise investments in digital infrastructure and services that are developed and controlled in Europe. Meanwhile, 73% would be willing to switch to an EU-based digital service provider even if it means slightly higher costs.

Funding for digital and multi-country projects 

Sweden allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 0.6 billion). In addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 0.2 billion, representing 13% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Sweden’s digital transformation.

Sweden is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.

Digital Decade KPI (1)

Sweden

EU

Digital Decade target by 2030

Last available data (2)

DESI 2026 (year 2025)

Annual progress

National trajectory 2025 (3)

DESI 2026

Annual progress

SE

EU

Fixed Very High Capacity Network coverage

89.7%

89.8%

0.1%

-

85.5%

3.7%

98.5%

100%

Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage

85.6%

85.6%

0.0%

98.0%

74.1%

7.1%

98.5%

-

Basic 5G coverage

98.6%

98.7%

0.1%

100.0%

96.8%

2.6%

100.0%

100%

Edge Nodes (estimate)

-

226

-

-

7451

-

-

10000

SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity *

79.9%

86.5%

4.0%

89.9%

71.4%

11.0%

95.0%

90%

Cloud *

66.0%

67.6%

1.2%

89.0%

46.7%

9.5%

94.0%

75%

Artificial Intelligence

25.1%

35.0%

39.7%

18.0%

20.0%

48.0%

39.5%

75%

Data analytics *

35.0%

38.6%

5.1%

41.5%

39.9%

9.5%

56.5%

75%

AI or Cloud or Data analytics *

73.1%

76.5%

2.3%

-

63.2%

7.5%

-

75%

Unicorns

41

48

17.1%

49

324

10.2%

64

500

At least basic digital skills *

66.4%

70.0%

2.6%

76.8%

60.4%

4.3%

89.7%

80%

ICT specialists

8.6%

8.9%

3.5%

10.2%

5.0%

2.0%

12.9%

~10%

e-ID scheme notification

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital public services for citizens

85.9

84.2

-2.1%

87.5

84.6

2.8%

90.0

100

Digital public services for businesses

90.4

90.4 

0.0%

89.0

88.6

2.7%

90.5

100

Access to electronic health records

77.9

 86.5

10.9%

76.0

86.5

4.6%

78.5

100

(1) Indicators full description, metadata and sources in the DESI 2026 methodological note
(2) Last available data is DESI2025 (reference year 2024) except for indicators marked with a star * for which it is DESI2024 (reference year 2023)

(3) National trajectory value for 2025, if set by the country in its Digital Decade national roadmap

A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership

Sweden is performing well in connectivity, being above the EU average in fibre and 5G coverage. Coverage of last premises, in particular, in sparsely populated areas will be key to achieving full coverage by 2030. The average support per building for connecting to the fibre network was SEK 80 643 in 2025, which is an increase compared with SEK 36 749 per building in 2022. This indicates that the remaining buildings are becoming increasingly expensive to connect, which Sweden has pointed out in its roadmap. At the same time, the differences in broadband access between urban and rural areas continue to decrease. Sweden is dependent on international fibre-optic submarine cables for connectivity with the rest of the world. On quantum technologies, Sweden is committed to work with European partners to secure existing submarine cable connectivity, and to develop alternative submarine cable routes to enhance resilience, for example  Polar Connect . The work on quantum continues based on the flagship project, quantum agenda that was issued in 2024, by the Wallenberg Centremain quantum technology actors in Sweden. Conclusions are the need for Quantum Technology (WACQT), deepening international relations and collaborations, and a continuation of the work done in the quantum flagship WAQCT. During 2025, Sweden has prepared for and organised itself for the integration of quantum flagship activities into the EuroHPC JU.

Sweden has improved on AI use and Swedish businesses are leading in terms of private sector AI uptake. There are reasons, however to continue to strengthen its AI infrastructure and should promote further the integration of its AI ecosystem into the wider EU ecosystem including through Testing and Experimentation Facilities (TEFs) and European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) and also through the EuroHPC JU, for example through the Swedish AI Factory MIMER which are key support infrastructures for business adoption of AI technologies. However, the country remains just below EU average on data analytics.

Protecting and empowering EU people and society

The population’s level of basic digital skills is well above the EU average. The proportion of ICT specialists is also above the EU average. However, vacancies remain as there is a skills shortage and high competition for the right digital skills, especially for AI use and for SMEs. A further increase in the supply of ICT specialists to the job market should continue to relieve skills shortages in other sectors of the economy.

Sweden has acted to further digitalise its public services. Sweden has lagged behind on access to e-Health records in particular, but has recently improved compared with previous years. The setting up of a government electronic identity will also support access to e-Health records. An important measure as regards the digitalisation of public services is Ena, which is Sweden’s digital infrastructure. It set up is a common infrastructure for exchanging information between public administrations and is coordinated with sector specific infrastructure, for example health and social welfare. Sweden scores below EU average in the latest EU justice scoreboard on digital access to court judgments, and the digitalisation of public judicial services still lags behind as concerns the deployment of the necessary IT solutions which are indispensable for cross-border judicial cooperation as a key reform of digital public services.

Sweden already attracts data processing centres, in particular in the north of the country. To better understand the environmental impact of the energy-consuming data centres, Sweden should collect facts and figures.

The Swedish National Cybersecurity Strategy highlights that the cybersecurity landscape is characterised by ‘inadequate incident management’ and ‘insufficient information sharing between the private and public sectors’. One of the targets already set out in the strategy is ‘strengthened public-private management of cybersecurity incidents’.

Recommendations

-Fixed broadband: Sweden should complete the networks to bridge the urban-rural divide.

-Mobile broadband: Sweden should accelerate 5G roll-out in rural areas. It should also promote the deployment of 5G SA networks while enabling advanced use cases.

-eHealth: Continue efforts to increase the availability of electronic health records.

-AI: Sweden should sustain its efforts to promote the widespread adoption of AI technologies among enterprises, with a particular focus on SMEs. To that end, Sweden should continue to strengthen its AI infrastructure while improving access to critical EU-wide AI infrastructures, including AI factories and Gigafactories, particularly for SMEs, start-ups, and mid-cap businesses. To further accelerate AI adoption across key sectors, Sweden should actively participate in and promote the sectoral flagship initiatives set up under the Apply AI strategy and should continue promoting the integration of its AI ecosystem into the wider EU ecosystem including through TEFs and EDIHs, which are key support infrastructures for business adoption of AI technologies.

-Cybersecurity. Promote national public-private cooperation frameworks for cybersecurity information sharing (for example voluntary information-sharing arrangements as referred to in Article 29 of the NIS2 Directive) and frameworks for national authorities to share information regarding cybersecurity incidents.

-Green: Monitor and quantify the environmental impact of the digital transformation, in particular as regards the impact of data processing.

-Quantum: Sweden should: (i) strengthen its national positioning in the EuroHPC JU governance and align national strategies accordingly; (ii) ensure strong representation there and align the national quantum strategy, national calls and infrastructure plans with the EuroHPC JU’s work programmes, access schemes and infrastructure roadmaps; (iii) shift from mainly research funding to industrial scale-up, with stronger support for quantum software, compilers, middleware, error-correction/error-mitigation tools, and hybrid HPC-QC application stacks; and (iv) align national calls more closely with the EU roadmaps, EuroHPC deployments, the EuroHPC JU work programme, and the Chips JU quantum pilot lines.

Top